A PRACTICAL GRAMMAR 
 
 OF 
 
 PORTUGUESE AND ENGLISH 
 
A PRACTICAL GRAMMAR 
 
 OF 
 
 PORTUGUESE AND ENGLISH 
 
 IN THE FORM OF PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES, SO PLANNED AS TO 
 
 EXHIR1T A COMPLETE COMPARISON OF THE IDIOMATIC 
 
 PECULIARITIES OF ROTH LANGUAGES, 
 
 BY THE 
 
 REV. ALEX. J. D. D'ORSEY, 
 
 LATE ENGLISH MASTER IN THE HIGH SCHOOL OF GLASGOW 
 
 (RESIDENT IN MADEIRA SINCE 1851) 
 
 ASSISTED RY 
 
 SR. MARCELUANO R. DE MENDONgA, 
 
 RECTOR OF THE LYCEO, Fl'iNCHAL. 
 
 GRAMMATICA PRATICA 
 PORTUGUEZ E INGLEZ 
 
 EM FORMA DE EXERCICIOS QUE GRADUALMENTE VENCEM 
 
 AS DIFFICULDADES E APRESENTAM UMA CONFRONTAfAO 
 
 COMPLETA DAS PART1CULARIDADES 
 
 DE AMRAS AS LINGUAS, 
 
 PELO S 
 
 REV. ALEXANDRE J. D. D ORSEY, 
 
 EX-PROFESSOR DE INGLEZ NA ESC6LA PRINCIPAL DE GLASGOW 
 (RESIDENTS SETE ANNOS NA ILHA DA MADEIRA) 
 AUXILIADO PELO 
 ' 1 @ SR. MARCELUANO R. DE MENDONCA, 
 
 ^S^ < % REITOR DO LYCEU DO FUNCHAL. 
 
 rows 
 
 LONDON: £ LISBOA 
 
 ROLANDI, BERNERS STREET, ! BERTRAND, AOS MARTYRES. 
 

 
 ADVERTENCIA 
 
 The work is somewhat on the plan of Arnold's and Ollendorff 
 books. Each page contains a « Lesson » in three parts; the first 
 consisting of examples in English and Portuguese ; the second, 
 Portuguese, illustrative of the lesson, for translation into English,, 
 the third, English, for rendering into Portuguese. 
 
 The Portuguese sentences are quotations, (fully 5000) from the 
 works of Hercuiano, Castilho, and other living authors, with ex- 
 tracts from the Lisbon Press ; so that the Englishman may depend 
 on the purity and recent ness of the style, whije similar care has 
 been bestowed on the English part, so as to exclude all antiqua- 
 ted Or objectionable words. 
 
 The Lessons are intended for Portuguese learning English, as 
 well as for English sludiyng Portuguese. 
 
 Esta obra segue quasi o piano dos livros de Arnold e Ollendorff. 
 Ca'la pagina conlem uma licao, dividida em tres partes, a pri- 
 meira das quaes consiste em exemplificacoes de uma regra de 
 Grammalica ; a segunda em portuguez para se traduzir em inglez; 
 a terceira em inglez para ser verlida em portuguez. 
 
 As phrases porluguezas (mais de 5:000), sao extrahidas das 
 obras dos Srs. Alexandre Hercuiano, Castilho, e outros aulhores 
 contemporafieos, assim como dasfolhas litterarias deLisboa, para 
 que o estudante inglez fique cerlo que o estylo e puro e moderno : 
 igual cuidado houve em excluir da parte ingleza as phrases e pa- 
 lavras obsoietas ou duvidosas. 
 
 As licoes serao accommodadas para os portuguezes aprenderem 
 o inglez, assim como para os inglezcs aprenderem o portuguez. 
 
 LISBOA — imfrensa X/YCioxal — ! G i>0. 
 

 DEDICATED 
 
 (BY PERMISSION) 
 
 TO HIS MOST FAITHFUL MAJESTY 
 
 DON PEDRO V 
 

— 1 
 
 LESSON 1 
 
 DEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 O pai, a miii, u filha. 
 
 Do s6l, da liia. , 
 ^o cavallo, a egua. 
 
 Pelo (I) solclado, ;;e?« Jgreja. 
 
 iVo jardim, na rua. 
 
 Para a cidade. 
 
 The father, the mother, the 
 
 daughter. 
 Of the sun, of the moon. 
 To the horse, to the mare. 
 By the soldier, by the church 
 In the garden, in the street. 
 For (to) the city. 
 
 Ao tempo. No fim do mez. Agua na bacia. Na mesa. 
 No campo. Ao pe do lume. Pelo caminho de ferro. Ao 
 prinefpo. No inverno. No mar e na terra. Ao ar. Ao 
 presentc. A casa do governador. fim do anno. Para 
 a cama. Ao pe da janella. cavallo do soldado. Ao sul 
 do rio. exemplo do bispo. Na flor da idade. Ao 
 tempo do domfnio romano. A historia do pafz. A bocca 
 da gruta. A vinda do cdnde com um exercito. A in- 
 fluencia rfa rainha. Para o progresso tfa civilisacao. Na 
 cama. j4o mercado. JVo chao. 
 
 At the beginning of the year. On the table. Of the 
 door. 77*e history o/" the country. The influence of the 
 governor. The progress of civilisation in the Roman em- 
 pire. The rail-road in the country. To the entrance of 
 the grotto. In the garden of the soldier. The father of 
 the governor. The Church in the street. At present. 
 The count and the soldier. The sun and the moon. At 
 market. On the ground. The eye is the light of the body. 
 The end of the year. The governor's horse. In the gar- 
 den, of the soldier. Tite progress of the rail-road. 
 
 ') Pelo is acoulracfion for.jpor.JJ — noforenio 
 
 net (or em a. 
 
 1 
 
LESSOR If 
 
 DEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 Os livros, as cartas. | The books, the letters. 
 
 Dos amlgos, das casas. j Of the books , of the houses. 
 
 Aos irmaos, as irmas. j To the brothers, to the sisters. 
 
 Pelos campos, pelas porlas. | Throuyhthe fields, by the doors. 
 l\o service nan guerras. In the service, in the wars. 
 
 As 6ndas; nas profundezas do mar; as montanhas. 
 clarao dos relampagos; os habitantes da terra. No 
 servfeo do rei. Para a gloria da patria. Nos bracos dos 
 irmaos. Pelas janellas. .4$ horas da vida. Nas univer- 
 sid^des, nas escholas, e nos mosteiros. Nas gavetas. 
 A lista dos erros. As hervas do campo. Os animaes da 
 terra. areo dos fortes. Pelos Romanos. As faculdades 
 do entendimenlo. capricho dos senhores. Pelo valor 
 nos combates. Pelas pretencoes a coroa. Os castellos 
 dos rebeldes. A fortuna do proprietario. 
 
 In the caslles of the kings. The inhabitants of the 
 country. By the arms of the kings. The proprietors, 
 and the inhabitants of the cities. The men of the em- 
 pire. The vestiges of traditions. By Grecian civiliza- 
 tion. The waves of the seas. The caprices of the lords 
 of the world. By the faculties of the mind. By the va- 
 lor of the brother. In the wars of the Romans. In the 
 fields of the country. The friends of the sisters. The 
 list of the kings. The inhabitants of the empire* The 
 war.'; of the empire. The fortunes of the Romans. 
 
LESSON III, 
 
 INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 Urn I 1 ) homem, uma( l \ mulher. 
 D'um rei, cTuma ramha. 
 A inn ni'imero, a uma corcja. 
 Por um tempo ,poruma semana. 
 A 7 '?///? logar, n't/ma hdra. 
 Com um sorriso. 
 
 A man, a woman. 
 Of a king, of a queen. 
 To a number, to a crown. 
 For a time, for a week. 
 In a place, in an hour. 
 With a smile. 
 
 Uma colher e urn garfo. Um chapeu dc palha. Uma 
 deliciosa frescura. Com um terno amor. Uma revolta 
 dos povos nas provincias. Um corpo de tropas. Um es- 
 cudo, um elmo, uma espada, e uma lanca. Uma chicara 
 de cha. Uma garrafa dc Malaga. Um profundo silen- 
 cio. A vida de um homem. Um membro da familia. 
 Uma profunda melancholia. Uma guerra civil. Uma 
 viagem a Lisboa. Um escudo de cobre. Uma folha dc 
 papel. Um homem de honra. Umas botas. Com uns li- 
 vros nas maos. Por uns valles. Por um dos notarios. 
 
 A voyage to Funchal. A cup of coffee. The bell of 
 a church. A shield of gold. A member of the family. 
 In a thought. With a smile. The glance of a moment. 
 The tender love of a sister. To a king. To a queen. 
 In the midst of a life of combats. An invitation from 
 the king. A bruise by a fall. A revolt of the soldiers. 
 A bottle of wine. A member of the counsel. Residence 
 in a family. A view of the plains. A small part of Por- 
 tugal. One of the' castles. A sword and a lance. A straw- 
 hat. A voyage to Malaga. In an hour. 
 
 l ) Usel in the plural uns, unuu. sonic: £ee p. 
 
LESSOK IV 
 
 WITHOUT AHT1CLE 
 
 Joao, Ingla terra. j -John, England. 
 
 De Maria, de Pedro. [ Of Mary, of Peier. 
 
 A Jose, a Lisb6a. \ To Joseph, to Lisbon, 
 
 Por Giiilherme, por Anna. ! By William, by Anna. 
 
 Urn sceptro de ouro. j A sceptre of gold. 
 
 O filho de Ulysses. A guerra de Troia. No territorio 
 de Coimbra.t 1 ) Na corte do rei de Leao. regimento 
 de uma provincia. No campo de batalha. Filho de Ro- 
 berto e irmao de Henrique. Aos fins de Abril. tu- 
 muio de Anchises. Uma nuvem de poeira. Uma raca 
 de gigantes. Os limites dos estados de Fernando Magno. 
 Pela conquista de Badajoz. A guerra nas fronteiras de 
 Portugal. caminho por terra para Jerusalem. Um 
 lenco de cambraia. Os idolos de ouro, e de prata, e de 
 cobre, e de pedra, e de pau. 
 
 Ulysses. By the wars of Anchiscs. In the territories 
 of Robert. The son of the king of Leon. On the fron- 
 tiers of the states A province of Spain. Son of John and 
 brother of Peter. A silver-spoon. The tomb of Henry, 
 The waves of the ocean. The way by land to Lisbon. 
 A straw-hat. The son of a queen. The sister of a count. 
 A cloud of dust. The limits of the province. By the con- 
 quest of Coimbra. In consequence of the cloud. At the 
 end of may. Idols of gold and silver. In the territory 
 of Austria. 
 
 ! J ! Aluioxl as if Qneem-bra. 
 
LESSON V. 
 
 ARTICLE USED IN ENGLISH, NOT IN PORTUGUESE 
 
 Ramsgate, porlo maritime 
 El!e e medico. 
 Que hello cavallo ! 
 Henrique primeiro. 
 Hisloria de Portugal. 
 Nao ha dia. 
 
 Ramsgate, a sea port. 
 He is a doctor. 
 What a fine horse. 
 Henry the First. 
 A History of Portugal, 
 i There is not a day. 
 
 De viva voz. Em poucas palavras. Em terceiro lo- 
 gar. Lisboa, capital do reino, residencia do Tei. Se- 
 ttibal, villa muito notavel, com vasto e seguro portc, 
 exporta grande quantidade de sal. Coimbra, em feiiz 
 situacao, tem estabelecimentos de primeira ordem. Sou 
 medico. Noite calmosa de junho. Seu tio e hespa- 
 nhol. Em meio dos grandes riscos. Bristol, patria de 
 Locke, philosopho illustre, seu amigo e tenente. 
 Que bello navio! Que accao tao infame! Este e urn 
 paiz bellissimo. Tanto mclhor. E animal amphibio. 
 
 Madrid, the capital of Spain Your brother is a law- 
 yer. What a fine horse! So much the less. In the 
 fourth place. George the Third. A history of Madeira. 
 The frog is an amphibious animal. Not a day passed 
 in which, etc. In spite of a brave resistance. In what 
 we now call the province of Estremadura. Up to a cer- 
 tain point. What a night! It is a fact, that etc. The 
 church is a beautiful fabric He had a good heart. His 
 brother is a general. What a beautiful town! London, 
 the capital of England. 
 
— 6 — 
 LESSON VI. 
 
 ARTICLE USED iJS PORTUGUESE, NOT IN ENGLISH. 
 
 O homem e o senhdr da terra. I Man is the lord of the earth. 
 O preto, o branco, e o verde. j Black, white and green. 
 A imagem da niorle. - | The image of death. 
 
 A virtude e amavel. | Virtue is amiable. 
 
 Sobre tddos os assumptos. On all subjects. 
 
 O fun da historia e a verdade. No progresso da scien- 
 cia. Todas as horas da vida. O seu norac e celcbrado 
 por toda a Asia, pelo seu valor nos combates. Venho 
 da igreja. almoco esta prompto. A historia antiga 
 e moderna. Os soldados mocos e os velhos. A rosa e a 
 mais bella das flores. A grandeza do nasciraento. As 
 virtudes dos seus maiores. A gloria militar. A influen- 
 cia do ouro. As redeas do governo. melhoramcnto da 
 educacao. Em todas as classes do pdvo. As principles na- 
 roesdaEnropa. No decursotfavida. Das cartas emgeral. 
 
 Ancient & modern history. The constant exercise of 
 virtue. The weight of authority. The voice of indepen- 
 dence, reason, and truth. The energy of social life. 
 All sorts of letters. The community of language. The 
 old & new scholars. The elephant is the largest of qua- 
 drupeds. The administration of justice. To the north 
 o/"Cape $* Vincent. In spite of all separations. The vast 
 dominions of history. In the empire of Brazil. Some 
 o/'whom. In truth. At least. In case of alteration. The 
 islands of Europe. Xavier, the apostle of India. 
 
 
— / 
 
 LESSOIV VII, 
 
 ARTICLES OMITTED, Oil TRANSPOSED. 
 
 Com uma tal carta. 
 
 Em ld@vi.sta escala. Tamanho. 
 
 Por via de regra. 
 
 Malerias de facto. 
 
 Sem ceremonia. 
 
 Uma meia chicara. 
 
 With such a letter. 
 On so vast a scale ; 
 By way of rule. 
 Matters of fact. 
 Without ceremony. 
 Half a cup. 
 
 Esta colleccao de cartas. Em pduco tempo. Um ge- 
 nero d'escriptura. Tao louvavel proposito. Em til ma- 
 teria. De tal modo Niinca lhe disse tdl cousa. Tal no- 
 me. Sem restriccao. Em tdl caso. Em voz baixa. Mais 
 de meia hora. A causa de tdl mudanca. Em segredo, 
 Em fumo. Um tamanho privilegio. Sem duvida. Com 
 elegancia. Com mais frequencia. Com ordem e methodo. 
 Em pratica. Em silencio. Em parte. Por falta de es- 
 paco. Em poucas semanas. Em grande parte da Asia. 
 motivo de similhante procrder. 
 
 With energy. In a severe tone. In general. Without 
 pity. Such a man is praiseworthy. In short. This collec- 
 tion of books. In a little time. In such a case. In a 
 low voice. In a few days. .Such a king. More than hall' 
 an hour. For want of time. In a great part of Europe. 
 In practice. With such a collection of letters. Such a 
 title. In a few days. The reason of such a smoke. In 
 a few months. A kind of writing. The cause of such 
 a change. Without doubt. In secret. In such a way. 
 Without restraint, Half a cup. On so vast a scale. 
 Such a thins:. 
 
- ~s — - 
 
 LESSOR VIII. 
 
 PECULIARITIES OF THE ARTICLE. 
 
 Quatro xelins o arralel. 
 DiSas pa^cas a vara. 
 
 Four shillings a pound. 
 Two dollars an ell. 
 
 Com as chaves na mao. I With the keys in his hand. 
 
 O ver-te, e o abracar-te. Seeing thee & embracing thee. 
 
 Levdii as maos a cabe^a. ] Raised hi* hands to his head. 
 
 O bom do monge. ! The good monk. 
 
 Em tddos os tempos. Pagar lanio por cabeca. Boa 
 gente de ambos os sexos. Faca-me outro par. Cao que 
 ladra nao morde. A tddos os respeitos. lnstruido- por 
 tao memoravel acontecimento. No leito da morte. Apre- 
 senlado por mao de Fernando. £ram perto das seis horas 
 da tarde do dia seis de maio do anno de 1389. Cao que 
 vive com lobos, acaba por ser feroz. Com ambas as 
 maos. abuso da liberdade de imprensa. Por espdco 
 de cinco annos. Mdu dia para comecar viagem. Metade 
 de uma semana. Ao domingo de tarde. 
 
 1 was Charles's comrade. With the stick in his hand. 
 Make me another hat. On his death-bed. With both 
 hands. A bad day for beginning an enterprise. The li- 
 berty of the press is precious. The good soldier rais- 
 ed his hand to his mouth. This is three dollars a pound. 
 I gave four bits a yard for it. In all respects, I think 
 it good. The money was presented by the hand of Frede- 
 rick. Half a week. On Saturday evening. On monday 
 afternoon. Another pair. For the space of 5 days. He 
 pays so much a head. Both sexes. 
 
— — 
 LESSON IX. 
 
 ARTICLES COMBINED WITH PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 No, na, nos, nas, in the. 
 PeJo, pela, pelos, pelas, by the. 
 N'um, n'uma, in a. 
 
 Nos temos, we have. 
 Elles tem, they have. 
 Esta, is. 
 
 Bacia, basin; almoco, breakfast; me'sa, table; quarto, a 
 room; loja, shop; igreja, church; escaria, stair-case. 
 
 Na cama. Ao almoco. N'um quarto. Nas lojas. A 
 bacia nao esta no quarto. Pelo filho. Pela filha. Pelos 
 homens. Na bacia. Nas igrejas. Na escada. No uso 
 da lingua. Uma differenca no systema. dominio dos 
 Romanos. almoco esta na mesa. progresso da so- 
 ciedade. Na verdade. Na infancia da historia. Nos tem- 
 pos da revolucao. A restauracao das letras. No meio. 
 Nas universidades e nas escholas. As ruinas da liber- 
 dade. Pelas influencias dos tempos. Nos temos agua 
 na bacia. ftlles tem livros nos quartos. Na loja. 
 
 In the beds. In the rooms. By the progress of truth. 
 In a shop. In the church and in the school. In the in- 
 fancy of society. The restoration of the Romans. In the 
 midst of the ruins. We have the use of the tongue. The 
 basin is in the room. By the influence of liberty. We 
 have a difference in the schools. Breakfast is on the 
 table. In the ruins of the church. The son is in bed. 
 In the room of the man. In the times of the Romans. 
 The progress of truth. The restoration of liberty. A 
 difference in the uso of the book. 
 
— 10 — 
 LESSON X. 
 
 NUMBER OF NOUNS REGULAR PLURALS. 
 
 Ovoi 1 ), egg; uva, grape; irmao, brother; irma, sister; meia, 
 stocking; sapato, shoe; navalha, razor; seah6r, lord, sir; estao, 
 are; eu tinha, i" had; ella tinha, she had; nos tinhamos, we 
 had; elles tinham, they had; de-me, give me; meu, my (m.); mi- 
 nha, my (f.); mSus (m. p.); rmnhas (f. p.); todo, a, os, as, all; 
 m est re, master. 
 
 Eu linha ovosJ 1 ) As discordias dos tres irmaos. Be- 
 rne as navdlhas. Um corpo de tropas. Os irmaos tern 
 sapdtos e meias. fille tinha tudas as meias. De-me as 
 meias. Nas fronteiras de Portugal. As dioceses dos &&- 
 j905. Os senhores nao tern navdlhas. Guerras e conquis- 
 tas. Os membros da congregacao. Os estddos dos r«. 
 De-me as minhas mas. Os metis irmaos estao na flor da 
 idade. As fronteiras dos estddos. As traicocs dos ta& 
 migos. Todos os Uvros. Os descobrimentos dos navegdn- 
 tes. Os /faros sao os me sires miidos. 
 
 She had not grapes. I had sftoes. 1 had not a body of 
 troops. The brothers of the bishops. The wars of the kings. 
 My brother has not razors. Had I tf<7#s? 1 had not shoes. 
 The sAoiff & stockings of my brothers. We had the stockings 
 of the son. My brothers are in the rooms. My sisters are 
 in the midst of the ni«ws. The s/io/w of the towns. The 
 tears & conquests of the fttn^s. The Ainas had troops. We 
 had grapes. The king had a body of troops. My s&faris 
 had enemies. Give me the tfttMM and stockings. She had 
 three sisters. They had my tooft«. 
 
 Sec p 
 
M 
 
 LESSON XI. 
 
 NOUNS NUMBER. 
 
 Cartas, pennas, folhas. 
 Igrejas, desejos, copos. 
 IS'enhoras, deveres, moscas. 
 Dias, rapazes, jdgos 
 Caixas, rapozas, impdstos. 
 
 1 Letters, pens, sheets. 
 
 2 Churches, wishes, glasses. 
 
 3 Ladies, duties, fl/es. 
 
 4 Days, boys, plays. 
 
 5 Boxes, foxes, laxes. 
 
 Mil agradecimentos . Grdcas a Deus. As cartas do 
 amfgo. Os lirios do campo. A grandeza dos deuses. 
 As cartas do Padre Vieira. As Mis da honra e do mun- 
 do. As miisas eram as deusas das sciencias e das dries. 
 Pennas e tinta. As garrdfas e os copos. As senhoras c 
 os rapazes. Os dias do anno. Ginjas, mordngos, amoras, 
 epecegos. Vestidos d'homem. Um seculo das descoberlas. 
 As igrejas das cidddes. Recddos a familia. Nos cantos 
 das ruas. Os rdmos das fdias. As caixas de cha. As ra- 
 pozas nos desertos. 
 
 The letters of the man. The leaves of the tree*. The 
 ivishes of the Soys. The dresses of the ladies. The brashes 
 of the wen. The bottles and the glasses. The dwfe of the 
 families. The glories of the discoveries. The pZay.9 of the 
 6oys. Birches, beeches & larches are fine frees. The fteaw- 
 fe of nature. The /affo'es of the family. The roim of 
 the goddesses. The houses & churches of the cs'fe. The 
 ftoys have^eae/jes, m<fs & cherries. The da^s of the week. 
 The r/wfe of the ladies. Lilies & daisies. The books 
 in the churches. A thousand thanks. The sftee/s of tbe 
 feoofo, The wishes of the mew & feoys. 
 
— 12 — 
 LESSON XII. 
 
 NOUNS NUMBER. 
 
 Mnlheres, paes, facas. 
 
 Tectos, pifanos. 
 
 Heroes, pretos, echos. 
 
 Nuncios. 
 
 Volcoes, biifalos, batatas. 
 
 Wives, loaves, knives. 
 
 Roofs, fifes. 
 
 Heroes, negroes, echoes. 
 
 Nuncios. 
 
 Volcanoes, buffaloes, potatoes. 
 
 As folhas das fores. Noe com seus filhos, sua mu- 
 lher, e as mulhe'res de seus filhos. Mil cdpos de prata, 
 vinte e nove fdcas, trinta tdgas d'ouro. Uraa lorta de 
 cerejas. A virtude dos heroes. Os lobos sao animdes fe- 
 rozes. Os pifanos dos pretos. As mulhe'res dos heroes. 
 Os ladroes da Syria. Os nuncios sao embaixadores do 
 Papa. Os negros n'uma roca da America. Lencinhos do 
 pescoco. Yc'us de renda. Seis lencos de seda. Cduves, 
 espindfres, ervilhas e batatas. Os volcoes, os terrcmotos, 
 as alluviocs. Os bufalos da America. 
 
 The wives of the men. The Zoom of Ihe thieves. The 
 knives of the negroes. The roo/s of the houses. The fajres 
 of the province. The quarries of marble. Paradise Lost, 
 a poem in twelve cantos. The trees on the margins of 
 the rivers. Four silk handkerchiefs. The echoes of the 
 woods. The red & white potatoes are the most common 
 ?'oo^ now in use. The punctilios of public ceremonies. 
 The- cool grottos. Ponderous folios. I sing, of Zeroes & 
 «>f /,'?»</$. American buffaloes, FCvires, forks and spoons. 
 
— J I - 
 
 LESSON XIII. 
 
 NOUNS NUMBER. 
 
 Homens, mulheres, creancas. 
 
 Pes, dentes, gansos. 
 
 Bdis, porcos, vintens. 
 
 i Ratosf 1 ), r , A , , 
 In* a i cunhos, dados. 
 < Morganhos, ' 
 
 Tafiie<, fachos, srado. 
 
 Men, women, children- 
 Feet, teeth, geese. 
 
 Oxen, swine, j " 
 
 ' I pennies. 
 
 Mice, dies, dice. 
 
 Beaux, flambeaux, cattle. 
 
 Os Jtomens, as mulheres e as creancas da cidade. Os 
 rafos comern as hervilhas. Dois vintens o arratel. Os _p& 
 das senhoras. Tenho bois, jumentos, ovelhas, servos, 
 e servas. Os seus dentes eram como os dentes dos leoes. 
 Uma grande manada de porcos. Cunhos sao pecas d'aco 
 para imprimir nas mc-edas ou medalhas. O vinho a seis 
 vintens a garrafa. As plantas dose's. A luz dos fachos* 
 Dados falsos. Fdchas sao toe has ou feixes de varas. 
 As patas dos gansos. Os cUntes dos morganhos. As pre- 
 tencoes dos tafues. Os azdres dos dados. Ospe's dos ftofs. 
 
 The men are thieves. The tomnen have knives. The 
 children have bottles & glasses. Abram had sheep, oxen 
 and asses. The hair of cats, rats & mice. A gamester & 
 the dice. Two pence a pound. The coachmen & footmen. 
 The soles of the /"c^. Turkeys, #e<?&? & ducks. An herd 
 of swine. The £<?ef/i of the lions. The thieves have dies. 
 Three pence a yard. Four silver pennies. Dies used in 
 stamping money. Four pence a pound. The men's chil- 
 dren are with the women. The teeth of the swine and 
 the feet of the #£(?$£. 
 
 i 1 ) Hdtos means rats & often mice; but morganhos alway: 
 miff. 
 
— n — 
 
 LESSOIV XIV 
 
 NOUNS NUMBER. 
 
 Carneiro, veados. 
 Apparato, hiato, especie. 
 Meios, riquezas. 
 P6vo, g£nte ; hortali^as, ma- 
 
 niotas. 
 Bellas-ldttras, as gazelas, ar» 
 
 chfvos. 
 
 Sheep, deer. 
 
 Apparatus, hiatus, species. 
 
 Means, riches. 
 
 People, vegetables, manacles. 
 
 Belles-lettres; the papers, ar- 
 chives. 
 
 Os homens comem os bois, os carneiros, os gdnsos, e os 
 veados. A data do reinado de Affonso, vi do nome na 
 serie dos reis de Oviedo. O bom pastor da a propria vida 
 pelas suas ovelhas. O apparato de guerra. Um hiato e 
 uma abertiira da boca occasionada pela pronuncia das 
 vogaes. O povo portuguez, celebre na hisloria. Gente, 
 multidao de pessoas. As notlcias sao boas. Hortalica, 
 couves, alfdces, legumesnas hortas. Riquezas, bens, e glo- 
 ria. Uma multidao depdvo. Balantes ovelhas com os ter- 
 nos cordeiros. Luiz xiv era o protector das bc'llaslettras. 
 
 The sheep and the oxen are in the fields. News of 
 your brother. The crocuses & narcissuses are beautiful. 
 A fine bed of asparagus. The deserted archives of Por- 
 tugal. Deer, stags, & buffaloes. In the long series of 
 kings. The Spanish people. The academy of the Fine- 
 arts. The apparatus of the Chemist. A series of vowels. 
 Sheep, deer & oxen. An obscure population. The papers 
 are full of news. The archives of the kingdom. The riches 
 of the shepherd are the sheep. The vegetables are good. 
 The tender lambs of the bleating sheep. The manacles of 
 the thieves. The king is the protector of the fine arts 
 
— 1 5 — 
 LESSON XV 
 
 PLURALS. 
 
 Cidadaos Christoos, mdos. 
 Capitals, chcs, poes. 
 Accoes, nagoes, corals. 
 Andes. \'\\\dos — oes. 
 
 Citizens, Christians, hands. 
 Captains, dogs, loaves. 
 Actions, nations, hearts. 
 Dwarfs, country-men. 
 
 Os cidadaos de Lisboa. Nas mdos do inimigo. Capitdcs 
 de ladrdes. Cinco pdes e dois peixes. A formacao dos^/w- 
 raes. A Curia dos cidadaos. Com violentas convulsocs. 
 As accocs do homem. Os medicos, os cirurgiocs, e os boli- 
 carios. Asintencoes sao excellentcs. As dissensoes do impe- 
 rio. Aspaixoes das turbas. Christdus e sarraccnos. Os ca- 
 pitaes do exercito. Os chefes das nacoes. As oracocs dos 
 arcebispos. Uma das mdos. Os altares dos Christaos. As 
 pretencoes do rei. A existencia das geragdes. As collecgocs 
 de monumentos. O alternado das estacoes. 
 
 In the hands of the citizens. The captains of the chris- 
 tians. The thieves in the cities. The actions of the chiefs. 
 The fury of the countrymen. The intentions of the sur- 
 geons. The dissensions & convulsions of the empires The 
 generations of Moses. The relations of the king. The inm- 
 siows of the Christians. The conditions of the treaties. 
 The council of the ancients. The compositions of the 
 poets. The <Zo#s of the countrymen. The confessions of 
 the hearts. The definitions, the opinions & the questions. 
 The orphans of the brothers. The passions of the pagans. 
 The citizens of Paris are in the ftantfa of the enemy. 
 
— tl*> — 
 LESSON SKI. 
 
 NOUNS PLURALS. 
 
 Mares, colheres, criizes. 
 Animdes, sdes, farces. 
 Papers, tonneVs, fuss's. 
 H6me>/s, fins, ben3. atims. 
 Consults, males, paues. 
 
 Seas, spoons, crosses. 
 Animals, suns, lighthouses. 
 Papers, casks, firelocks. 
 Men, ends, goods, tunnies. 
 Consuls, evils, marshes. 
 
 Os tufoes dos mdres da China. Anneis e brincos d'ouro. 
 O azeite das luzes. As plantas dao sdes. Cabeddes sao di- 
 nheiros, haveres e materides. Os homens sao officides de 
 juslica. Milhdres de perganiinhos. Os reptis da terra. 
 Pescadores de homens. A harmonia das vozcs. O clarao 
 nas nuvens. Pecegos, ftgos e nozes. As mdrgens do rio. 
 Os principles da cidade. Os cartorios das cathedrdcs. 
 Os homens de lettras. Os caracteres dos persona gens. Bro- 
 queis de madeira ou de metal. Os miner des do paiz. As 
 ordens do rei. As vezes. Nos fins do seculo. 
 
 The voices of the officers, Sn the svas of Asia. The fishes 
 in the seas. The oil of the lights in the cathedrals. The 
 sa/Js of the plants. Thousands of papers. The chief-men 
 of the city are mew of letters. The minerals of the coim- 
 £nes. The harmony of the voices of the fishermen. In the 
 archives of the cathedrals. Rings of gold. Casfts of wine. 
 Silver-spoons. Suns, moons & stars. The virgins of the 
 house. The firelocks of the soldiers. The words are the 
 signs of J/te ideas. The consuls in the dfies. The nostrils 
 of the men. The rings of the citizens. The waters of the 
 was. The soimds of the animals. The com&s of the women. 
 
LESSON XVII, 
 
 Bases, eixos, crises. 
 Dados, meios, camadas. 
 Raios, genios, magos. 
 Redomofnhos, genios, indige- 
 
 nas. 
 Laminas, borr^lho. 
 
 PLURALS. 
 
 Bases, axes, crises. 
 Data, media, strala. 
 Raih7, genii, mage. 
 Vortices, geniuses, aborigines. 
 
 Laminae, scoriae. 
 
 Os eixos das curvas. As crises das doencas. As bases 
 das columnas. As crises sao as mudancas nctaveis nas 
 molestias. Dados sao nocoes, razoes, funJamentos ou 
 principios. Os rdios sao semi-diametros. Byron e Scott 
 foram genios. Os genios das lendas das Mil e uma noi- 
 tes. Redemoinhos sao movimentos em giro nos rios ou 
 mares. Nos appendices das ('bras. Os arcdnos da mo- 
 narchia. Os mdgos eram os sabios dos orientaes. Hypo- 
 theses e systemas. Os phenomenon da natureza. 
 
 The bases of the pyramids. The axes of the planets. 
 The crises of the histories. The scoriae of the volcanoes. 
 Strata of lime and coal. I have not data to decide the 
 business. The genii of death. The radii or scmidhme- 
 ters of the circle. The aborigines of Spain. The vortices 
 in the river. The magi of the East. The Dons of Castile. 
 The gifts of nature & grace. Laminae in the minerals. 
 The phases of the moon are phenomena. Cantharidcs are 
 insects. The foci of the ellipses. Apices. The Lares, 
 amongst the Romans, were domestic gods, protecting 
 genii, and guardians of the house. Errata in the theses. 
 
— 18 — 
 LESSON XVIII. 
 
 PLURALS. 
 
 Esmola, annaes, einza;?. 
 Optica, politica, collete. 
 Tesoura, espevitaddr, lenazes. 
 Bofes, folle, calcas. 
 Oculos, gaveias, as damas. 
 
 Alms, annals, ashes. 
 Oj)tics, politics, stays. 
 Scissars, snuffers, tongs. 
 Lungs, bellows, trousers. 
 Spectacles, drawers, draughts. 
 
 Os annaes das racas. Muitas esmulas ao povo. As 
 cinzas de Isaac No po e na cinza. Lucernas com seus 
 espevitadores J?) Lampadas c tendzes d'ouro. Os miolos 
 do homem. A optica e uma parte da physica. A aveia 
 e o trigo. As abas do telhado. Aprendeu as mathemdti- 
 cas com Pedro Nunes. Os tropicos. Os poros das plan- 
 tas. Os bofes sao os orgaos da respiracao. A politica 
 e a sciencia do governo. Uma tesoura e um instru- 
 ment de duas pecas. Dai-me as meias e as calcas. Onde 
 esta o folle? As tcnazes estao no canto. 
 
 The alms of the Christians. The annals of the cities. 
 The ashes of the dead. Optics is a branch of science. 
 The politics of the governors. The stays are new. Give 
 me the scissors & the snuffers. The lungs of the country- 
 men. Golden tongs. The regimentals are on the table. 
 Boots, half-hoots, shoes, pumps, and slippers. The shovel 
 and the tongs. The drawers are in the bed-room. The caves 
 of the roofs. The tropics are parallel to the equator. He 
 learned Mathematics and Plnjsics. The spectacles of the 
 deans. A game at draughts. The brains of the hermits. 
 
 (!) Tesoura, ou tesouras, Espevitadeira, espevitaddr, ou te- 
 soura das velas. 
 
-19- 
 LESSOIV XIX, 
 
 FLUJUS.S. 
 
 Foiiico, portico; casco, hoof; meni'no, child; homem, man; 
 mulher, woman; pe, foot; morganho, mouse; rap6sa,/oj;,- gan- 
 so, goose; mugido, lowing; boi, ox; dente, tooth; lobo, wolf; 
 vitella, calf; ovelha, sheep; p6rco, pig; fdlha, leaf; heroe, hero; 
 veado. deer; echo, echo; gloria, glory; cereja, cherry. 
 
 Os porticos dos templos. Os menmos dos heroes. Os 
 cdscos dos cavallos. Os homens e as muJheres estao nas 
 igrejas. Os pes dos rativhos. As raposas tem os gdnsos. 
 Os mugidos dos ftdi-s. Os dentes dos Zd&os. Os pes dos 
 porcos. As senhoras tem vitellas, ovelhas, bois e porcos. 
 Os mordngos estao nas folhas. Os ladroes tem os vestidos. 
 Os genios da epoca. Os genios da Lampada. As folhas. 
 Os zunidos das moscas. Os meninos tem pecegos e cere- 
 ja?. Os cavallos dos homens. Os dentes dos meninos, Os 
 gdnsos. 
 
 The porticos of the churches. The hoofs of the o#ew. 
 The children of the men and women. The feeZ/i of the mice. 
 The feci of the #eese. The echoes of the roofs. The glories 
 of the heoes. The wwes of the chiefs. He has calves, 
 sheep, swine and deer. The peaches and cherries are in 
 the leaves. The clothes of the thieves. The ruffs of the 
 ladies. The geniuses of the age. The (/enii of the Lamp. 
 The buzzing of /Hes. The men had /b#es and wolves. The 
 tcwes and children of the heroes. The /ee£ of the mice. 
 He has cherries and peaches. 
 
— 20 — 
 LESSON XX. 
 
 NUMBER <>F NOUNS. 
 
 Cidadao, citizen; ChristSo, Christian; mao, hand; oVgao, 
 organ; cao, dog; capitao, captain; escrivao, tvriter; guardiao, 
 guardian; accao, action; coracao, heart; opiniao, opinion; mar, 
 sea; cruz, cross; animal, animal; papel, paper; fossil, fossil; 
 y&z. peace: miiiio — a — os — as: ma7iy. 
 
 No territorio dos Christaos. Nas maos dos Allemdes. 
 Os olhos sao orgdos. As opinioes dos capitaes. latido 
 dos caes. Os mares da China. Os coracdes dos animdes. 
 Os pape'is dos escrivdes. Xs maos dos guardides. As cruzes 
 dos Christaos. Os cidaddos de Lisboa. Os irmdos dos 
 capitaes. As bencdos dos ^dcs. As condicoes da v'da. Os 
 ??wjoe5 do jardim. As affeicoes dos parentes. Lifes de 
 moral. As cUacaes dos authores. As impressoes do clima, 
 das Zas, dos divcrsos estados da civilisacno. As produccoes 
 de toclos esses sublimes genios. 
 
 The captains have three do#s. The npi?iions of the 
 Christians. In the /ta^ds of the citizens. The organs in 
 the churches. The actions of the writers. The instinct 
 of animals. The new divisions. The conditions of the ct- 
 tizens. By the actions of the citizens. In the hearts of 
 many animals. The signals of invasions. By the papers 
 of my parents. The voices of the captains. The captains 
 are the brothers of the citizens. In the papers of the 
 writers. In the regions of Poetry. Different editions of 
 books. The poetical productions. 
 
2i — 
 
 LESSON XXI. 
 
 GENDER OF NOUNS (MA8C.L 
 
 Pedro, rei, bispo, leao. 
 Cafe, pe, valte. 
 Se, fe, chamine. 
 Sal, fim, dum, arddr. 
 Java!)', livro. peru, nan. 
 
 Peler, king, bishop, lion. 
 Coffee, foot, valley. 
 Cathedral, faith, chimney 
 Salt, end, gift, heat. 
 Boar, book, turkey, ship. 
 
 PMro e medico, e seu mdno Mspo. Os desejos do rSi. 
 rugido do leao. O ladrldo do cao. cafe e b6m O 
 pe do monte. mile de lagrimas. O Mite da vaca. 
 cdnde e do sangue dos r$s. Zaerv csta quente. A marc 
 e o fluxo e refiuxo do war. A se de Coimhra. A /V? e 
 uma das tres virtudes. Os fe'rros da chamine. A santa 
 sede. Ten'ho sede. Uma parede de barro. sal da terra. 
 /?/n da rua. dom da naturcza ardor do conflicto. 
 Os colmilhos d'um javali- Urn catdlogo de livros. Uma 
 «dw. Uma avo e a mae do pae ou da mao. 
 
 A king the father of his people. The gift of the Arch- 
 bishop. The roaring of the lions. The clamour of men 
 and boys and dogs. The coffee is strong. The foot of the 
 tree. The heat of the valley. The Cathedral of Funchal. 
 The milk is good. The blood of the sacrifices. The wax 
 is soft. The tide is favorable. The faith of the Chris- 
 tians. The chimney of the chamber The salt of the sea. 
 At the end of the book. The heat of the climate. The 
 feet of the boar. The wing of the turkey. The ships of 
 the line. Thy grandmother Lois. A cooper's a-'ze. A 
 crowd of people. A barber's whH-stone. 
 
->*> 
 
 LESSON XXII. 
 
 GENDER OF NOUNS (FEU. I. 
 
 Maria, criada, egua. 
 Lua, agua, calrua. 
 
 Mai ! ?ao ' °P mlao 
 Amizade, virtude 
 
 Mary, servant, mare. 
 Moon, water, heat. 
 
 Mother, lesson, opinion. 
 
 Friendship, virtue. 
 
 m. (Plane*ta,systema,chronista | Planet, system, chronicler). 
 
 Victoria, r rainha da Inglaterra, e Maria, rainha de 
 Portugal. Uma criada e uma mulher que serve. Um 
 cavallo e uma egua. A lua nova. A agua do mar. A 
 cdlma e o calor do sol e a fdlta de venlo. A mae de 
 Joao Uma licao e uma leitura ou uma exposicao de 
 doutrina. Uma nova opinido. Pela sua erudicdo. A in- 
 vasao dos franc ezes. Na infdncia da historia. A monar- 
 chia hespanhola. A restauracdo das letras gregas. A 
 verdadeira amizade e inuito rara. Os fragmentos dos 
 planet as do systema solar. As drJas do mar. 
 
 The Queen of Spain. The servant-matt/ of the Countess. 
 A new society. The £/<?M of the moo?i in the water. The 
 opinions of the mother. The experience of the past. The 
 immediate consequence. The glorious traditions of the 
 nation. The history is in the Latin language. The #eo- 
 graphy of the Peninsula. A remote antiquity. The #e- 
 neahgy of the Portuguese nation. The French monarchy. 
 The restoration of Roman literature. The planets & co- 
 me/* of the system. The reign of the monarch. The horse 
 and the marc. Public instruction. A complete victory. 
 
- m — 
 
 LESSOIV XXIII. 
 
 GENDF.K OF NOUNS. 
 
 Herdeiro, herdeirw. 
 Tutor, tuloro. 
 Cabrao, ,. | 
 Bode, Cabra - i 
 Pavao, pavoa. 
 Peru, pern a. 
 
 Heir, heiress. 
 Tutor, toJt&resa. 
 
 He-goa.1, sfie-goai. 
 
 Pea-cock, pea-/»c//. 
 Turkey-for/r, turkey- hm. 
 
 Herdeiros e hcrdeiras sao pessoas que recebem he- 
 rancas em virtudc da lei. A duqueza e herdcira dos 
 seus bens. Tutor de seus ftlhos. Nomeava a rainha por 
 tutora do principe. Duzentas cobras e vinte bodes. 
 pavao e ufano da sua plumagem. actor e a actriz sao 
 excellentcs. Uma joven cantora. Um lobo, uma loba> 
 e um lobinho. O embaixador e a embaixatriz estao em 
 Londres. barao e a baroneza de Goldsmid. O conde 
 e a condessa de Castello-Melhor. A pavoa e a /"c'mea do 
 pavao. perw e a perua estao no jardfm. 
 
 The heiress of the crown. An abbess is the superior 
 or governess of a nunnery. The Countess of Glasgow. 
 Rachel is a Jewess. A turkey-cock and turkey-hen. A pro- 
 phetcss. The dog-fox. A /arZ?/ and gentleman. A shepherd 
 and shepherdess. A /ion and lioness. A J/^er and a tigress. 
 A Sear and she-bear. Vixen is the name of a she-fox. A 
 jack-ass and a. jenny-ass. The infant Don Miguel. The in- 
 /a?rta of Portugal. Presumptive heiress of the throne. 
 The rfw/fc and duchess of Wellington. The empress of the 
 French. The Queen is the friend of the Countess. A hw/-5 
 monkey and a female monkey. A 7'ow-cat. 
 
M 
 
 LESSON xxiy. 
 
 IKHEGULAK genders. 
 
 Rapaz, rapariga; mano, mana. 
 Rei, rainha; senh6r, senhora. 
 Viuvo, viuva; amo, ama. 
 
 Heroe, heroina; 111650, md^a. 
 Cavallo, egua; J6uro, vacca. 
 
 Bjy, girl : brother, sister. 
 King, queen ; lord, lady. 
 Widower, widow: master, mis- 
 tress. 
 Hero, heroine; lad, lass. 
 Horse, mare ; bull, cow 
 
 irmao deu urn lfvr'o ao rapaz e uma boneca a ra- 
 pariga. rei e a rainha da Prussia. Meu tio e meu 
 tutor. O touro e a vdca. Minha tia esta doente. Uma 
 velha viuva. A senhora Rosa. gdllo e a gallinha estao 
 no gallinheiro. frdngo e a frdnga estao gordos. 
 peril e a perua Urn gdmo e uma gdma. Um carneiro 
 e uma ovelha. Uma /«7/*a, formosa rapariga, chamada 
 Bernardina. macaco e a macdca chegam do Brasil. 
 veddo e a corca. leao e a leoa estao presos. /i^rdc 
 e a heroina estao no templo da gloria. 
 
 The streets of the city are full oiboys and girls. The bro- 
 thers and sisters are in the house. The King and Qwcen 
 of Portugal. The ladies and gentlemen are ill. The Won 
 and lioness arc wild. A hero is an illustrious man; a 
 heroine an heroic woman. The lords and ladies have 
 horses and mares. The omJJs and cows are in the fields. 
 The old widower is the brother of the Queen. Many 
 kinds of horses. The female-monkey is in the garden. 
 The #m# of Portugal. The (hfeen of Prussia. The milk 
 of the cow. The horns of the Ram. The wool of the 
 sheep. She is a fine girl. I have a young mare. 
 
- - 25 - 
 LESSON XXV. 
 
 GENITIVE CASE (COMPLEMENT!. 
 
 Um piano d'cducu^fio. 
 
 As possesses da monarchia. 
 
 Digr.o d'attencao. 
 A cidade de Ldndres. 
 O diique de Wellington. 
 
 A plan of education. 
 The possessions of the monar- 
 chy. 
 Worthy of attention. 
 The ciiy of London. 
 The Duke of Wellington. 
 
 Os ramos de sciencia. Alfandega grande de Lisbda. 
 Theatro de D. Maria u. Sabbado 6 de Marco. Os jor- 
 naes do Rio de Janeiro. ^ A camara dos Pares. Sessao 
 dc 9 de Marco de 1852. As duas horas da tdrde. A forca 
 d'drmas. Dez moios de trigo. Por meio de fguras. A 
 arte de escrever. Lencos de seda. Um projecto de lei. 
 grao-diique de Baden. Os caminhos de fe'rro. Em 
 nome do rei de Dinamdrca. Um esquadrao dc lanceiros. 
 Um testemunho de respeito. prelado da diocese. Uma 
 carta datada de 6 do corrente. 
 
 The Marquis of Rezende. The importance of this sort 
 of expositions. A glance of the eye. The Duke of Braganza. 
 The council of state. The rest of his days. The im- 
 provement of education The true spirit of patriotism. 
 Different qualities of oil. With the rank of lieutenant- 
 colonel. The municipal guard of Lisbt.n. A body of 5000 
 men. The names of the subscribers. The various branches 
 if commerce. The first method of writing. He is worthy 
 of praise. The theatre of D. Fernando. Monday, 4 th of 
 April. On the 22" d of the current month. Silk handker- 
 chiefs. The Bislmp of the Diocese. 21 st Sep. 1853. 
 
— 26 — 
 LESSON XXVI. 
 
 ACCUSATIVE CASE. 1 
 
 Celebrar uma victoria. 
 Toinar o commando. 
 Conciliar o respeito de... 
 Publicar noticias. 
 Tomar urn castello. 
 Se^uir o ci'irso. 
 
 To celebrate a victory. 
 Take the command. 
 Conciliate the respect of. 
 Publish news. 
 Take a castle. 
 Follow the course. 
 
 Eu nao tcnho lido esse despdcho. Guardamos as nossas 
 posicdes. Nao declinamos a responsabiliddde. Precfsa ex- 
 plicar as cdusas. Os meios de melhorar o estddo das 
 nossas colonias. Fazemos algumas consideracoes. Re- 
 commendamos a cultura do cafe. Para beneficiar opovo. 
 Seu irmao ganhou a batdlha. Ismael accommetteu e 
 tomou o castello de Leiria. Seguindo o curso do Tejo. 
 Tomaraos agasdlho. Lobo nao mata a lobo^. Como vejo 
 fazer a tdntos auctores. As abelhas fabricnm os fdvns. 
 
 Its mission is lo diminish our losses, soothe our pains, 
 dry our tears. He neither loves God, nor his neiglibour. 
 To communicate our ideas. He has read the despatch. 
 He keeps his place. I decline the responsibility. To 
 better the condition of our friends. To benefit thepcoj)le. 
 The Duke gained the battle. The Count took the castle. 
 Bees make honey. The ways of dating letters. I took 
 shelter. My brother read the book. John calls Peter. I have 
 not read the news. The Duke has taken the command. 
 I recommend the culture of coffee. The Count declines 
 the responsibility. 
 
 (!) The ace. is marked by the particle a prefixed only when 
 (ho omission would c^u-:e an ambiauitv. Jofio ama a Pedro 
 
LESSON XXVII. 
 
 O' mogo, traga »m copo decer 
 
 veja. 
 Adeus, senhor capituo. 
 A sua saiide, meu senhor. 
 Nao, senhor, nao posso. 
 Sim, Vossa Senhoria. 
 Ja, V6ssa Excellencia. 
 
 VOCATIVE. 
 
 Boy, bring a glass of beer. 
 
 Good bye, captain. 
 Your good health, Sir. 
 No, Sir, I cannot. 
 Yes, Sir. 
 Directly, your Excellency. 
 
 Eii so le escolho a ti, 6 virtuoso, Lydia! Pdgens, aju- 
 dae-me. moco, traga-mc uma chavana de cafe e urn 
 pao francez. Nao temaes, 6 valorosos Portugueses! O 
 moco, lembre-se que queremos parlir as seis horas. 
 r'apds, \euha ca Cocheiro, ande ligeiro. Aonde es- 
 taes, minha filha? Eslou aqui, minha mae. Bern as en- 
 tendo, minhas senhoras. Oica, senhora, o meu recado. 
 Oh, Corydon, Corydon! 6 Joao, venha ca. Postilhao, 
 pare. Muito obrigado, senhor. Mil agradecimentos, se- 
 nhora. Rapdz, leve a minha mala. 
 
 Where are you, father? M I understand you, gentle- 
 men. Good bye, Colonel. I hear you, ladies. Boy, bring 
 me a glass of wine and a biscuit. Fear not, valiant 
 Romans. Where art thou, my son? Boy, carry my trunk. 
 Many thanks, Sir. Where are you, my friend? Here 1 
 am, Sir. No, my Lady, I cannot. Grave, where is 
 thy victory? Coachman, stop. Your good health, Madam. 
 My Lad, bring me a cup of tea and a roll. 
 
 t 1 ) The Portuguese use the possessive pronoun in such cases 
 the English not. 
 
— 28 — 
 LESSON XXVIII. 
 
 ABLATIVE CASE. 
 
 Estabelecido por lei. 
 Causado pelas rochas. 
 Cercado de montanhas. 
 Resultante da victoria. 
 Passado pelo Parocho. 
 
 Established by law. 
 Caused by the rocks. 
 Surrounded by mountains. 
 Resulting from the victory. 
 Certified by the Parish-priest. 
 
 documento produzido por Joao Vidro. imperador 
 foi acompanhado por Adridno. De certo, nao e por culpa 
 sua Banhado pelo mar. Uma subscripcao promovida 
 pelo digno governador civil. Certos livros recentemcnte 
 publicados por alguns dos professdres do lyceu. Pro- 
 clamado imperador pelos soldados. systema pecca 
 por excesso e por falta. Uma arvore conhecida pela 
 excellencia dos seus oleos. Nacoes espalhadas por tola 
 a terra. Uma nau assaltada por contrarios ventos. As 
 tropas commandadas pSlo duque. 
 
 Caused by the waves. A city surrounded by mountains. 
 The paper produced by William. The King was accom- 
 panied by the Duke. Certain documents published by 
 Herculano. John was proclaimed by the sddiers. The 
 troops commanded by the Count. The castle bathed by 
 the sea. The tree known by the goodness of its fruits. 
 The steamer attacked by contrary winds. The ruin of 
 the city caused by the rocks A book published by the 
 professor. The paper signed by me. Certified by the 
 doctor. Caused by the cl^g. 
 
LESSON XXIX. 
 
 PROPEH NOUNS. 
 
 A Europa, a Asia, a Africa. Europe, Asia, Africa. 
 
 A Madeira) 1 ), oFunchal, oPor- Madeira, Funchal, Oporto. 
 
 to. 
 
 Londres, Paris, Lisb6a. London, Pario, Lisbon. 
 
 OAlgarve, aBeira, aCastella. Algarve, Beira, Castile. 
 
 Os Lusiadas, o Milton, Carlos. TheLusial,theMillon,Cfiarles. 
 
 Os costumes da Europa moderna. As margens do 
 Lima, Minho e do Dduro. As vastas regioes da Africa 
 e da Asia. As novellas do Cid. governador civil do 
 distrfcto do Funchal. No servico de Hannibal A ba'rra 
 de Lisboa. As guerras civis de Cesar e Fompeu. No 
 throno dos Cesares. Em Burgos, capital de Castella. 
 A guarnicao de Santarcm. A exportacao de cereacs 
 para a Madeira. Camoes nos Lusiadas dedicados ao 
 descobrimento da India. Os cumes do Azardt. O mos- 
 teiro da Se'rra do Pilar. Imperador de Franca^. 
 
 The laws of Asia. The banks of the Tagus. The go- 
 vernor of Castile, In the service of Napoleon. In London, 
 the capital of England. The port of Funchal. In the 
 university of Oxford. The Cato of Addison. The taking 
 of Lisbon. The summits of the Alps. Territory bound- 
 ed on the north by the Douro. The vast regions of 
 modern Europe. The city of Oporto. Carles xu was 
 the Alexander of the north. The Virgils of the century. 
 
 I 1 ) When the name of a place is also the name of a thing, 
 the proper noun takes the article; thus «madeira» means «wood» 
 in its original-sens**. 
 
 ( 2 ) Franca. Italia, Portugal, Hespanha, with or without the 
 article. 
 
— 30 — 
 LESSON XXX, 
 
 COMPOUND .NOL.XS. 
 
 Chapeu de paiha, collier de i Straw-hal, silver-spoon. 
 
 prata. 
 Peixe de rio, agua de mar. 
 Palacio de guerra, correio. 
 Homem d'armas, mestre de 
 
 canto. 
 Dentes d'alhos. Frilla dec;ir6eo. 
 
 River fish, sea-water. 
 War-office, posl-office. 
 Man-at-arms, singing-master. 
 
 Cloves of aarlic. Slone-/r?//£. 
 
 Os brincos d'ouro. Uma mesa de carvdlho. arsenal 
 da marinha. Uma collier de chd. Uma dor de cabeca. 
 Duas cadeiras de brdcos Uma bandeja magnifica. Official 
 da alfdndega. A edsa da moeda. A edsa de jantdr. Os 
 dedos dos pes. Um rdmo de flores. Uma todlha de mesa. 
 O cantdr do gdllo. Um cavdllo de sella. O gudrda-livros. 
 Uma estacao de policia. Um espelho. Accdo de grdcas. 
 Fivellas d'dco. Manteiga de porco. Molho de peixe. O 
 nascer do sol. Te'ia de ardnha. homem do leme. Os 
 moinhos de vento eram gigantes. Uma estdnte para livros. 
 
 A tea-cup. A singing-master with a straw-hat. Two 
 arm-chairs are in the dining-room. The gunpowder in the 
 box. A custom-house-officer . A rail-way. Sun-set. Wind- 
 mills. Cloves of garlic. A tooth-brush. A Church-yard. 
 A war-horse. A counting-house. Whale-fishery. Gunpow- 
 der. The Foreign-Secretary. A straw-hat with a silk- 
 ribbon. The tea-pot, sugar-basin, & milk-pot. The pen- 
 knife & the sealing-ivax. A leg of mutton. A Round of 
 beef. Fish-sauce. A book-case. Stone-fruits. A s/*ee£ o/" 
 paper. A linen-draper' 's shnp. Dancing-shoes. The /tay- 
 harvest Iron-mines. Bread-pills. Naval surgeons. 
 
3 
 
 LESSON XXXI. 
 
 ABSTRACT NOUNS. 
 
 Natureza, virfcude, vicio. 
 Amizade, crueldade, heroismo. 
 Valdr, altivez, esperanya. 
 Dilig-encia, do(*ura, alegria. 
 Clareza, simplicidade. 
 
 Nature, virtue, vice. 
 Friendship, cruelty, heroism. 
 Bravery, haughtiness, hope. 
 Diligence, meekness, mirth. 
 Clearness, simplicity. 
 
 Pela natureza das cousas. A amizade e um sentimento 
 duradouro Os motivos de respeito e de gratiddo. go- 
 verno. As influencias dainveja. Deus aborrece avarezas. 
 A tyrannia do rei de Galliza. Os maiores bens sao a 
 saude, a fdrca, o dnimo, a pdz, a uniao das familias, 
 a liber dad e dos cidadaos, a abunddncia das cousas ne- 
 cessarias, o desprezo das superfluas, a applicacao ao 
 trabalho, e o horror da ociosidade, a emulacao da vir- 
 tude, a submissao as leis, e o temor dos Dcuses. Pobreza 
 nao e vileza. 
 
 The friendship of the king. The poverty of the fami- 
 lies. The respect and gratitude of the citizens. The na- 
 ture of man. The authority of the prince. The truth of 
 the maxim. The designs of the enemy. The term of life. 
 Dignity without pride, affability without meanness, ele- 
 gance without affectation. The appearance of merit The 
 influences of tyranny. The foundation of wealth & pros- 
 perity. The fmdte of the English colonies The sanctity 
 of the day. The solemnity of the scene. The nothingness 
 of humanity. Two centuries of ingratitude. The simpli- 
 city of the work. The clearness of the style. 
 
— 32 — 
 LESSOX XXXII. 
 
 COLLECTS I> 
 Exercito. marinha. frota. I Armv. navv. fl-ei. 
 
 Par. parelba, tropel. 
 Reuniao, partida. card Lire. 
 Maisada. rebanho. bando. 
 Serra, cordilheira. 
 Piiha, rima. 
 
 Pair. yoke, troop. 
 Assembly, party. 
 Herd, fleck, flight. 
 Clain of hills. " 
 Pile. 1 eap 
 
 O exneito do rei de Prii^si . As detiberacoes da as- 
 sembled. Um par de mesas* Uma parelha de bestas. 
 Um par de botas finas. Uma mdta de eoelbos. I'm bdndn 
 i'aves. Uma nil Jidda de pintos. A infanteria celtihero 
 e a cavallaria andaluz. Um rebdnho de ovelhas. um fat<\ 
 de cabras, uma vara de poroos. Cinco grupos principles 
 de tribus kirbaras. Um grosso corpo de sokladcsca. Um 
 punhddo de godos. Um troco de cavdlciros. Um card tme 
 de peixes. Um cacho d'uvas Uma mandda de zadc, 
 Os rebenhos de earneiros, exercitos de inimi- -. 
 
 The army of the Queen. The nary of England. The 
 fleet in the Tagus. Two pairs of gloves. Six pairs of 
 st -clangs. A cloud of locusts. The Portuguese infantry. 
 A shoal of fish. Flocks of sheep. A j?a?'r of hoots. A 
 fight of birds. A swarm of bees. A large My of ca- 
 valry. A pair of shoes A multitvle of people. Two 
 j)rt?'rs of sheets, A collection of flowers, kbahch of grapes. 
 The acting committee. A forest of masts. An assort- 
 ment of books. Hordes of cattle 6: ponies. Rotes of houses. 
 The congress of Vienna. An assembly called the tf?>f. 
 
33 
 
 LESSON XXXIII. 
 
 NAMES OF WORKERS, TITLES TRADESMEN. 
 
 Banqueiro, barbeiro, barqneiro. 
 Mercador. ferraddr, pescaddr. 
 Droguista, oculista, perfumfsta. 
 Duque, marquez, c6nde. 
 Bibliothecario, empregado. 
 
 Banker, barber, boat man. 
 Merchant, farrier, fisher. 
 Druggist, optician, perdu:, er. 
 Duke, marquis, earl. 
 Librarian, official. 
 
 Um banqueiro tem banco de commercio. Os barons 
 de Portugal. Com o titulo de cdnde. casamento da 
 infanta. Trabalhaddres para a vinha. Eu era mercador 
 e pescaddr. chronista da idade media. Um mercador 
 de loja. annel do pescaddr. gudrda mor. Cada ho- 
 mem e fabricaddr da sua fortuna. Os segaddres sao os 
 anjos. As mesas dos banqueiros. Os pedes da terra. Um 
 ourives de prata, por nome Demetrio. presidente in- 
 terino. Ajuddnte do campo do rei com o grau de coronet. 
 Joao e medico e Pedro negocidnte. 
 
 The officer of the law. The mind of the statesman. 
 The fishermen & the reapers. George the Third was king 
 of England. The gardener, the miller & the cowherd. 
 The wood- cutter, labourer & sploughman. The queen of 
 Sweden. Marquis of Pombal. The Earl of Derby The 
 merchants of Scotland. The Duties of Savoy. The Counts 
 of Barcelona. Elizabeth of England. The Duke of Sal- 
 danha. The minister of the interior. The grand-master 
 of the order. The Treasurer of the Palace. Ministers & 
 Secretaries of state. The Professor of Portuguese Gram- 
 mar. The second lieutenants. 
 
— 3i~-~ 
 LESSON XXXIV. 
 
 NAMES OF PLACES. 
 
 Officina, fabrica. 
 
 Tinliiraria, cordoaria, fabrica 
 
 de papel. 
 Moinho de vento, rnoinho d'agius. 
 Pombal, laranjal, pomar. 
 Tapada, achada, ramada. 
 Oratorio, observatorio. 
 
 Workshop, manufactory. 
 Dye-house, rope-yard, paper- 
 mill. 
 Wind-mill, water-mill. 
 Dovecot, orangery, orchard. 
 Park, level, bower. 
 Oratory, observatory. 
 
 As officinas de imprimir. O paldcio da marinha. cs- 
 criptorio dospassaportes. Fundiiao dostypos.Vmasr, uma 
 igreja, e uma capella. pdco episcopal, lima cdsa de 
 trabalho. asylo dos surdos-rnudos. Uma tinturaria c 
 uma officina de tingir. A torre de Londres. Os arsendes, 
 cstalciros, e officinas onde se fabricam as naus. Um 
 pombal e uma casa da criacao dos pombos. Um laranjal 
 e um pomar de laranjciras. Uma tapada. e uma cerca 
 de arvoredo. A officina typographica. Um distillaiorio. 
 Uma loja. Uma cdsa dr pdsto. A pcsca do arenque. 
 
 The war-office, the custom-house & the mint. A fisL- 
 marliet. An eating-lion se. Windmills & icatrrmills arc 
 in the country. An erjgle in a dovecot. A Tiitchen garden 
 is a more pleasant sight than the finest orangery Baths, 
 orchards & fish-pools. The palace of Holyrood. The ob- 
 servatory of Greenwich An orchard & a lite hen-gar den. 
 The museum of natural history. The Royal Library. A 
 lunatic asylum. Paper-mills. Carpet manufactory. A can- 
 non foundry. An oratory is a private place for prayer. 
 Steam-engine manufactory Type- Foundry. The Ajuda 
 Palace. A printin g-office. 
 
- 35 - 
 LESSON XXXV, 
 
 U1M1NUT1VES. 
 
 Ribeiiinho, bracelete, folhinha. 
 Gansinho, palinho. 
 Gordeirinho, anao on anaosinho. 
 Gatfnho, cachorrinho, caosinho. 
 Particula, corpusculo. 
 
 Rivulet bracHel, leaflet. 
 Gosling, duckling. 
 Lambkin, mannikin. 
 Kitten, puppy or whelp. 
 Particle, corpuscle. 
 
 Montfculo, jruilherminho. ' Hillock, willie. 
 
 As arrecadas e braceletes nas maos da sua irma. A 
 margern do ribeipinho. bracelete d'Annfcas. Opatinho 
 da poca. gansinho da criacao. O cordeirfnho da man- 
 jadoura. anao do paco. gatinho do pastorinho Os 
 cachorrinhos da moccia. Uma papticula da cartinha. Um 
 corpusculo do escudete. Os livpinhos da escola. O ve~ 
 Ihaquete do criado. As maosinhas da menina. Os caval- 
 linhos do circo. Uma ilJi'ta deserta. A luzinha da au- 
 r'ra. A copoashiha da condessa. 
 
 By fountain or by shady rivrclct. Bracelets of gold. 
 An odorous chaplet of sweet buds. Drakes, ducks, & 
 ducklings. The coronets of the dukes. The istets in the 
 river. Eaglets. The levrets were in the field. A brood 
 of goslings. Clean as young lambkins. Whelps or kittens. 
 The gilded puppets. Young puppies are blind. Papticles 
 of bodies. Corpuscles are atoms or small fragments. The 
 mountain and a few hillocks. Here are rolls. The poor 
 puppy. The little steamer. Little William was the youn- 
 gest son. My little son. The little brother was in the 
 house. The dwarf is in the rivutet. A leaflet is a little 
 leaf, 
 
— 36 — 
 LESSON XXXVI. 
 
 AUGMENTATIVES. (OFTEN SLANG/, 
 
 Homemzarrao, sabiehao. 
 
 Doutorago. 
 
 Toleirao, mocetao, casacao. 
 
 Rapagao papelao(l), olhao. 
 
 ' arge man, wiseacre. 
 
 A mighty doctor. 
 
 Great fool; bumpkin; great-coat, 
 
 Bigboy; thick paper ; saucer- 
 oye. 
 Velhacaz,mnlberao,chapeirao. j Old rake; amazon; «bad hat." 
 Mestraco,mocet6na,mulher<ma. I ; stout la>s; bis: woman. 
 
 homemzarrao da Patagonia. doutordco de Coim- 
 bra. toleirao do entremez. mocetao do criado. Pa- 
 pelao de desenho. O velhacdz do boeiro. rapagao do 
 arriciro. cura era bonacheirao. Os mestrdcos de direito. 
 As mocetonas da feira. As mulheronas do arraial. Os pa- 
 peloes do theatro. Os paspalhoes da praca ptiblica. Os 
 rapagoes da freguezia. Os toleiroes da plateia. Os bona- 
 cheiroes da repi'.blica. Os allemaes sao homemzarroes . O 
 velhacdz do porteiro. Sabichao em direito. casacao 
 do men amigo. toleirao tem o teu casacao 
 
 The wiseacres have general ideas on the question. 
 He is a mighty doctor of Oxford. The inhabitants of 
 Patagonia are immense men. The blockhead of a boy has 
 not his lesson. The great fool was in t-:c theatre of D. 
 Fernando. You have a ^shocking lad hat in Your great- 
 coat is in your room. The curate is a « right-good felhw. » 
 The bumpkin of a groom is in the stable. The big fads 
 of the parish. The good fellows of the city. The Germans 
 are jolly men. This is my old great coat. 
 
 (1) Papelao also means «a swell" a bracreart, 
 
— 37 — 
 LESSON XXXVII, 
 
 A DEJECT! YES [ SINGULAR] 
 
 Um dia I 1 ) bonito. 
 Cerveja branca. 
 Um trem especial. 
 Um quarto retirado. 
 Bom anno; anno bom. 
 Seis pes de l&rgo. 
 
 A beautiful day. 
 AJe (white beer). 
 A special train. 
 A retired room. 
 Abundant year; /it to year 
 Six feet broad. 
 
 Neste empenho patriotico. correio estrangeiro. A 
 camara municipal. Uma febre agiida. Nenhiima desco- 
 berta importdnte. Aprimeira necessidade. unico meio. 
 Mappa geogrdphico do theatro da guerra. Nossa be'Ua 
 provincia. Uma communicacao regular. Uma mulher ca- 
 sdda. Seu mdu procedimento. No dia segulnte. Agrdnde 
 cidade industrial de Birmingham. Um Undo tapete de 
 verdura. Um famdso dia (*). Um prato limpo. Agua quente. 
 Manteiga fresca. Men sempre chordao sobrinho. men 
 culpdvel esqueciinento. seu olsequidso convite. 
 
 A strong defensive position. A severe fever. The beau- 
 tiful province. Cold water. An irregular communication. 
 The first discovery. Last year. The kind proposal of the 
 governor. The large commercial city of Bristol. His ever- 
 lamented sister. The civil governor of the province. The 
 bad behaviour of the captain general. Fresh butter and 
 a clean plat . A married man. On the following day. 
 By the- first ship. The patriotic general. The culpable 
 forgetfulneos of the captain. In such a case. 
 
 {*! A few words in h are masculine. 
 
— 38 — 
 LESSON XXVIII. 
 
 ADJECTIVES (PLURAL]. 
 
 Nolicias estranypiras. I Fureign intelligence. 
 
 As condicoes seguintes. The followins conditions 
 
 Arvores fructtf eras. j Fruit ful trees. 
 
 Actos immordes. Immoral acts. 
 
 Os redes hospedes. j The royal guests. 
 
 As authoridades chis. i The civil authorities. 
 
 Seus services pessodes. Os meus agradecimentos sin- 
 ceros. Os capitaes generdes de differeutes districtos. Os 
 officiaes superiores tern tido febres epidemicas. As es- 
 quadras combinadas. Cronstadt tern immensas fortifica- 
 coes abundantemente artilhddas.< Cartas fechddas. As 
 boas maneiras do commaridanle e o bom arranjo de todas 
 as cousas. Funccionarios publicos bem escolhidos e bem 
 pdgos. Nos primeiros dias do correnle mez de Julho. 
 Guerras a're, £stes excellcntes pianos. As vinhas doen- 
 tes. Coracoes inscnsiveis. Pagamcnlos igudes. 
 
 The following proposals. Important news. The civil 
 and military authorities. The pnsonal services of the 
 public functionaries. The first days of the week. The 
 English officers in the combined squadrons. The plea- 
 sant manners of the French generals. The immense for- 
 tifications of Sebastopol. The naval and military resour- 
 ces. Useful letters. The royal generals. The excellent 
 hearts of the princes. Two English steam frigates of the 
 combined squadrons. The foreign generals have serious 
 apprehensions. The three great powers. His sincere 
 thanks. 
 
- 39 — 
 LESSOR XXXIX. 
 
 A D J KCTI V E S ( < : O M P A K A II V E ) . 
 
 Mdis esclarecido que — ■ More enlightened than 
 
 Menos agradavel que — 
 Tdo alto e tao branco. 
 Nao tdo quente cdmo — 
 
 Less agreable then — 
 So tall and white. 
 Not so hot as — 
 
 Melhor, peidr, tnenor, maior. L Bolter, worse, less, greater, 
 Tanto melhdr. I Soniuch the better. 
 
 bom resultado e menos duvidoso. £sse descuido e 
 muito md^'s nutdvel. Um logar era menos importdnte e 
 menos pingue, outro mdis importdnte e m.dis rendoso. 
 fim foi mdis agraddvrt que o prindpio. Mdis curto na 
 saia. Quero as calcas mdis compridas. Acho a cama muito 
 dura, Por que esta a carne mdis cava? O cabello devc 
 estar mdis liso e lustroso. clima^nao e tao quente cdmo 
 na Inglaterra no verao, nem tao fr lo en mn 1 a noinyerno. 
 Aqucllas mulheres nao sao tao boas cdmo estes homens. 
 Bases mdis solidas que as da forca material. > 
 
 The hand is more exposed than the foot. The battle was 
 less doubtful. The woman was more remarkable t!<an 
 the man. The climate is less agreaMe than that of Ma- 
 deira. My brother is better to day. The place was more 
 important but not so lucrative. The winter is more agrea- 
 ble than the summer. Henry is not so tall as James. 
 I want the houses not so : long, but wider. The water is 
 not to cold as it is in the hills. Longer in the wairt. 
 This bed is harder than yours. His heallh is worse than 
 mine. So much the worse Euorpe is more enlightened 
 than Asia. These girls are better than those bovs. 
 
— 10 — 
 LESSON XL. 
 
 ADJECTIVES [SUPERLATIVE). 
 
 As metis bellas sao as que 
 
 Cdni o mats p-pf.[?ido respeito. 
 
 Baratissimo. Optimo. 
 
 Os paizes mdis cultos. 
 
 Nem o me nor favdr. 
 
 A maior opposite passive!. 
 
 Tiiehandsornest are those which 
 With the greatect respect. 
 Very cheap. Very good. 
 The most civilized lands. 
 Not the least favor. 
 The greatest possible opposi- 
 tion. 
 
 As mdis vivas sympathies. Os pontos mdis expostos 
 ao sol. Com a maior affabilidade. Fazendo os maiores 
 mas os mdis bem merecldos elogios. Reinava a melhor 
 intelligencia entre os francezes e inglezes das duas es- 
 quadras. O prineipe tern mostrado grandissima activi- 
 dade. Em tddos os paizes mdis adiantddos na carreira 
 da civilisacao ha o maior desvelo, etc. Admiraveis exem- 
 plos do mdis esclarecido zelo. O governador e sem duvida 
 pessoa do maior respeitabilidade. Tern havido sempre a 
 melhor vontade de acabar com o Irdfico da escravatura. 
 
 The greatest possible favour. The most civilized coun- 
 try. The most lively sympathy. Your friend is doubt 
 less a person of the greatest respectability. She was my 
 lest pupil. This wine is very cheap. The house most 
 exposed to the sun. He is my best friend. Show me 
 the best cloth you have. The best deserved praises. The 
 most polite attentions. Not the least opposition. The best 
 under standing between the pupils. The tiger is very 
 cruel. The queen has exhibited very great activity. The 
 country is the most advanced in civilization. The hand- 
 somest (lowers. 
 
— 41 — 
 L ESSOIN XLI. 
 
 ADJECTIVES (PKOPEK), 
 
 O publico porluinst. \ The Oporto public. 
 
 A nagao portugue~a. 
 
 Sua Magestade Britdnnica. 
 
 O general austriaco. 
 
 O governo saxvnio. 
 
 Um commissario turco. 
 
 The Portuquese nation. 
 Her Britannic Magesty. 
 The Austrian General. 
 The Saxon Governemenl. 
 A Turkish commissioner. 
 
 Uma peca de panno hespanhol. Hiate portuguez Oii- 
 veira. Brigue ingle z Alpha. Uma fragata ingleza. Barca 
 prussidna Lucifer. Uma galeuta hollandeza. Duas escunas 
 inglezas. Um barco de vapor de guerra brasileiro. A as- 
 sociacao industrial portuense. As tropas austriacas. As 
 potencias allemas. O embaixador russo. publico lis- 
 bonense. Sua Magestade be'lga. As malas portuguezas. 
 Os generaes rttssos. O governo francez. As cortes allemas. 
 Os generaes sao todos emigrados poldcos, hungaros e ita- 
 lidnos. Brigue sueco Maryanna. A bandeira americdna. 
 
 The Saxon general. The Spanish mails. The English 
 government. The Portuguese ambassador. The Prussian 
 troops. The Hungarian generals. The Brazilian parlia- 
 ment. The Russian flag. Three French schooners and an 
 American war-steamer. The German generals and the 
 French ambassadors. The British nation and the Por- 
 tuguese government. A Swedish frigate and a Prussian 
 schooner. The Italian language. The Turkish troops and 
 the Polish generals. The Danish public. The Greek lan- 
 guage. A French brig and three English frigates. Many 
 Hungarian and Italian refugees are (estao) in the Tur- 
 kish armies. A Danish family is (csla) in the American 
 steamer. 
 
— 12 — 
 LESSON XLU, 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Delicidso, dolordso. 
 Perigoso, precioso. 
 Terrestre, celeste, planetario. 
 Brutal, pessoal, formal. 
 
 Deliglful, painful. 
 Dangerous, precious. 
 Earthly, heavenly, planetary. 
 Brutal, personal, fonn.il- 
 
 Branquinho, negrinho. I Whitish, blackish. 
 
 Um jardim delicidso. Uma operacao dolorosa. N'mn 
 logar perigoso. Vinho brdnco. Um perigoso visinho. Um 
 momento de m/eZincerteza. Um ve'lho soldado de valor. 
 A prcciosa purpura do sou vestido comprklo. Os espi- 
 ritos celestes. A guerra divide-se cm terrestre e mari- 
 tima Moco estrangeiro. Um genio brutal. Um servico 
 pessodl. Um cavallo drabe. Uma declaracao formal. O ne- 
 gro esta calado e immovel. Uma reforma gerdl no governo. 
 Oprogresso doensino publico. Obrigacao pessodl. Um cha- 
 peu de veludo preto. Os preciosos restos da antiguidade. 
 
 A rustic simplicity. Warm water. In a delicious place. 
 A personal service to the young stranger. The war by 
 land. The precious wine. The operation is dangerous 
 The man is silent. In the variety of contradictory opi- 
 nions. The planetary system. A dangerous disease. The 
 mate hat. A furious horse is a dangerous n ighbour. In 
 the military college. Good counsel is the first duty of 
 a true friend. A view of t'.e principal city. In a histo- 
 rical work. A delightful climate. Delightful music. A 
 painful loss. A dangerous enterprise. The preeiou* gifts 
 of nature. Celestial blue. 
 
— 13 — 
 LESSON XLIIL 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Activo, antigo, fugitive 
 Horrivel, agradavel, singular. 
 Amado, vestido, continuado. 
 Domestico, humano, moderno. 
 Constante, decenie, differente. 
 
 Active, ancient, fugitive,. 
 Horrible, agreeable, singular. 
 Beloved, dressed, continued. 
 Domestic, human, modern 
 Constant, decent, different. 
 
 O mundo antigo. Urn homem activo. Uina m6rte hor- 
 rivel. Uma \6z agradavel. O rei fugitivo. Uma coinci- 
 dencia singular. Urn animal domestico. Urn vento con- 
 stante. altar vestido de brocado. Uma continudda pri- 
 mavera. O poder independente. O genero humdno O 
 poder absoluto. Sabbado passddo. A guerraincessdnte com 
 o bellicdso rei. sentimento de independencia naciondl. 
 Com gerdl applauso. Na seguinte noite. Uma gucrra do- 
 mestica valcnte rei de Leao. prado vestido de relva. 
 Portugal moderno. Uma terra abunddnte de fructas. 
 
 An active king. The horrible death of the Arabian 
 horse. The agreable voice of the queen. Domestic affairs. 
 A steady wind. The power of national independence. 
 The new Avorld. The fugitive animal. The royal palae^ 
 is an irregular edifice. A fatal & horrible presentiment. 
 The singular aspect. A short period Natural histon . 
 A terrible example. The public authority. An active life. 
 Ancient customs. Fugitive years. A horrible monster. 
 The singular number. A man clothed with honour. The 
 fugitive clave. Continued labours. Discoveries continued 
 by new explorers. A domestic animal. Unman weakness. 
 
— 14 — 
 LESSOX XL1V. 
 
 GENDEK OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 N6vu, uova; perf£ito,a; velho, a. 
 Christao, 5 A I ;b6m,b6a; vao, 
 
 mau. 
 Portuguez, a; hespanhol, a; 
 
 nil, a. 
 Breve, final, feliz, fieM. 
 
 New, perfect, old. 
 Christian, good, bad, vain. 
 
 Portuguese, Spanish, naked. 
 Shorl, Anal, happy, faithful. 
 
 Em perfeita saude. altar da vclka cathedral. Urn 
 novo meio. Os tempos da restauracao christa. Uma noite 
 linda. Em boa occasiao. Pedro o Cru. Carne crua. Um 
 mau jantar. Uma gra\ata brdnca. A minha casaca nova. 
 A ultima moda. Cerveja brdnca. Um homem sdo. Uma 
 doutrina sd. Agua fria. Uma espada nua. Em segiinda 
 wao. Muita moeda fdUa. A ciirta distancia. vdsto 
 corpo da monarchia hespanhola. Um calor excessivo. 
 Uma &da e bonita carruagem. grdo turco. A gra Bre- 
 tanha Uma frondosa arvore. fille e vao. Um 6p7/o dia. 
 
 My faithful friend is in perfect health. Vain ambi- 
 tion. The girl is young & vain. Sound advice. A volcanic 
 eruption. The populous city of Turin Books in the Spa- 
 nish & Portuguese languages. In the principal street of 
 Burgos. The coat is new, in the last fashion. The man 
 has a beautiful voice. At a short distance from the old 
 cathedral. A new and excellent bridge. The premature 
 death of the king. A town pretty, well-built, and clean. 
 It is not a new thing. A naked sword. His bare f *ot. 
 A perfect work. A good climate. Good fruit. Good air. 
 
RAns, bdas; d6is, duas; mans 
 
 rm'is. 
 Saos, sas; delicidsos, osas. 
 AllemaVs, as; nacionaes, suaves 
 Faceis, nmaveis, difficeis. 
 Posteriores, cjvis mantes. 
 
 — u — 
 
 LESSON XLV. 
 
 PLURAL OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Good, two; bad. 
 
 Sound, delicious. 
 German, national, sweet. 
 Easy, amiable, difficult. 
 After, civil, urgent. 
 
 Raro c6mo os bans diss. A publicacao dos primeiros 
 ddis volumes As duas grandes epochas. Os periodicos 
 allemaes. Ares saos. Cidades sas As divisoes territr- 
 rides. Ovos quentes. As cores nacionaes. Os lineamentos 
 principdes da idade. Os svdves accentos da sua voz. 
 Estes delicidsos sftios. Uma latada de tenras vides. As 
 ruas sao Urn pas e as casas bem edificddas. As condicors 
 facets. Hcmens amdveis. Estudos difficeis. Privilegios 
 pessodes. Negocios urgentcs. As senhoras allemas. Pennas 
 metdllicas. Asmemorias christas. Os successos posteriores. 
 
 Civil wars. The days are short. The paintings nre 
 admirable. Cities large & small. The roads are good. 
 Two volumes of the German book. The two great cities. 
 The national privileges The civil rights. Streets good 
 & bad. The sweet accents of the beautiful voices. The 
 difficult affairs. The German institutions. The principal 
 streets of the new cities are clean Terrible difficulties. 
 Irreconcilable enemies. The remarkable buildings. Happy 
 men. Royal persons. Fertile fields. The adjacent pro- 
 vinces. The streets are narrow. Fossil riches. 
 
— 46 — 
 
 lessox mm. 
 
 ADJECTIVES MMERAL. 
 
 Um livro, uaia carta. 
 
 D6is ) ., ,, 
 
 ^.a [ livros, duas cartas. 
 
 Dons J ' 
 
 O prim£ir'o dia, a segiinda vez. 
 
 So o driplo, o triple 
 
 12 de Maio de 1852. 
 
 One book, one letter. 
 
 Two books, two letters. 
 
 The first day, the second time. 
 Single, double, treble. 
 12th May, 1852. 
 
 Cento e um. Trezentos e cincocnta e cinco. Em segundo 
 logar. Livro primeiro. Capitulo quinto. Jorge Quarto. 
 Luiz Quatorze. Em cinco de Julho. As duas primeiras 
 cartas. O tSrco. Um dos primeiros deveres do homem. 
 Em vinte e nove-di^s. Dous mil quinhentos e trinta c 
 qudtro homens. Mil e quinJientas casas. A carta e datada 
 de vinte e dous de Marco. Em quinze de Maio. E uma 
 hora. Sao duas horas menos um quarto. As qudtro. 
 Trcs arrateis. Setenta e dous francos. De trcs bracas de 
 comprido e duas e meia de largo. Uma de'eima septima. 
 
 Four hundred & fifty men. William the Fourth. In 
 the third place. Chapter the sixth. In the fourth place. 
 The letter is dated the twenty secoiul of January. On the 
 fourth of July. Tliree pounds of coffee. Monday at two 
 o' clock. Three leagues long & two broad. Four thousand 
 two hundred & forty houses. It is a quarter to three 
 o' clock. Twelve to fourteen leagues. The fourth. The se- 
 venth of March. In three minutes. 7. th January, 1850. In 
 the year 1824. Peter the First. Two thirds of the na- 
 tion. _Five thousand persons. Not a single word of truth. 
 Two hundred and ten soldiers. 
 
 
— %i — 
 
 LESSON XL VII. 
 
 ADJECTIVES, LOCAL & NATIONAL. 
 
 As ilhas Britdmiica:;. 
 Cinco reis mouros. 
 A dynastia austriaca. 
 O imperio grego 
 V arias tribns indias. 
 
 The British Islands. 
 Five moorish kings. 
 The Austrian dynasty. 
 The Grerk empire. 
 Various Indian tribes. 
 
 arsenal do exercito portugutfz. Exposicao da in— 
 dustria macleirense. Urn rico fklalgo genovez. A monar- 
 ch ia hespanhola. A conquista romdna. A lingua hebrdica. 
 A musa homerica. governo britdnnico. A igreja an- 
 f'licdna. A raca hottentote. verdadeiro camello drabe. 
 Nas Indias Orientdes. Chandernagor, capital dos esta- 
 belecim entcs francezes no territorio bengalim. Rubens, 
 grande arlista flamcngo. A lingua allcma. Os caracteres 
 do alphabeto germdnico Na provincia russidna do Ozen- 
 burgo. £sta casta africdna. O publico lisbonense. 
 
 The British army. The Madeira people. The Latin 
 language. The Arabian horse. The English establish- 
 ments in India. The Russian forces. The Caspian sea. 
 A great Roman bridge. A superb Gothic cathedral. The 
 French Empire. The German confederation. The Teu- 
 tonic knights. The German states of Austria. English 
 horses. The Lisbon Cathedral. Some Greek monks. The 
 Portuguese flag. The French republic of 18 i-8. The Lisbon 
 press. The Danish territory. The Judaic law. He is a 
 Flemish painter. The Hebrew texte. 
 
— 48 — 
 LESSON XLVIII. 
 
 ADJECTIVES INDEFINITE (DEC). 
 
 Todo, total, ambos. 
 Os mais, todos os mais. 
 Algum, nenhiim. 
 
 Certo, miiito, qualquer. 
 
 AH, the whole, total, both. 
 
 The rest, 
 
 Some amy, ?wme^); no, nom, 
 
 not any. 
 A certain; much, many; who 
 
 ever. 
 
 Todos os dias. Todos os povos. Alguns navios da es- 
 quadra. Toda a tarde. Todas as novidades. A ruina total. 
 Alguns defeitos. Algumas peras. Nenhum dos juizes. Certo 
 h mem diz. Nos todos. Todos elles. Muita genie. Muitos 
 livros. Alguma pessoa. Pessoa alguma. A somma total. 
 Tdl amo, tdl criado. Nem um nem outro. Alguns cem 
 soldados. Ambos contao o mesmo caso. Nao facas tdl. 
 Por outra maneira. O outro dia. Os bispos anglicanos 
 sao ricos, os outros ecclesiasticos pobres Muitas razocs. 
 Os mais. Nenhum dos dous. Sem nenhum vestigio. 
 
 All the family. Every day. Another time. So much 
 work. Something. All of us. Many letters & many books. 
 The sum total is 4-00 dollars. M. Such-a one says. One 
 brother is in Canada, the other in Madeira. Some geo- 
 graphers. Any man. No man. The same warmth of ima- 
 gination. The first of all the Roman kings. Some time. 
 As the parent, so the child. Others say. To such a wo- 
 man. All the rest. They are all our friends, as-many-as 
 you see Some of the men. I do not remember such. Some 
 inscription. Some letters. Without any vestige. 
 
 (') Tt has a negative force after the noun. Arvore alguma 
 se encontra nos deserlos d'Africa. No tree is met with. 
 
— 19 — 
 LESSON XLIX. 
 
 ADJECTIVES INDEFINITE (INDEC.) 
 
 Cad a, mais, cada urn. 
 Nada(l), tudo. 
 Ninguem, outrem. 
 Algue'm. quomqner. 
 
 Each, every; more, every one. 
 Nothing; everything, all. 
 None, nobody, no one; another. 
 Anghody, whoever, whatever. 
 
 Cdda dia. Mdis crimes que virtudes. Tudo esta per- 
 dido. Cdda um para si. Mcu tudo! Mdis vinho que 
 agua. Ninguem e feliz. Aquillo que pertence a outrem. 
 Ninguem d'elles. Se algue'm vier. Pela resposta de cdda 
 pergunta. Cdda \ez mais. Quantos medicos mdis mo- 
 lestias. Nao endda. Nddamenos. Homem capaz detudo. 
 Nada de novo. Cdda periodo da vida tern prazeres Mdis 
 gloria que proveito. Em cdda julgado ha um juiz. Outro 
 qualqucr meio. Quemquer que esta ahi, falle. Algue'm 
 diz o que nao sabe. Quer ir? Ndda^ l K 
 
 Every night. More money than wit. All is done. Every 
 man for himself. John is my all. No one in this world 
 is happy. Nothing new in the papers. Every man. Every 
 tenth soldier. She had more knowledge than the others. 
 Will you go? By no meansi 1 ). All was going well in the 
 ship. He is a nobody. In generosity he yields to no one. 
 In every city of the hingdom. More water than wine. 
 More and more. Every language has its defects. Every 
 word and action. If any one comes My all. Any other 
 away. It is nothing. Every period of life. All is lost. 
 
 !') Often used in replyings, for «nao», «por modo nenhum 
 not at all.» 
 
— m — 
 
 LESSON L. 
 
 ADJECTIVES COMPARATIVES DEGREi- 
 
 Too inftliz cdmo grande. 
 
 S. e mais formosa que eu. 
 
 O mais bruvo tlos d<>is. 
 
 Maiorzinho. 
 
 Menos pregui<;6so que en. 
 
 Js unhappy as great. 
 S. is handsomer than I. 
 The braver of the two. 
 A Utile larger. 
 Less lazy than I. 
 
 Joao e mais generoso que Carlos. Nada ha tao con- 
 tagioso como o exemplo. O filho e melhor medico que 
 o pae. Mais cldro que o sol. Mais brdnco que a neve. 
 Muito mais sujeitos a fadigas. sol e mais brilhdntc que 
 as esfcrellas. Com muita mais ftiria e pressa do que, etc. 
 Uma casa mais illustre do que rica. Um tratamento menos 
 duro do que era usual. As mulheres pobres com pa- 
 ciencia mais propria d'allemas que de portuguezas. 
 Mais que prordrel. Uma loalha mais fina. Joao e tao 
 sdbio como o seu irmao. 
 
 My patience is ar gnat as yours. Mary is more, ge- 
 nerous than Jane. The swain is hafpier than his mo- 
 narch. Iron is harder than wood. Mary is lazier than 
 Anna. Nothing is so white as snow. The son is as lear- 
 ned as the father. The queen is more beautiful than the 
 countess. The sun is much more brilliant than the moon. 
 Homer was the greater genius. Virgil the better artist. 
 The shorter road of the two. The poor women are more 
 subject to fatigue than the men. The bread is better than 
 e\er. The more dangerous, the more honourable. 
 
— 51 — 
 LESSON LI. 
 
 ADEJEC'i'lVES SUPERLATIVE DEGREE. 
 
 A guerra a indisfeli?. I The most fortunate war 
 
 O mats sdbio de todos 
 Os inimigos mdis perigdsos. 
 Virgilio e mm grdnde poeta. 
 Homero e urn poeta grand! s 
 si mo. 
 
 The wistst of all. 
 The most dangerous foes. 
 V. is a very great poet. 
 His ar exceedingly great p. 
 
 O capitulio era o mais celelre edificio de Roma. Na 
 parte mais oriental da cidade. O sol esta brilliant issimo. 
 O sol e o mdis brilhdnte dos astros. Varrao foi o mdis 
 dduto dos Romanos. A mdis importinte noticia. modo 
 mdis fdcil para os cultivadores. As durissimas guerras. 
 Nesta gravissima historia. lima das qualidades mais 
 notdveis. Um cavalleiro mui illustre, chamado Ermigio. 
 Uma cousa certissima. A sciencia dos mdis hdbeis cirur- 
 gioes. As profundezas mdis obscuras do universo ideal. 
 Utilissimos servicos. 
 
 The newest works in the language. The most skilful 
 engraver. Thenewest patterns. The most beautiful flowers. 
 The most eminent authority. The civilisation of India is 
 the most ancient of the old civilisations of Asia. In the 
 most western part of the city. The moon is very bright. 
 Cicero was the most eloquent of the Romans. The most 
 important service. The nearest way. The fields are wry 
 fertile. One of the most illustrious cavaliers. The eyes 
 of the Portuguese arc very black. The most remarkable 
 qualities of the poet. The most certain proofs. 
 
— 52 — 
 LESSON LIL 
 
 ADJECTIVES, liSKEG. IN EN(i. #' POR T, 
 
 „ ., , \ o melhor. 
 
 Bom,melhor,j o(S p tirao 
 
 l* Iiu ' I peior, j P* 88 ™ • 
 f Rinm, 1 * Mo peior. 
 
 r o irais pe- 
 
 Pequeno, me.nor, | queno. 
 
 ' o minimo. | 
 
 Good, better, best. 
 Bad, worse, worst. 
 
 Little, less, least. 
 
 O sol e maior que a terra. Indo na melhor ordem. 
 Que melhores documentos? As terras negras sao as me- 
 lhores. fiste inslruinento e melhor que o outro. O filho 
 e peior que o pae. O vinho commum e pouco bom. Al- 
 giima cousa peior. Menor quantidade. A Europa e menor 
 que a Asia. Com a maior clareza. A plebe pela maior 
 parte e pobre. O melh'.r meio de ser feliz. Com pequenas 
 excepcoes. Faz muitt'ssimo frio. melhor de meus ami- 
 gos. Com muita pressa. Da melhor qualidadc. fille tinha 
 metis que os outros. As melhores hospedarias. 
 
 Last, best & greatest. In the worst inns worst room. 
 The earth is greater than the moon. The house is in 
 the best order. A greater service. Freedom's best & bra- 
 vest friend. With the least difficulty. The streets of the 
 city are in the best order. Black soil is the best. The 
 wine is of the best quality. The best things are in the 
 city. The houses are very bad. The streets are very good 
 and clean. One of the most amiable men. The first of 
 his class. One of the most lamentable instances. Patrio- 
 tism is the worst counsellor of the historian. These are 
 good & bad. A planet is greater than a satellite. A smaller 
 number. 
 
— 5:] - 
 
 LESSON LIU. 
 
 ADJECTIVES, IKREG. IX E!NG. OH PORT. 
 
 i o maior, ina- 
 (liando, maior, ] ximo. 
 
 ' grand issi mo. 
 
 pouquissi 
 
 o menor. 
 Quente, mais i quentissimo. 
 quente. \ o mais quente. 
 
 n t \ greatest. 
 
 Great, greater, { ° 
 
 ' b ' | very great. 
 
 Few, fewer, \ fewest. 
 
 Small, ( very few. 
 
 tr i i. .. S hottest. 
 Hot, hotter, j . , 
 
 ' i very hot. 
 
 Com grandissima difficuldadc. A maior das pracas e 
 a dc Lufz xv. Menos orgulho. Grandissimo gosto. Um 
 inimigo ocerrimo. Proximo a ruina. Um aspdrrimo cas- 
 tigador. Um pocta celeberrimo. Vossa Magestade Chris- 
 tianissima. Palavras dulcissimas. Um clima frigidissimo . 
 Humillima miseria. De pouquissima importancia. Perpc- 
 tua era pobrc, pobrissima. Uma porcao tenm'ssima. Uma 
 cidade anliga. Uma antiquissima villa. Os ultimos mo- 
 mentos do artista. rei fidelissimo. Os Romanos ma- 
 gnificent issimos nas obras publicas. 
 
 The greatest soldier. The largest of the eitics. Byron 
 was a very celebrated poet. The climate of Canada is 
 very cold. A most ancient castle. A very bloody battle. 
 A most cruel punishment. With very great eloquence. 
 A very bitter enemy. A most noble intellect. The largest 
 of the trees. The greatest danger. The Greeks very ma- 
 gnificent in temples. This holds less liquid than that. 
 Very near death. The next century. A very cold climate. 
 The house next to the castle. Less vanity. A very ce- 
 lebrated author. She is very poor. 
 
— o I — 
 LESSON UV. 
 
 ADJKCTIVES COMPOUND. 
 
 Recem-chegado, recem-vindo. 
 Bemaventurado, bemdito, bem 
 
 nascido. 
 Supracitado, beai vindo. 
 Abaixo assignado. 
 Mai creado, maldizenle, mal 
 
 Newly-arrived, newly-come. 
 Fortunate, blessel, well-born. 
 
 Above-quoted, wel come. 
 
 Under-signed. 
 
 ill bred, evil-speaking, ill- 
 
 feito. made 
 
 Guiae para esta cella orecem-crtegddo. Diante dos frc- 
 guezes rccem vindos. Os filhos rece'm nascidos. Aquellas 
 ilbas bemaventurddas. Os campinos fkarao cabisbdixos. 
 author da carta supracitdda. Os abdixo assignddos. 
 Gloria sempre-viva. Fructa sem-sabor. O manto auri- 
 fulgente. O homem e recem-defimcto. Bemdito seja Deos ! 
 E mi'iito mal creado. Herva sempre-vdrde . Alma bem fa- 
 ze ja. Bencmvrito de penna. 
 
 The child is nculy-dead. The new comer is my bro- 
 ther's friend. The new born child is very strong. Insipid 
 wine. In a fortunate hour. A benevolent heart. Deserving 
 well of his country. The words of the above quoted 
 letter. The tricolor flag. Animals carnuwous and her- 
 bivorous. The young man is very ill-bred. The antepe- 
 nultimate syllable. The benevolent soul of the old man. 
 Blessed be God. Those happy lands. The trees ever-green. 
 The poor sailor was half-dead. The undersigned members 
 of the society. Well deserving of punishment. He is wel- 
 come. 
 
LESSOR LV. 
 
 ADJECTIVES AUGMENT ATI VIS & DIHIM'! 1 V liS I 1 '. 
 
 Susinho, friosinho, bomzinho. 
 Innocenti'nho, fraquinho, doerr 
 
 tinho. 
 Baixinho,tenrmho, acabadhiho 
 Soberbao. 
 
 Cabecudo. . j Block heal 
 
 Duutoraco. ! Wiseacre. 
 
 All alone, cold, good, 
 innocent, weakly, poorly 
 
 Short, tender, done. 
 Proud. 
 
 Urn cavalleiro chegou sost'nho a porta. A filha innn- 
 ccntinha. A veSha comccou a fallar baiocinho. Sua mcs- 
 qainha irma. Os cavallciros forao sahindo do paco tris- 
 tokhos. Urn a. roseirinha peqnenina^ boiritinha. Homcm 
 cabecudo. Ha umss certas boquinhas gravesinhas e cs- 
 premidlnhas pela doutorice. . . Estamos sosinha-'} nos 
 duas neste mundo. £lle batcu devagarinho. £lle tern 
 olhar de soberbdo. Tcm-se em conta de doutordco* Uma 
 casa Ihulmha, coelho e muito tenrinfio. O velhinho 
 (■sta muito acabadinlto. 
 
 He is a good little fellow. We were all alone in the 
 house. She is a sweet little innocent. The daughter of 
 the little man is pretty. The child is weakly. Little John 
 is naughty, The poor little blind (girl). The li'tle negress 
 is poorly. His little feel are cold. Your frock is new hf 
 clean. The boy began to speak low. My little hoi(se. My 
 brother knocked softly. Thomas considers himself a 
 learned man. The melancholy cavaliers. He reached the 
 gate all alone We two are all alone. 
 
 ( f ) The diminutive power of the adjective ofh'ti qualifies Hi 
 ngun with which that adjective agrees. 
 
— 56 — 
 LESSON LVI. 
 
 PUOKOtNS PERSONAL. 
 
 Eu, de mim, a mini, mini. 
 N<5s, de nos, a nos, 1163. 
 T11, de ti, a ti, ti. 
 V6s, de vos, a vds, \<5s. 
 Elle, delle, a elle, elle. 
 Ella, della, a ella, ella. 
 Elles, delles, a elles, exiles (m). 
 
 I of me, to me, me. 
 We, of us, to us, us. 
 Thou, of thee, to thee, thee. 
 You, of you, to you, you. 
 He, of him, to him, him. 
 She of her, to her, her. 
 They, of Ihem, to them, them. 
 
 title e generoso. Nvs somos venturosos. Mies estao 
 occupados. NSo sou surdo. Dous delles. Tu abanddnas 
 os amigos. Eu chamo. Eu amo. Mle esta prompto. 
 JBlle ia com elles Mies fallao de mim. Eu nunca fallo 
 delles. Mle e mais moco que eu. Eu amo. Amo-o 
 como meu proprio irmiio. Nos os modernos. Com os 
 seus. Mile e mais rico que elles. assumplo em que 
 V. S. a me tem fallado. Entre elle e mim. Nos cha- 
 mamos. Mlas amao. £lle Ihes disse. A mim. Coraigo. 
 Delle. Lembro me della. Eu por mim. No meio delles. 
 
 I have a knife, /have no husband. Thou hast a fork. 
 He has no shoes. We have good wine. He is deaf. She 
 is blind. We are lazy. Thon lovest the friends. / Jove 
 him. He loves her. She is my sister's friend. The women 
 are beautiful, & they are sisters. He has spoken to me. 
 We love him. He is in the midst of them. My mother 
 who sent me with them. She is richer than he. They (f) 
 love their father. With me. With thee. They (m) are 
 ready. Of her. Without me. Without him. She loves ms. 
 We love her. She is good. He is a doctor. 
 

 — 57 — 
 LESSON LVII. 
 
 PUONOUNS-CO.NJUNCTHK. 
 
 Me, te, se, Ihe. 
 
 Nos, vos, lhe.«. 
 
 Me, te; o, a, loU), la (1;. 
 
 Nos, vos, os, as, losl 1 ), las I 1 ), 
 
 Comijro, comtigo. romsigo. 
 
 Tome, to thee, to him, her, it. 
 To ifs, to you, to tliem. 
 Me, thee; him, her, it. 
 Us, you, them. 
 With me, thee, him, &c. 
 
 fta-lhe uma penna. Nao Ihe dfgo. Faca-me o favor. 
 V. S.* pode fazer-me urn grande service Fico-lhe muito 
 obrigado. Agradeco-Me infinitamente. Sinto Mr-Ike tanto 
 incommodo. £ o quo Ihe posso dizer. Eu o supponho. 
 Nao o creio. Eu o quero. £lle deu-me urn livro. £lle 
 falla contra mim. fclle deu-nos duas patacas. Ella deu- 
 Ihes muito dinheiro. Comnosco. Levei o cao ao rio, e 
 lancei-o na agua. Monte i a egua, e levei-a ao rio. Di- 
 ga-me. Diga-Z/ie. higa-lhes Quero \e-lo. Nao posso 
 \e-la. Faca-me um par de botas. 
 
 It seems to me. I give you these books. Do him the 
 favor. Give me the new pens, /am much obliged to you. 
 I thank them. It is what I can tell you. She gave me two 
 beautiful books. They are my best friends. Tell them 
 that the money is good. I wish to see her. I cannot 
 see them. Make me a pair of shoes. I do not believe 
 him. I want the book. He gave me a dog, & I threw 
 it into the river. 
 
 I 1 ) Used after infinitives. See Lesson xlix, 
 
LESSON LV11I. 
 
 1'KOMJNS-BlllED CONJUNCTIVE. 
 
 M'u, ma. It or him to me, her to inc. 
 
 M'os, m'as. j Them to me. 
 
 T'o, t'a, I'os, fa.*. I Him, her it or them, to Ihet*. 
 
 l,h'o, Ih'a, Ih'os, Ih'as. I Him, her. it or them, to von. 
 
 Dai-m'o. Eu comprei-o para diu-lh'o. livro c novo, 
 eu Ih'o darei. A pe-nna c boa, elle m'a dara. filles Ih'a 
 levarao. Faca-m'as largas. De-m'as. Disse-m'o certa 
 pessoa. Dcixe-m'o ver. Nao Ih'o direi Assim m'o dis- 
 serao. Nao Ih'o dtga. Perdoa-??i'o, se o fsz. Dizia-M'o 
 o sen cspclho. Perguntai-m'o a mim. Nao Ih'o posso 
 dizer. Eu Ih'a darei. Muito Ih'o agradeco. Deixe-m'o 
 alguns dias. Eu Ih'o tenho dito. Faca-m'os ver. Quando 
 m'os podera dar? Eu Ih'os maodarci. De-me licenca de 
 Ih'os provar. Eu Ih'o affianco. Pois dir-ro-/o-hei eu. 
 
 Give it mc. Give it him. Give it them. I bought it to 
 give it to them. These pens are good, give mc them. 
 The marc is beautiful & 1 gave her to him. The letter 
 is beautiful, let me sec it. Is the book good? I will give 
 it you. Give me leave to show them to him. I shall pay 
 it you. I will give it you for less. The rings are pretty, 
 I will show them to thee. I thank you much for it (m). 
 When shall you be able to show them to me? I assure 
 you of it. I shall 1 ell you it. 
 
— 59 — 
 LESSON LIX. 
 
 PRONOUNS I'OSSESSIVK. 
 
 Men, metis; minha, minhas. 
 Teu, lens; tua. tuas. 
 Sen, sens; sua, suas. 
 N6sso, nossos; nossa, nossas. 
 Vdsso. vdssos ; vossa, vossms. 
 
 My, mine. 
 Thy, thine. 
 His, her, its, their. 
 Our, ours. 
 Your, yours. 
 
 Meu pae, minha mae e minhas irmas estao no campo. 
 Seu filho e sabio. Seu irmao e moco. seu jardiin e 
 maior que o meu. V6ss6 amigo c o meu. £ste chapeu 
 e meu. Com os seus parenles. Cdmo esta minha irma. 
 Os nossos amigos nos abandonao. Sua MagesUtde. No 
 seu leito. sen primeiro impulso. Uma das suas maos. 
 Urn meu patricio. Dous amigos sens. No meio dos seus 
 concidadaos. A energia da sua alma. Metis amigos. 
 Londres tem siias bellezas. Os seus mais pequenos mo- 
 vimentos. Van-Dyck foi o sen melhor discfpulo. 
 
 My mother and my brothers are in the garden. His 
 son is young. Your house is larger than mine. He is 
 my friend. He is one of my friends. One of your coun- 
 trymen. In the midst of Ms friends. The image of my 
 mother. He was the victim of the ideas of Ms time, as 
 so many are of those of ours. With the hand between 
 hers. Iwo volumes of this our journal. One of my legs. 
 My aunts. With all my heart. Three friends of his. 
 This house is mine. His garden is large. In other coun- 
 tries, especially in ours. 
 
Esle, esla; estes, estas; isso 
 
 isto(l). 
 Esse, essa; esses, essas; o(*) 
 
 a, os, as. 
 Aquelle, aquella; aquelles 
 
 aquellas, aquillo. 
 Est'Sulro, ess'dutro. 
 
 — 60 — 
 LESSON LX. 
 
 PRONOUNS DEMONSTRATIVE. 
 
 This; these; this. 
 
 That ; those. 
 That; those; that. 
 This other: that other. 
 
 jfiste tapetc. Aquella arvorc. fistes livros. Aquelles 
 homens. Essa casa. fisses rios. £ste quadro e lindo. 
 Isto e para mim. £stas botas sao de Paulo. £ste e o 
 seeulo das revolucoes. Aquellas mulheres nao sao tao 
 boas como estes homens. fiste homem e o author deste 
 livro. Sou desta opiniao. Nada disto e assim. Um dta 
 destes. Como e isto possivel? Nao gosto disto. Naquelle 
 logar. No aspecto daquellas lindas paizagens. Por este 
 vil preco. Nesta capital. Neste momento. Isto nao e 
 provavel. ftssas representacocs. £sta especie cruel issi ma. 
 
 This house. That tree. These houses. Those trees. 
 This book is beautiful. Of this house. Of those books. 
 In these representations. Those books are John's. This 
 is for him. In these rivers. This is not possible. The 
 leaves of those beautiful trees. These (f) are not good. 
 He is of that opinion. Of these two men. In this case. 
 This other one has a disagreablc voice. Those cavaliers. 
 In that. Of this. The ground is that of a Roman town. 
 The voice is that of a man. One of these davs. 
 
 I 1 ) Jn contrasted allusion «o ;ir da cidade e man ; o Jo camp 
 bom.» 
 
O qual, os quaes; a qual, as 
 
 quaes. 
 Ci'ijo, cuJB ; cujos, cujas ; tie 
 
 quetu. 
 Quern, o que. 
 Que, a quern. 
 Aquelleque, aquella que; o que. 
 
 — 61 — 
 LESSON LXI. 
 
 PKONOUiSS RELATIVE. 
 
 Which. 
 
 Whose. 
 
 Who he who whoever; what. 
 Who, which, that, whom. 
 He who, she who. 
 
 homem que falla. O livro que esta no quarto. O 
 novo relogio que elle tern. O passaro que canta. A mulher 
 que eu esli'mo. homem de cujo cavallo lhc fallei „ 
 Deus, cujas obras admiramos. Camoes, ciijo merito 
 conhecemos. Uma flor, cujo cheiro e agradavel. Quern 
 mais tern mais deseja. £ uma cousa de que elle nao 
 e capaz. As circumstancias em que, etc. Somos quern 
 somos. Os que sao sabios sao felizes. EstaV. S. a certo 
 do que diz? A penna com que eu cscrevo. Os que pensao. 
 O negocio de que trato. Isto e tudo o que elle me disse. 
 
 The situation, in which. To Inow what was the sub- 
 stance of the petitions. In that night. In every place, 
 in which. Lorenzo was he who knew him. Very different 
 from what it at present appears. One of those men, in 
 whose hands. If I judge by what I see. He who is re- 
 ligious knows &c. Whoever has most wants most. This 
 sea, whose, waves, &c. I am sure of what I say. The 
 pencil with which I write is yours. He that has most 
 wants most. The man that is in the garden is my friend 
 jolgasse. 
 
— 62 — 
 LESSON LXII. 
 
 PKONOUNS INTEMKHiAT!V E, 
 
 Qual (testes? I Which of these? 
 Que homem e este? What man is this? 
 
 Que tropas sao essas? What troops are those. 
 
 Quern e? que? j Who is it? What! 
 
 De quern? j r n j w Wolhom, which. 
 
 Cujo ? ! ^ 1 ' . 
 
 Quern esta ahi? Qudl de seus irmaos? Que livros tera 
 o rapaz? Qudl delles? Quaes sao as suas razoes? Quern 
 esta a porta? Quern scrao os paes destcs meninos? De 
 quern e este quadro? £llas sao duas irmas : a quern da 
 V. S. a a preferencia? Que e isso? Que horas sao? Quern 
 sao elles? Que vergonha ! Qudl dos clous? Que Ihe parece 
 disto? Quern t'o disse? Que novidades? Que boas novas 
 ha? Que e a virtude? Quern sabe se essas sao verda- 
 deiras? Que idade tem seu tio? Qudl e o mcu livro? 
 Nenhum destes. Em torn de quern quer ser obedecido. 
 
 Which of your sisters? What is that? What books 
 have the girls? What woman is that! Wnat a pety ! 
 Whose hat is this? What age is your son? Which of 
 them? Who is in the garden? They are brothers, which 
 do you prefer? What ship is that? To whom? Who 
 knows? What news to day? What o' clock is it? Whose 
 pen is this? What arc your reasons? What is truth? 
 What horse is this? Who art thou? Who is the master 
 of the house? 
 
— *a — 
 
 LESSON LXIII. 
 
 PHONOUNS REFLECTIVE & INTENSITIVE. 
 
 I'm mrs mo, £lle mtsmo. j I myself, he himself, &c. 
 
 Me, te, se. j Myself, [hyself, himself. 
 De si mesmo, o a ellel 1 ). Of one's self, himself. 
 
 Contenlar-/ios. Em si. I To content ourselves; in itself. 
 
 A, para, tie, por si. j To, for, of, by one's-self: i/r 
 
 himself. 
 
 Falla-se <le paz : por si so. ! They speak of peace; alone. 
 
 Eii mesmo o fiz. A mini mesmo. Lembro-me disso no 
 mesmo dia. Qudl e o homem que nunca se engana? £llc 
 fez-.se soldado. Faz-se tarde. Limito-we a questao. Dc- 
 stjo-me no eampo.V6u-me para casa. A falsidade e odiosa 
 em si mesma. Isto por si mesmo esta claro. Lancou ldngc 
 dc j« a anna fatal, fellas mesmas m'o disserao. Aqui 
 mesmo. Co mo se chama isto? fi'le nao esta em si. Cha- 
 ma-sc milho. Falla-s<?, conversa-se, e o tempo se passa. 
 Fazem mal a si os que abusrio da saude. Nao se sabc. 
 A mim mesma eomeca a turvar-sc-w<? a cabeca. 
 
 \ do not remember this. In itself. Alone. He limits 
 himself to the fact. Whose origin is unknown. I saved 
 her, and he saved himself. He became a sailor. They 
 are of importance to wiel 1 ). Nothing subsists by itself, 
 save God. I myself was present. I am going home. Vice 
 is odious in itself. The women themselves went away. 
 Henry killed himself. He said to himself. He threw 
 far from him the gold. That wine is called «bual». I 
 forgot to write the letter. They themselves said it to him. 
 
 (*•) An nnphalic pronoun is formed fhns «him himself » — o 
 
— 6i — 
 LESSOR LXIV. 
 
 PERSONAL AND CONJUNCTIVE PROS'. WITH INDICATIVES. 
 
 D^ixuo-ros a honra. I They leave you the honor. 
 
 Dar-we-has prazer. Thou wilt jrive me pleasure. 
 
 A mini me daras, &c. Towieinyselfthou wilthsrive&r. 
 Deus apraz-se da humildade. God delights in humility. 
 
 Assim o prometterao. I So they promised it. 
 
 Eu vd-lo digo. I 1 tell you it. 
 
 Adorao-ttoC 1 ), na, nos, nas. ! They adore him, her, them. 
 
 Perdoae-w?e. Gabas-we o bom genio. Affigurava-se-m<? 
 que ella estiva junto de mim. Depois ergueu-Ae, e as- 
 sentou- se-lhe ao lado. Elle obrigou-o a tornar alguma re- 
 feicao. tiles matarao-w'o. Calei-me. Deu-me uma das suas 
 maos, levei-a a boca, e beijei-a. tsta palavra senti-a 
 soar, palpava-a, via-a escripta, affigurava se me con- 
 vertida em effeito. Arripiarao-se-me os cabellos. Aqui 
 me matarao um filho. Encaminhei-wie para a porta. 
 Repito-<e que nao me importa. 
 
 I went to bed, but ceuld not sleep. I told him all. It 
 remains for us to know. Without his knowing it. His 
 hands, above all, incommoded him. He gave me one 
 of his hands; I pressed it between mine, raised it to 
 my mouth, and kissed it. A dagger glittered in my 
 hand. My pulse beat with feverish force. I told him. I 
 was ready. Let them leave us the honor. Fame has 
 exalted Mm, They love him. They honour her. 
 
 i 1 ) The «n» is for the sake of sound, inst^c of adorao-o. 
 
— <>5 — 
 LESSON LXV. 
 
 CONJUNCTIVE PRONOUNS WITH INFINITIVES. 
 
 Quero perdoiir-lhe. 
 
 Que perigos se me podem offe- 
 
 recer r 
 Pdis mais vos quero dizer. 
 Vim de casa para te ver. 
 Quiz ve-lo( l ), ve-la, \&4os, x$- 
 
 tos. 
 
 I wish to pardon him. 
 
 What danger can present itself 
 
 to me? 
 Then more lwish to tell you. 
 I came from rome to see tee. 
 I wished to see him. her, them. 
 
 Kaleb sahiu da cidade, fingindo abandona-/# dc todo. 
 O velho vciu acompanha-Jo. O bom do monge correu 
 a abraca-Jo. Custou-wre a conhecer-M<? as feieoes. Ve- 
 io-heis ja. Pensa-£o e faze-Zo sao cousas bem differenles. 
 Nao queria demorar-w?e alii mais. Custava-we a cre-lo. 
 O aspecto far-w$-ha crer. Enganar-ros-heis Vc-Za-heis. 
 sol comecava a tingir-we a cama de todas as cores 
 das vidracas de uma fresta que me ficava fronteira, 
 Cortar-Mc-hemos uma talhada. Disse-we que seu senhor 
 precisava de falUr-we. Ouvf, sem irritar-mp. 
 
 After giving him. He resolved to ask her in marriage. 
 We are going to help you to raise it. No one dared to 
 contradict me. I wish to spare you some trouble, I 
 began to observe myself W, and to study myself, in order 
 to know myself. They came to consult him. J cannot 
 hear you. He offered to give him the horse. The good 
 priest ran to tell Mm. He desires to see them. I came 
 from Lisbon to see you. He told me thet the duke wished 
 to speak to me. I can hardly believe him. 
 
 (1 ) Vi'lo is contracted for ver o. or ver to, 
 < 2 ' Rendend l>v ««me».. 
 
— 66 — 
 LESSON LXVI. 
 
 CONJUNCTIVE PRONOUNS WITH IMPERATIVES, 
 
 Deus vos prospere ! 
 Ora nao(t) me importune. 
 Waca-me este favor. 
 De-me lima rosa. 
 Tragi-no-lo. 
 
 May God prosper you. 
 Now, do not teaze me. 
 Do me this favor. 
 Give me a rose. 
 Brin? vs some. 
 
 Nao the dfga uso.. j Don't telt him that. 
 
 Abraca-mc, falla-mc de meu pae. Traga-me. De-we 
 de que beber. Nao se mova d'ahi. Traga-wos azelte. 
 Traga-no-7as. Fdca-me o banho mais quente. \?-me 
 buscar uma carruagem. Diga-//ie que me traga os sa- 
 patos. Senhor, salva-?ios. Segue-me. Explica-wos essa 
 parabola. Levantae-ros. Paga-me o que me deves. Tira-te 
 d'ahi. Dac-me esse livro. Veste-m?. Traga-mc as meias. 
 Deixa-o entrar. Assente-se ao pe do lume. M6strc-me 
 o melhor que tem. Acorde-nos ccdo. Diga-lhes que me 
 tragao o meu bahu. Faca-)we obseqnio de dizer. 
 
 Give him a tulip. Don't leave me. Don't tell we that. 
 Speak to me of my friend. Bring me a glass of water. 
 Tell him to bring me my coat. Follow me. Pay me the 
 money. Do- me this kindness. Bring as some wine. Em- 
 brace him. Give him some drink. Don't move from this 
 house. Explain to me this history. Give him these new 
 books. Let them eome in. Sit down here. Show him 
 the best cloth vou have. Do us the favou to show it him. 
 
 (*J In negative sentences tne pronoun precedes. See p. 
 
— iu — 
 LESSON LXVII. 
 
 CONJUNCTIVE PRONOUNS WITH GERUNDS. 
 
 Fromeltendo-me nao cahir. 
 Em vos vendo. 
 Estflu-me aprestando. 
 Queimando-me f 1 ) o cerebro. 
 Pedindo-ws o ndsso v<5lo. 
 
 Promising me not to fall. 
 In seeing you. 
 I am getting read)'. 
 Burning my brain. 
 Ashina: mir vote. 
 
 Tendo-os ouvido. ! Having beard them. 
 
 fille fazendo-os cahir em lima cilada, bs deslrocou, 
 Obrigando-^ a cntregar Toledo. P6ndo-M<? a mao no 
 hombro. Chegando-se ao pe do leito. Voltando-s<? para 
 mim. Pareee-me que o estou vendo. Comparando-me 
 a outrem. Fallando-M<? as forcas, retirou-se para a sua 
 cidade. Comparando-as. Elevando-o acima das nuvens. 
 O servo lancando se-lhe aos pes. Tend 0-05 deixado, reti- 
 rou-sc elle. Chamando-os. Assegurando-J/«? que achani, 
 Deixando-o cheio Offerccendo-se Ihe a vista. Pondc-nos 
 de joelhos diante della. P end u rand 0-0. 
 
 Listening to him. Placing my hand on his shoulder. 
 Returning home. Promising me not to go. In hearing 
 you. I am dressing myself. Asking him for his vote. 
 Having seen them. His strength faiting, he went ho- 
 me. The man falling at my feet. Falling on my knees 
 before him. Hanging them. Cutting my hand. Raising 
 him above other men. Making me fall. Obliging them 
 to retire. Placing Ms hand on my head. Leaving them. 
 Having left me. 
 
 (*! This Form often equal ''.to ;i possessive pronoun. See p.. 
 
— 68 — 
 LESSON LXVIII 
 
 PRONOUNS DEMONSTRATIVE RELATIVE, 
 
 Pur o serem. 
 
 Sera o I 1 ) sere H. 
 
 As casas conlraslavao com as 
 
 que... 
 As a -a is beilas sao as que... 
 Sem a ouvir, 
 E realmeute o nao e. 
 
 On account of their being so. 
 
 Without their being so. 
 
 The houfe contrasted with 
 
 those wich. 
 The handsomest are those which. 
 Without hearing it. 
 And really is it not so. 
 
 Os raeios erao os da persuasao, nao os da forca. tssas 
 sao as rainhas razees, boas ou mas digo-as cdrao as sinto. 
 numero daquelles e mui pequeno, o destes infinito. 
 Quando a nossa razao discorda da dos outros, &c. Os 
 males da primeira vida sSo nada comparados com os 
 da segimda. Ha verdades que a nc's o nao parecem. 
 A esperanca terrestre e fragil, como of 1 ) sao todas as 
 cousas da terra. Que hymnos pudem entrar em paral- 
 lelo com os que David cantava? A situacao nao e a 
 
 This condition is worse than that of excited passions. 
 Its sphere is inferior to that of truth. Some books, as 
 those of the Egyptians, &c. The handsomest flowers arc 
 those which perish soonest. The number of servants 
 exceeds that of masters. I Lnow the end of the story 
 without hearing it. It is necessary to be just, and in 
 order to be so, it is indispensable, &c. Political questions 
 are those which, &c. I say them as I feel them. The 
 more. I am contented with my heart, the less 1 am with 
 my pen. 
 
 U Like i lw French uSans /'elr<- 
 
69 
 
 LESSON LXIX. 
 
 PRONOUNS CONJUNCTIVE & PERSONAL, REFLECTIVE 
 FOR POSSESSIVE. 
 
 Abaixar-/A<? a soberba. 
 
 Va a casa dellc 
 
 Ficame o pe mais a vontade. 
 
 Arranhdu-me a or£Jha. 
 
 D6e-me a garganta. 
 
 Em Ihe morr^ndo o pae. 
 
 To lower his pride. 
 
 Go to his house. 
 
 My foot is easier. 
 
 You have scratched my rai\ 
 
 My throat is sore. 
 
 As soon as his father is (toad. 
 
 Arripiarao-se-ww os cabellos. Custou-JHtf a conhe- 
 cer-lhe as feicoes. Ficou-me bem estampado na mc- 
 moria. Notei que os besteiros me vigiavao os passos. 
 Ergui' 1 ' o punhal, e cravei-M'o duas vezes no peilo. 
 O suor corria-m<? da fronte. £lle devia seguir os passos 
 do homem, vigia-lo, cscutAr-lhe as palavras, e estu- 
 dar-lhe o menor gesto. Os cabellos ericarao-se-//i<? dc 
 horror. Viao-se-//i<? na testa rugas. que, &c. ftlle Ihe 
 falla ao ouvido. Quer que Ihe leve a sua mala? Tenha 
 a bondade de m'os mandar a casa. £lle tocou-//ie na mao. 
 
 These sounds in stead of causing me pleasure, made 
 my hair stand erect. A smile played on his lips. To 
 lower his pride. My head aches. Io diminish their im- 
 portance. My head begins to turn. He seated himself 
 at my side. It pursled me to recognize Ms features. 
 He touched their eyes. To remedy an evil, one must 
 know its causes. He took the ring from his own hand 
 & put it on his (another's). He put around his neck 
 a collar of gold. I closed his ryes. Will you cut my 
 hair? 
 
 (i) Y hard. 
 
— 70 — 
 LESSON LXX. 
 
 SER, TO BE ( ALWAYS) INDICATIVE. 
 
 Sdu, es, e; sdmos, s6is, sao. 
 Era, eras, era; eraraos, ereis, 
 
 erao. 
 Fui, fdste, fdi ; fftnios, fostes, 
 
 f6rao. 
 Fdra, f6ras, fdra ; f&ramos, 
 
 fdreis, fdrao. 
 
 Am, art, is; are. 
 Was, wast, was; were. 
 
 Was, wast, was; were. 
 
 Had been, hadst been, had 
 been. 
 
 Sou surdo. Sou monge. Es inglez. Eu sou Jose. E 
 tempo de dizer-lhe adeus. £ um facto. £ certo que. . . 
 J& uma historia. Isto e impossivel. E bem Iriste. Que 
 feliz que sou! Nao e tarde Os dias sao curtos. Era 
 o frio excessivo. 2? este o caminho? ~E o mais curto 
 caminho. Mle era medico. £lle e dos nossos. Isto e 
 natural. Que horas sao? £ verdade. Sou apaixonado 
 delles. Sou eu em pessoa. Sou um delles. Um so surd 
 bastante. Eu serei pintor. Nos seremos sapateiros. Como 
 fm isso? Cesar fox um grande general. 
 
 I am an Englishman. She is French. He is blind 
 & deaf. It is improbable. The evenings are long. This 
 needle is too large. The flowers are beautiful. It is I 
 myself. It is nothing. This pen is bad. The bed is good. 
 These chairs are very beautiful. It if more than pro- 
 bable. It is ten o'clock. What is the price? Is he a 
 German? It was night. John & Henry were the sons 
 of Charles. It is late. It is time to go. It is possible. 
 I am fond of it. John will be a soldier. Is it all the 
 same? Hannibal was a very great general. 
 
 (1) uSer» expresses attributes or pcrmanetit qualities. uSdu 
 doente» is «I am always ill, an invalid :» but ucstdu dofhile* 
 means h I am at present unwell. » 
 
— 71 — 
 LESSON LXXJL 
 
 SEtt TO BE SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Qiieeuse!ja,as, a; amos,ais,ao. 
 Se eu fosse, es, e; emos, eis, era. 
 Se eu for, es, for ; mos, des, em, 
 F6ra, as, a ; araos, eis, ao. 
 Se eu fdr. 
 
 Thai I be, or may be. 
 If I were, or might be. 
 Jf I be, thou be, he be. 
 Would be. 
 If I should be, or were. 
 
 £ possivel que assim seja? A fim de que eu seja rico. 
 Se isso fosse comigo. £ precise que ella seja prudente. 
 £ra preciso que fosse mais modesta. Se a manteiga for 
 boa, traga quatro arrateis. Somos iguaes e parentes. 
 Que sera isto? £lle sera o nosso juiz. Importa que os 
 irabalhos sejao acabados. £ possivel que nao seja feliz. 
 Se for da sua vontade. Sentiria que fossem recusadas. 
 £ra possivel que fdssemos diligentes. Que as botas sejao 
 de bom cabedal. £ neccssario queV. S. a seja presen- 
 tado. A discussao entre nos fora impossivel. 
 
 It is impossible it can be so. That I may be wise. 
 It is necessary that he should be good. You must be di- 
 ligent. Discussion would be improbable. If I were pru- 
 dent. I am sorry that the story is so short. He will be 
 our friend. If he were a rich merchant. It was neces- 
 sary he should be more diligent. I am sorry they are 
 refused. Let the gloves be good. If (he cheese is good, 
 buy it. 
 
72 — 
 
 LESSOX LXXIJ. 
 
 SEH tO BE. INF. IMP. VC. 
 
 Ser: se*r eu, se*res tu. 
 
 S6V elle, seY clla. 
 
 SeVmos nos, sorties vos, seVern 
 
 elles. 
 Sendo, sido ; em ser. 
 Se tu, seja elle; sejanios nds, 
 
 s&le vos, s^jSo elles. 
 
 To be; my being"; thy being. 
 His being, her being, its being. 
 Our being, your being, their 
 
 being. 
 Being, been; in being. 
 Be thou, let him be, let us b?. 
 
 Ser feio. Nao ser bonito. O que tem de ser nao se 
 pode evitar. Tenho de ser julgado. Para sermos julga- 
 dos. Eu estive sendo o guarda. Pois bem, seja assim. 
 seres tu formosa. As feias, nem por o serem. re- 
 sultado foi o serem exterminados. Os sentimentos nao 
 podiao deixar de lhe serem presentes a memdria. Que 
 nao seja tao comprido. A ser assim. Ser-lhe-hei recc- 
 nhecido. Sejdmos virtuosos, e seremos felizes. Sendo tao 
 tarde. Era ser mais usado. Fosse o que fosse. Para sermos 
 amigos. Que lhe parece se foramos dar um passeio. 
 
 Not to be brave. What has to be done, must not be 
 neglected. The man must be judged. In being punished. 
 Whatever it might be. Let us be good, and we shell be 
 happy. The youth being better taught, will be more 
 competent. In order to their being friends. To be old. 
 In being more useful. The result was our being almost 
 exterminated. Far from being. In spite of my stature 
 being rather diminutive. It was no great merit my being 
 good, In spite of my bring a child. If it is so. 
 
73 
 
 LESSON LXXIII. 
 
 SER TO BE. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 Eu t&iho sido, tu tens — , elle 
 
 tem — . 
 Eu tinha sido, tu tinhas — , elle 
 
 linha — . 
 Eu heide ser, tu hasdeser, elle 
 
 hade ser. 
 
 I have been, thou hast — , he 
 
 has—. 
 I had been, thou hadst — , he 
 
 had — . 
 1 shall be, thou .*halt be, he 
 
 shall—. 
 
 Tenho sido mui infeliz. Tu has de ser minha esposa. 
 £lles terao sido mais fortes. Terms sido sua victima. 
 Eu nao tinha sido o primeiro. Eu nio teria sido com- 
 merciante. O futuro ha de ser crente. Aquillo nunca 
 ha de ser. Teve grande felicidade em nao ser descoberto. 
 Se assim liver de ser. Se tive'res saudades de mim. 
 iS<?r-me-hia impossivel. Nao ter sido vencfdo. Osca ficou 
 sendo o centro da reforma intellectual. N'uma velha 
 estrebaria que tinha sido habitada por uma vaca. 
 
 He will be my husband. The boy has been very unhappy. 
 That will never be. He was fortunate in not being pu- 
 nished. If such take place. He had a house which had 
 been in habited by robbers. It will be impossible for 
 him. If I had been a Frenchman. If I had been blind. 
 He would not have been a soldier, if he had been the 
 heir. The sun, being the centre of the system. She has 
 been very unhappy. 
 
LESSON LXXIV. 
 
 ESTAH. TO BE (AT PRESENT! 1ND1C. 
 
 Estdu, as, a ; amos, aes, ao. 
 Estava, avas, ava ; avamos, 
 
 aveis, avao. 
 Estive, iveste, <?ve ; ivemos, 
 
 ivestes, iverao. 
 Eslivera, iveras, ivera; ivera- 
 
 raos, ivereis, iverao. 
 
 Am, art, is; are. 
 Was wast, was; were. 
 
 Wast, wast, was, were. 
 
 Had been, hadst been, &< 
 
 Estdu doente. Estdu contentissimo. Como estd V. S. a ? 
 A porta estd aberta. tempo estd bom. Estdu cansado. 
 Estd dormindo. A agua estd quente. Estdva viuvo. 
 almoco estd prompto. Todos estao em casa. Onde estd 
 o livro? Aqui estd a carta. Estao ricos. As toalhas estao 
 na gaveta. Nisso estdva toda a duvida. Oh! que dura 
 que estd! Minha irma estd em Allemanha. Estdmos no 
 inverno. A sala estdva cheia. Estd o sol no zenith. O 
 Senhor B. estd em casa? En nunca estive em Inglaterra. 
 Estdu de saude. Estarei aqui dentro n'um mez. 
 
 I am old. She is at table. He is not ill. The door 
 is not open. The water is cold. Where is the letter? 
 The book is in the drawer here. I am pleased with 
 him. They were rich. Dinner is on the table. Here is 
 the boy. They are afflicted. All the ladies are in the 
 hall. My brother is in England. I was there last month. 
 She is much better. He is so so I am angry. The wea- 
 ther is showery. He is delighted. My friend is in France. 
 I was at my brother's. He is ill. Wc are in a very dif- 
 ficult case. He will be here within a week. 
 
 (!) Esldr refers to accidents, or, temporary stales, qualities, 
 positions, circumstances. Heiice «Esl(tn ean?ado» but »Sou 
 jngtez. n 
 
— 75 — 
 LESSON LXXV. 
 
 ESTAR. TO BE SUJUNCTIVli. 
 
 Esteja, as, a; amos, &es, 5o. 
 Se estivesse, ses, se ; semos, 
 
 seis, sen). 
 Se esliver, es, er; mos, des, 
 
 em. 
 Se estivera, as, a; amos, eis, 
 
 So. 
 
 That I be, may be. 
 If I should be. 
 
 If I (shall) be. 
 
 If I were, had been. 
 
 Nada tenho que nao esteja as ordens de V. S." Muito 
 me alegro que esteja a seu gdsto. Espero que esteja 
 bem disposto. Esteja quieto. Nao sabia que elle estivesse 
 doente. Se o coronel estivesse aqui, &c. Se estive'rmos 
 longe. Esteja a sua vontade. Se estivera no seu logar. 
 Hoje nao havera estrella, por pouco importante que 
 seja, que nao esteja comprehendida em alguma das 
 constellacoes. Faca como se estivesse em sua casa. Es- 
 teja o jantar prompto as seis horas. Se cstivercs pelo 
 que digo, estd justo. fille faria isso, se estivesse, &c. 
 
 If he were in my place. If my friend had been here. 
 Be quiet. Let dinner be ready at five o'clock. I did 
 not consent that she should be here. If he were here. 
 I should be content. He has nothing which is not at 
 your service. If I were in your place. Let the horse be 
 ready at 4 o'cloch. If he agrees to what I say, the 
 thing, is settled. He would do this, if he were at home. 
 Be quiet, if you can. 
 
 I 1 ) Imperfect often tis(/il for future conditional, i. e. was f<>r 
 « would be. » 
 
— 76 — 
 LESSON LXXVI. 
 
 ESTAR. TO BE. INF. IMP. &C. 
 
 Estar; estar eu, e^tares tu. 
 Estar elle, eslar ella. 
 EstArmos nos, — des vos, — em 
 
 elles. 
 Estando, estado. 
 
 Esla tu, estae vos. i Be, Be 
 
 To be; my being, thy — . 
 
 His — , her — . 
 
 Our — , your — , their — 
 
 Being, been. 
 
 you. 
 
 estdres padre, a mim m'o deves. Estar para mor- 
 rer. Nao podem os homens estar alegres scm c mtender? 
 O estdrem elles aqui nao me importa. Deixe estar. Es- 
 teja a sua vontade. Apesar de estar sentado ao seu lado. 
 Em um horaem estando contente, tudo vae bem. Ha 
 V. S.* de estar em casa? Para estdrmos satisfeitos falta 
 pouco. Estar eu aqui nao vos incommode. Estae certos 
 do que vos digo. O desejo de estar na sua companhia. 
 £lla tem estado a chorar. Estando ella melhor, tudo 
 se faz. Estdrem elles tristes, a si o devem. 
 
 My being sure of his aid. In order that we may be 
 satisfied Their being warm does not depend on me. To 
 be about to fall. In spite of being satisfied. Without 
 being clear. Their being unhappy is owing to their la- 
 ziness. For our being happy, little is needed. Your being 
 a soldier you owe to him. Can the boy not be quiet? 
 Let it be. The desire of being with me. The sky begins 
 to be clear. My being here is not agreable. In spite of 
 being in my house. Their being unwell is not my fault. 
 In order to our being certain. 
 
77 
 
 LESSON LXXVIK 
 
 ESTAR. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 Tenho estado, tens — , tern ■ 
 
 Tinha estado, tfnhas — , tinha — . 
 Hei de estar, has — , ha — . 
 
 Terei estado, teras 
 
 tera 
 
 I have been, thou hast — , he 
 
 has — . 
 I had — , thou hadst — , he had — . 
 I shall be, thou shalst — , he 
 
 shall—. 
 I shall have been, thou shalt 
 
 he. 
 
 Tenho estado muito doente. Eu tinha estado em casa. 
 Eu teria estado em casa, com aviso teu. Hei de estar 
 militar amanha. Terei estado la. £lle hd de estar bom. 
 fille nao spube que eu tinha estado la. Ter estado. Se 
 eu tivesse la estado, nada aconteceria. Quando eu tinha 
 estado a mesa, &c. Depois de ter estado tao alegre! 
 Se eu tiver estado la, nunca mais o chegue a ver. Nao 
 e o cuco que estou ouvindo. Tera estado no templo. 
 
 He has been very ill. We have been quite well. Having 
 been in bed. They had been in the street. He will be a 
 sailor nest week. If he had been on horseback. If I had 
 been rich. If the w r eather had been bad. If the lady had 
 been well. To have been at home. He has been. We have 
 been here. I should hare been in church. He has been 
 well. After having been very ill. We had lee>i there. 
 The men had been with you. To have been. 
 
— 78 — 
 LESSON LXXVIII. 
 
 Tenho, tens, lem; tSmos, t£n- 
 
 des, teem. 
 Tinha, linhas, tinha; tinhamos, 
 
 tinheis, tinhao. 
 'Five, tiveste, leve ; livemos, 
 
 tivestes, tiverao. 
 
 TEK. TO HAVE. INDIC. 
 
 Have, hast, has ; have. 
 Had, hadst, had; had. 
 Had, hadst, had ; had. 
 
 Tenho iivas. fella tern figos. felle tern laranjas. Temos 
 vinho. Tendes cerejas. felles tern nozes. Nao tenho meias. 
 Nao tenho chapeu. Nao temos sapatos. fellas nao tern 
 rendas. Eu tinha lima folha de papel. felle tinha um 
 chapeu de palha. Tern ella uma faca? Tern vinho? I 1 ) 
 Temos nos pennas? Tinha elle um prato? felles nao ti- 
 nhao luvas. Nao tenho eu um cao? Nao teremos nos 
 chuvas? Que idade temY. S. a ? Tenho vinte annos. Nao 
 tive tempo para ir. Tenho esperancas de ser o primeiro. 
 Ja o tenho. Nao teria eu desgraca? Terei febre. 
 
 We have a fine morning. We have time enough. Have 
 you change? Every thing has an air of life. I shall have 
 the honor. What disease have you? Shall we h ave ti- 
 me? We had no winter this year. We shall have rain. 
 I have a great weakness. 1 had a sore-throat. He had 
 had a head ache. Has he? Will you have the goodness? 
 I should have much pleasure. We shall not have a fine 
 day. ] shall be very angry. Would you have the goodness 
 to? The wind is contrary. How old are you? I am 
 thirty. I had not lime. 
 
 (') Have you wine, the 3.° per. ?av being often employed 
 without V m. or V. S. a 
 
Que en tenha, as, a ; amos 
 
 lies, ao. 
 Que eu livesse, esses, ^sse 
 
 essemos, esseis, essem. 
 Se eu tiver, eres, er; ermos 
 
 erdes, erem. 
 
 — 79 — 
 LESSGA LXXIX. 
 
 TER. TO HAVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 That I may have, thou, &c. 
 That I might have; if I had (M 
 If T (shall) have, &c. 
 
 Que eu tenha cha. Que elk tenha nata Que tenhdmos 
 queijo. Tenha a bondade de dar-me urn bocadinho. Que 
 eu tivcsse mostarda. Se eu livesse cinco patacas. Receio 
 que tenhdmos um verao quente. A fim que elle tenha 
 bons exemplos. Nao creio que elle tenha fome. Quero 
 que meu filho tenha a melhor instruccao. Quando eu 
 tiver sede. Virei amanha, se tiver tempo. Sentiria que 
 os meus amigos tivcssem frio. Temo que elle nao tenha 
 dinheiro. Ainda que nao tivessemos os livros, &c. Qual- 
 quer fortuna que eu tivesse, &c. 
 
 That we may have coffee. That they may have good 
 wine. Have the goodness to show him the book. If I 
 had money. If your brother had five pounds. I fear 
 we may have bad news. We do not believe that they 
 are hungry. In order that he may have new books* 
 When I am hungry. I shall have bread. If I have time. 
 I shall have that pleasure. They fear they may not have 
 money. I should be sorry if the poor boys were hun- 
 gry. Whatever fortune we might ha\e. 
 
 f 1 ) If I had, where future is. Se pu livesse; where past «Se 
 en tivera. 
 
— 80 
 
 LESSON LXXX. 
 
 TER. TO HAVE. INF., IMP.,. &C. 
 
 Ter; l£r en, t^res tu. 
 
 Ter elle, ter ella. 
 
 T£rmos nos, terdes vos, telreui 
 
 elles 
 Tendo, tido. 
 Te.n tu, tende vos. 
 
 To have; my having, thy having 
 His having, her having:. 
 Our having, your — , their — 
 
 Having, had. 
 
 Have thou ; have ye. 
 
 Tenho receio de ter necessidade de seu auxflio. Ter 
 algum medo. Ter fome. Ter sede. Nao ha de que ter 
 medo. £ melhor ter muito que pouco. Parece-me te~\o 
 alcancado. terem elles concebido esse projccto. Nao 
 tenha susto. £ste n'o tern tres leguas de largo. Tenhdmos 
 paciencia. Tenha por certo o que lhe d go. Onde vae 
 ter esta estrada? Sem ter-mos um monumento. Depois 
 de ter acabado. Tendo de mencionar os Francezes. Os 
 que casao com mulheres maiores no ser, no saber e no 
 ter, estao era grandissimo perigo. 
 
 We begin to have some hope. To be hungry & thirsty. 
 It is belter to have hope than fear. My having concei- 
 ved this scheme was lucky. Without our having money. 
 The man begins to be hungry. After my having. This 
 road leads to the palace. There is nothing to be afraid 
 of. Don't be afraid. His having patience is important. 
 The boy begins to be thirsty. This house is fifty feet 
 high. In spite of their vontaining : Your having finished 
 this monument. That I may have a new book. He is 
 superior in being, having, 
 
 
— 81 — 
 LESSON LXXXI. 
 
 TElt. TO HAVE. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 Eli teaho tido, tn tens — , elle 1 have had, thou hast hud. 
 
 tem — . 
 En India tido, tu tnihastido,&c. 
 Eu heide ter, hasde ter, hade ter. 
 
 Eu terei tkio, luterastido, &c. 
 Que eu tenha tido, &c, 
 
 I had had, thou hadst had. 
 Is must hall have, Ihou shalt 
 
 have. 
 I shall have had, thou shatt. 
 That I had had, &c. 
 
 Tenho tido febre. Tu tens tido sede. Eu tinha tido 
 laranjas. Heide ter vinho. Tu terds tido um chapeu de 
 palha. Nao temos tido sapatos. Heide ter o gosto de o 
 ver amanha. Heide ter a satisfacao. £lle esta tddo nu, 
 e hade ter muito frio. Heide ter noticias de meu pai. 
 IVao terei a ousadia de... Hade ter tudo as 8 horas. 
 Heide ter fome. Tern tido medo. £sta rua vai ter a praca. 
 Comeco a ter vontade de comer. Se eu liver tido di- 
 nheiro. Tenho tido muito dinheiro 
 
 i hare had money. He has had hope. We had had 
 good friends. The boy must be thristy. I shall be cold. 
 I shall have had the satisfaction. Having had the plea- 
 sure. If I had had a sword. Having had fever. They 
 had had news of my brothers. He has had the boldness 
 to. Vv 7 e shall have the satisfactory of. The children must 
 he hungry. This street leads to the Cathedral. We begin 
 to be hungry. You shall have the boots at 4 o'clock. 
 We shall have hope. Having had. 
 
— 82 — 
 LESSOX LXXXII. 
 
 HAVh. TO HAVE, THERE TO BE, MUST 
 
 H£i, has, ha; hav£mos(l>, ha- , Have, hast, has ; have. 
 
 v£is, hao. 
 Havial 2 ), — (as, — ia; — famos, 
 
 — leis, — iao. 
 Hduve, — este, — e ; — eraos, 
 
 — 4stes. — ! erao. 
 
 Had, hadst, had; had. 
 Had. hadst, had ; had. 
 
 Ha gentes que. Ha dous annos. Hei de confessar. Tu 
 hasde ir. £lle ha de tor muito frio. Que ha de ser de 
 mim? Nao ha cousa mais provavel. Havia muila gente. 
 Ha muito ouro no Brasil. Nao ha pennas. Ha outras 
 Knguas. Houve vinte mortos. Havia uma mulher. Ha 
 orvalho. Ha de fazer-se. Que se ha de fazer? Quantas 
 leguas ha d'aqui a Camacha? Ha uma legua e meia. 
 Nao ha mais d'uma milha. Mostrar-lhes-hemos. Ha de 
 ser um pouco tarde. Havera miiitos insectos este anno. 
 Nao ha perigo. Espero que havera muita fructa. 
 
 There are, men that. Five years ago. You must con- 
 fess. I have to read. We shall he very cold. What will 
 become of us? There is nothing more certain. There were 
 many people in the fields. How many leagues is it to 
 Lisbon. /* there danger on the road? It is not more 
 than a league. There will be much fruit this year. We 
 shall show (to) them. I hope there will be many pea- 
 ches. There was a long interval of profound silence. 
 There was a feast. It is ten years since I had that horse. 
 Are there manv soldiers? 
 
 (') Or ht*mos>. 
 
 (-) fiia, or ia in compounds i<Ser-me-/«. 
 
— H'A 
 
 LESSON LXXXI1I. 
 
 Queen haja, — as 
 
 — ais, — So. 
 
 Que en houvesse, — esses, — 
 
 esse ; — essemos. 
 Se en houver, — eres, — er; 
 
 — e'rmos. — erdes. erem. 
 
 HVV&R. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 - a ; tiuios 
 
 Thai 1 may have; that there 
 
 be. 
 That I might be; that there 
 
 were. 
 If I have : if there were or be. 
 
 Tenho medo que hdja grandc pocira. E necessario 
 que hdja premios para que hdja soldados. Hajdmo-xios 
 por outra maneira. Nao e para admirar que eu nao 
 hdja chegado a tempo? Pode star que hdja. Haja saude! 
 St eu houver de ir. Se houveres de ver. Queres que 
 hajdmos saude. Se houvesse de escutar, elle saberia. 
 Se elle houver de pagar. Ainda que isso me houvesse 
 de custar a vida. (Veja se ha ovos). Se houvesse occa- 
 siao, eu lhe escreveria. Se houver occasiao, eu lhe es- 
 creverei. Logo que hdja occasiao, escreva-me. 
 
 1 fear there may be a shower. It is necessary to hare 
 rewards that we may have good scholars. It may be 
 there are. Sec if there is beer. If they would listen, 
 they would know. Good bye. As soon as there is an 
 opportunity, write me a long letter. If there be an op- 
 portunity, I will send you the money. We must manage 
 another way. If he has to pay the money. Even thoug 
 this battle should cost me my life. If these boys do 
 anything of the kind, they must suffer punishment. 
 If a chance should occur, I should of course write. If 
 you have to go. 
 
— 84 — 
 
 LESSOX LXXXIV. 
 
 hiv£r. inf., imp., &c. 
 
 Hav^r; hav^r eii ; hav£res tu. 
 Haver <Hle, haver ella. . 
 HaveYmos noY, have'rdes'vo's, 
 
 haverem elles. 
 Havendo, havido. 
 Ha. have*i. 
 
 To have; to be: my having, Ih v- 
 His having, her having. 
 
 Our— , g 
 
 Having, had. 
 Have, have ye. 
 
 their 
 
 Para haver de fallar. Haver mister. Haver eu dito 
 isso, nao me peza. Haver elle ido nao pode ler causado 
 isso. Para haver de ser teu amigo, e preciso saber isso. 
 havermos feito isso nao importa. Havei compaixao 
 de mim. Estao havendo muitas chuvas. tile sabe cdmo 
 se ha de haver. Ha de ser mister de dinheiro. Nos ha- 
 vemos mister de dinheiro. Nao pode haver tal. Haver 
 pao importa-nos. Eu hei de haver dinheiro de fulano. 
 Ha-se de fazer o que el!e quizer. Haver por bem. Para 
 havSr de ouvir. Haver por mal. 
 
 In order to buy. He knows how to behave himself. 
 In order to speak. To have good wine is important for 
 us. His having said that does not grieve him. I am to 
 receive twenty dollars from Mr. Stuart. A good deal 
 of rain is falling. The queen has thought fit. He is de- 
 termined to take it amiss. The troops have need of mo- 
 ney. To have said so much to the poor boy was very 
 bad. In order that I may be thy friend, it is necessary 
 to know thy your character. The tailor has to get fifty 
 dollars. 
 
 
85 — 
 
 LESSON XXXLV 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 TetfWo haviduU), tens—, tern— 
 Tinha — , ti'nhas — , tinha — . 
 Hei de haver, ha de haver. 
 Terel havido I 1 1, teras — , le- 
 
 ra — . 
 Que euf 1 ) teuha havido. 
 Se eu tiv^sse havido. 
 
 I have had, thou hast had, &c. 
 I had had, thou, &c. 
 I shall have ; it will be. 
 I shall have had. 
 
 That I had had. 
 If I had had. 
 
 Tern havido muilos naufragios. Tinha havido grande 
 secca. Tinhamos havido estas notfcias. Nao ha de haver 
 nada. Hei de haver livros de fulano. Nao sei se terd 
 havido muita neve este anno, firros, have-\os-ha neste 
 volume, mas nao os conheco. Erros, ftavc-los-hia me- 
 nures, se os homens aprendessem. Tendo havido muila 
 secca por falta de chuva. Se tivessem havido flores, 
 teria havido fructos. 
 
 There have been many fires in Constantinople. 1 know 
 not if there has been much disease amongst the vines 
 this year. Errors there must be in the life of every man, 
 but he must reform. If there had been a good education 
 we should have had good results. There having been no 
 rain, the ground was perfectly dry. There would be 
 less crime if there were less ignorance. My brother had 
 had this news before the news papers came. There had 
 been showers. 
 
 Ci Not much used ili 1 person 
 
— 86 — 
 LESSOJY LXXXVI. 
 
 Amo, — as, — a ; — amos, 
 
 — ais, — ao. 
 Amaval 1 ), — avas, — ava ; 
 
 — avamos, — aveis, — avao. 
 Amei ( 2 J, — aste, — 6u ; — amos, 
 
 — astes, — arao. 
 
 1 COm. AM-lfl. TO LOVE. 
 
 Hove, thoulovest, loves; love. 
 I loved, or was loving. 
 I loved, or did love. 
 
 Amaraos. Jogas. Mandao. Lavavas. Gastavao. Conlei. 
 Amaste. Fallou. Declararei. Abracara. Comprarao. Vol- 
 tei. Pagarei. Louvariamos. Fiquei (from ficdr). Ensi- 
 narei. Gritavao.. Levei. Governas. Elevei. Regulou. 
 Professara. Toquei. Ensinou. Dancavamos. Limpo os 
 quadros. Solicitdmos um emprego. Atei o animal. Des- 
 pejou o copo. Achdmos o homem. Selldstes o cavallo. 
 Eu estuddva a licao. Fechou as janellas. Quebrdra a 
 porta. Encontret um amigo. £lla nomeou o matador 
 do rei. Nao levantaras falso testemunho. 
 
 I play. Thou commandest . He washes. I was not was- 
 ting. The governor spoke. I remained at home. I was 
 declaring. I shall teach. They ^cill buy a horse. They 
 had returned. 1 should declare. I solicited an office. The 
 boy was cleaning the pictures. The girls broke the win- 
 dows. We met two friends. We bought two gold rings. 
 He tied the horse. 1 was preparing. I danced at the 
 ball. The murderer will break fhe door. Thou shalt 
 love thy neighbour. They played. 
 
 I 1 )! Amava, indicate? a continued past action dunn// a time 
 ? ) ,/#?<?/ shows an instantaneous action at a /e'mr, 
 
 
— 87 — 
 JLESSON LXXXV1I. 
 
 VERBS IN All. SLBJ. INF. & IMP., &C 
 
 That 1 may Jove. 
 
 Queeuame, — es, — e; — emos, 
 
 — eis, — em. 
 Queeuamasse, — asses, — asse; 
 
 — assemos, — asseis, — assem. 
 Seen ainar, — ares, — kx\ — ar- 
 
 mos. — ardes. — a>em. 
 
 That I might love. 
 If I love. 
 
 tile grita para eu parar. Quando eu chamdr. Muito 
 folgo que me trdte com liberdade. Diz-lhe que intre. 
 Passe muito bem. Tome o que for de seu gosto. En- 
 tremos nesta loja. Sopre o lume. Nao chores, meu filho. 
 Que nao se engdne. A menos que eu amdsse este homern. 
 Ficdr-\he-hei muito obrigado. Continuemos nosso pas- 
 seio. Mandou que se comecdsse o ataque. Se tu ohrdres 
 bem. Nao fdlle nisso. Temo chegdr tarde. Agua quente 
 para lavdrmos a boca. Manddi-o chamdr para me fcwiar 
 medida. Pode fowid-la. O aradr eu a poesia. 
 
 They call him to stop. When we call. I am very glad 
 that you treat me with sincerity. Tell them to come in. 
 He takes whatever pleases him. Let us go into this 
 church. When he weeps. Don't cry, my children. Our 
 loving history is praiseworthy. Some work to gain a 
 living. Water to wash my hands. He hoped to find them 
 at home. Lest I should call the old man. Finding the 
 men working. To take my measure. He ordered them 
 not to work. Lovwq him. 
 
— 88 — 
 LESSON LXXXVIII. 
 
 VERBS IN AR. COMPOUND ACTIVE TENSES. 
 
 Hei (or) tonho amado. 
 Havia (or) tinha amado. 
 Houve (or) tive amado. 
 Haverei (or) lerei amado. 
 Haveria (or) leria amado. 
 Haja (or) tenha amado. 
 Hoavesse (or) tivesse amado. 
 
 I have loveJ. 
 
 I had loved. 
 
 I had loved. 
 
 I shall have loved. 
 
 I should have loved. 
 
 That I have loved. 
 
 That 1 had loved. 
 
 Ainda que hei visitddo muitas vezes sua quinta, 
 nunca, &c. Haviamos encontrddo urn amigo. Quando 
 tive nomeddo o homem. Oxala que eu tivesse comecddo 
 mais cedo. Se tivesse contddo com a satisfacao de ter 
 V. S. a a jantar, term mandddo fazer macarrao. Terei 
 reparddo esta desgraci. £lles terao rasgddo a carta. 
 No caso queV. S. a tenha conseruddo essa cancao, ro- 
 go-lhe que m'a preste. Duvido que o rei tenha chegddo. 
 Depois de haver chamddo. 
 
 I he has visited my quinta to das. I had met my sister. 
 When he had repaired^ the loss They had torn the 
 letters. The traitor would have declared all. In c;ise you 
 have not torn the letters, 1 heg you will show them to 
 me. We fhould have given him the book. Would that 1 
 had finished the work! If I had calculated on the plea- 
 sure of having you to breakfast. I should have hod. 
 They would have travelled. He doubts the queen's ha- 
 ving arrived. After having spolen. He will have torn 
 the book. 
 
 i 1 ) Trana'al? by pres-sub 
 
 
_8s) — 
 LESSON LXXXIX. 
 
 VERBS IN Ali. PASSIVE PROGRESSIVE & FUTURE FORMS. 
 
 Estou amando, est6u a amar. j I am loving. 
 
 Estava amando, estava a amar. I was loving. 
 
 Est6u encantado. j 1 am enchanted. 
 
 Fiquei adniirado. j I was astonished. 
 
 Sdu, era, temho sfdo amado. ! I am, was, have been Io\ed. 
 
 Ai'nda que eu fosse amado. ! Hough I were hn'eiK 
 
 Sempre estd cantdndo rio estd gelddo. £lle estd 
 zombdndo. A porta estd fechdda. Ainda que eu seja 
 amddo. T6da a cidade estd illumindda. verde agra- 
 ddr-me-hia mais. Urn pobre homem tinha sido accusddo 
 desse crime, fillas fordo acompanhddas por Jorge, fi 
 estimddo de todos. A perna estd quebrdda. £lla e amdda 
 de seu pae. Antes que tudo esteja arranjddo. Estou en- 
 ganddo. Cansei-me de viajdr. Canso-me de ensinar. 
 
 I am calling. He is finishing. The boys are singing. 
 The queen is accompanied by the duke. The Thames 
 is frozen. 1 am astonished. Though he was admonished. 
 He has been deceived. All the houses will be illuminated. 
 The governor is esteemed by all good men. The boy is 
 beloved by his father. Black would please me more. The 
 horse's leg was broken. Your were joking. Henry was 
 tired of speaking. You friend was astonished, when he 
 entered the house. All the houses were brilliantly illu- 
 minated. He is tired of teaching. 
 
— 90 — 
 LESSON LXL. 
 
 VtUBS IN AR. REFLECTIVES & RECIPUOCALS. 
 
 Acho-me ; tor?ia-se. 
 
 Ay rove ltd r-nie de. 
 
 Aquecendo-me ao sol. 
 
 Posso engandr-me. 
 
 Eu me tenho Usongeddo. 
 
 Elles se dmdo wis aos outros. 
 
 I find myself; it grows. 
 To avail myself of. 
 Wanning myself in the sun. 
 I may be mistaken. 
 I have fi altered myself. 
 They love one another. 
 
 Eu me lisongeio. £lle aproxima-se a nos. Joao rcti- 
 rou-se. £lle se louva a si mesmo. £lle ausenta-se da 
 minha casa. Levdnto-me sempre as seis horas. Se nao 
 me levdnto, &c. Muito me ale'gro. E muita amabilidade 
 terse lembrddo de nos. Pcco-lhe que se assente. Nao 
 posso demordr-me. Comecava a impacientdr-me. fille se 
 lembra. Sao horas ^e levantdr-me . 2ssente-$eaqui. Terei 
 o gosto de aproveitdr-me de seu amavel convite. Levan- 
 tdr-se cedo e a mais salutifera cousa. tile apea-se do 
 eavallo. Atterrei-o para que se caldsse. 
 
 We may be mistaken. Henry retires. Warming himself. 
 I find myself quite well. I do not remember this. They 
 absent themselves from my house. We flatter ourselves. 
 The girls drew near to (de) us. We get up at 7 o'clock. 
 The boy praised himself. If I do not flatter myself. We 
 cannot stay. It is time /or us to get up. He will have 
 the pleasure of availing himself of your offer. The sol- 
 diers alighted from their horses. They have flattered 
 themselves. 1 renwmber it well. Do you remember her? 
 Sit here. 
 
— 91 — 
 
 LESSON LXLI. 
 
 VERBS IN AR. ACTIVES & NEUTERS. REFLECTIV ES IN POUT 
 AS PASSIVES IN ENGLISH. 
 
 Jchdo-se rosas. 
 
 Conlinudr-se-ha. 
 
 Menos de receidr. 
 
 h mister separdr-nos. 
 
 Isto nao e de admirdr. 
 
 V. m. devia envergonhdr-se. 
 
 Isto chdma-sc. . . 
 
 Roses are found. 
 
 It will be continued. 
 
 Less to be feered. 
 
 We must part. 
 
 This is not to be wondered at. 
 
 You ought to be ashamed. 
 
 This is called... 
 
 E se achard. Gastdu-se toda a vela. O sen ho r engdna-se. 
 Admira-me isto. Duvida-se miiito desta noticia. melhor 
 inglez fdlla-se em Londres. tempo serena. Abaixou-se 
 a ponte levadica. O que se da aos mendigos. £sta dis- 
 tinccao fdnda-se na authoridade de Cicero. Confirma-se 
 a noticia. sol se mostra. Acabdr-se-ha o cullo divino, 
 e pregdr-se-hao heresias. Tem-se derrotddo os inimigos. 
 Nao sei se me atreva a perguntar-lhe. Como se chdma 
 isto? Chdma-se. . . 
 
 Gold is found in Brasil. This history will be conti- 
 nued. These men ought to be ashamed. The best Por- 
 tuguese is spoken in Lisbon. They will be, found. This 
 news was confirmed. The first is modified by the second. 
 The moon appears. This distinction is founded in truth. 
 The thieves have been put to flight. What do you call 
 this in Portuguese? The sun will show linself. The glo- 
 rious traditions of the nation were sought out. The boys 
 ought to be ashamed. Less to be praised. 
 
92 
 
 LESSON LXLII. 
 
 VERBS IN All. IMPEHSONALS. 
 
 Fdlla-fe. 
 
 Troveja, neva, gela. 
 Ctinta-se, resta. 
 Ndte-se, todavfa. 
 Lditva-seAhe o valor. 
 
 It is said, they say, people say 
 It thunders, snows, freezes. 
 It is related, it remains. 
 Be it observed, however. 
 They praise his courage. 
 
 Hontem a noite ckovia. Comecava a trove jar quando 
 me deitei. A quern estd cansado, a cama parece boa. 
 Nao importa. Bdsla. O fdgo apdga-se. Nao nevou du- 
 rante a tua ausencia? Nao trovejara. Desagrdda-mc. 
 Alegra-me isto. Bastard que me lembre o seu nome. 
 Estd ameacando chuva. £-me precise Resta-me contar. 
 Relampeja. Estd trovejdndo. A. admiracao comecou a 
 torndr-se mais moderada. joven torndu a caldr-se. 
 Ao chegdrmos ao fim de nossa viagem. Melhor e nao 
 falldrmos mais neste assumplo. 
 
 They say that it thunders. It was beginning to snow, 
 when I went to bed. It is thundering When one is ti- 
 red, a chair is agreeable. This will be enough. It was 
 raining all night. I must. On their arriving at the end 
 of their voyage. The heat began to grow more moderate. 
 The old man again became silent. It is better for us not 
 to say more. It is said that the duke, &c I was glad 
 of it. It lightens & thunders I was displeased. They 
 praise her beauty. It is said there will be war. It did 
 not snow. 
 
— <v.\ — 
 
 LESSON XLX11I. 
 
 VEKB9 IN Ah. IDIOMATIC FORMS. 
 
 Estdca a chamnr. 
 Ac Abo de tomar. 
 Esldndo escrcvtndo isle-. 
 Ten ho que estudar. 
 E de drsejar. 
 Ac aha da a cea. 
 
 I ivas calling. 
 I have just taken. 
 While writing this. 
 I have to study. 
 It is to be wished. 
 Supper being ended, 
 
 Esquecidos de todos os riscos, iao navegdndo. tempo 
 vae aclardndo. £ preciso separdr-nos. peixe acdba dc 
 chegdr. Estou a estudar. Nada tern que receiar disso. 
 Acdba-se-me a paciencia. Nao prcsta para nada. Acdbo 
 dc chegdr de Lisboa. Tirdda a causa, cessa o effeito. 
 Estdndo disputdndo sobre a morte. Eu o vejo danedr. 
 Acdbo de jantdr. Estou a trabalhar. Elle vde procurdr 
 a V. S. a Tcnho de me embarcar. Te 4 nho muito que es- 
 perar. Vejo urn homem cortdndo panno. Acabddo de pu~ 
 blicar-se. Acabddas as disposicoes necessarias, &c. 
 
 We have just taken tea. Forgetful of his friends, he 
 went travelling. I have to finish my letter. It is to be 
 hoped that the wound will be nothing. I saw him 
 leaping. The mail has just arrived. This fish is good' for 
 nothing. The duke has just dined. The colonel is at 
 dinner. The man is joking. lie is going to call on you 
 to morrow. I see a boy studying his lesson. We have to 
 go on board. Just published. The work being finished. 
 Dinner done, I must rest. The time having being arrived. 
 
— 94 — 
 LESSON LXLIV. 
 
 II CONJUGATION, TEMEJl, TO FEAlt. 
 
 Fear, fearesf, fears : fear 
 
 Temo, — es, — e; — emo*, — eis, 
 
 — em. 
 Temia, — [as, — ia; — famos, 
 
 — feis, — [ao. 
 Temi, — este, — en ; — emos, 
 
 — estes, — erao. 
 
 Feared, or was feariiur. 
 Feared or did fear. 
 
 Aprendo. Bebes. Corrdmpe. Devc'mo*. Estendeis. Fd- 
 zem. Dcscrevia. Padeciamos. Escondi. Aborreceu. Pro- 
 ccderao. Vencera. Removerei. Promettcrd. Recebcr tamos, 
 Comeriao. Vendi. £lla vendeu. F,lle regerd. Prcmii. 
 Ellas conhecem. Meu irmao morrfa. Bebemos a sua 
 saude. fcllas comerao muito pao. J&lle combateu pela 
 liberdade. Tenho lido muitos ltvros. Isto ndsce da sua 
 negligencia. FJle romperd a negoeiacao. FJle interrompeu 
 nossa conversacao. tile cncheu o cspaco. jardineiro 
 csc'Ahe os melhores. Isso nap dopende de mini. 
 
 I shall eat nothing. 1 ivas fearing. They were drinking. 
 Thou hadst feared. I shalt learn. I might extend. We 
 might receive. He eats & drinks. They drank much old 
 wine He will interrupt our conversation. The king 
 mtl conquer. He suffers. The boy hides the money. I 
 shall not describe the town. The house fills the space. 
 He mil die of hunger. The gardener's daughter will 
 cull the (lowers. The general has conquered .the diffi- 
 culties. The peasants fought for the cause of freedom. 
 
— m — 
 
 LESSON LXLV. 
 
 VKUBS IX fc'fl. SUBJ. INF. AND IMP. 
 
 That I may fear, &c. 
 That — might, could feai 
 If I fear, when, &c. 
 
 Que tthna, — as, — a ; — umos, 
 
 — ais, — 5o. 
 Que temesse, — esses, — esse ; 
 
 — essemos, — esseis, — essem. 
 Se (quando) eu terneY, — <?res, 
 
 — er ; — ermos, — erdes, 
 
 — erem. 
 
 Que eu beba. Que elle deca. Que nos escrevessemos . 
 Se eu esquecer. Se nos temermos. Para saber. Tremendo. 
 Comido. Hei de vender. Se quizer chegar. Vendo as la- 
 grimas. O raonge comecou a desc&r a escada. Nao ha 
 tempo a perder. Prohibem-\he o beber vinho. la a con- 
 descender com o seu rogo. Um horaera tremer! Chegou 
 antes d'anoitecer. Fendendo as ondas. Vae-se fazendo 
 tarde. Ouco bater. Se nao adormecer logo, lerei. A agua 
 esta fervendo. Tome o copo, e de-me de bebdr. Permit- 
 ta-me que lhc offereca uraa chavana de cha. 
 
 I must read. He must drink. She must eat. After 
 my death. That I may drink. If you wish to eat. He 
 began to drink wine. I must comply with his request. 
 When you know our way. Fearing the consequences. 
 He will not light the candles. I hear a knock. Allow 
 me to offer you a glass of wine. If he wishes to sell 
 the horse. It is growing late, and I have three letters 
 to write. Is not the water boiling? That I might not lose 
 time. If he fears. If they fear. If I should forget. 
 
— 96 — 
 LESSON LXLVI. 
 
 VERBS m ER. COHP. ACTIVE TENSES. 
 
 Hei or lenho lemido. i I have feared. 
 
 Havia or linha lemido. j [ had feared. 
 
 H6uve f 1 ) or tivelM temido. I had feared. 
 
 Haverei or lerei temido. I shall have feared. 
 
 Haveria or teria lemido. I should have feared. 
 
 Haja or tenha temido. That I have feared. 
 
 Houvesse or tivesse lemido. That or if I had feared. 
 
 TSnho recebfdo muitas cartas. O commercio tern sof- 
 fri'do. Temos lido. A lingua franceza tern obtido uma 
 eerta universalidade, que a vae convertendo, por assim 
 dizcr, em lingua geral. TercH comido. Teras bebido. 
 Sem duvida terao comido bastantc. Se tivesse escondido. 
 Tinha anoitecido. Disse ter respondido. Tendo morrido 
 seu pae na guerra. Tenho comido muito, mais do que 
 devia. Declaro haver rerebido. Logo que V. S." o tive'r 
 lido. 
 
 I have eaten enough. 1 may have appeared careless. 
 The incidents which had occurred. If they had learned 
 to calculate the consequences. My brother had received 
 two letters. The health of the soldiers has suffered. They 
 have read my papers. The English language has obtained 
 a certain universality in America. The man has eaten 
 more than he ought, I declare I have received it. If I had 
 feared. If he had prohibited. I should have forgotten. 
 He has offered. 
 
 (I) Scarcely used 
 
 
— 97 — 
 LESSOR XCVII. 
 
 VERBS IN E/7. PROG. PASS. & FLT. FORMS 
 
 Estou lemendo, estou a temer. 
 Estava temendo, estava a te- 
 mer. 
 EstAu vencido. 
 Ainda que eu fdsse vencido. 
 Havemos de nos divertir. 
 Escrever-lhe-hei, hia. . 
 
 I am fearing-. 
 I was fearing. 
 
 J am conquered. 
 Though I were conquered. 
 We shall enjoy ourselves. 
 \ shall wiite to him, should- 
 
 £lle foi absolvido da accusacao. Dever se-ha abrir as 
 janellas. Proceder-se-ha assim. Tinhamos sido mal re- 
 cebidos por seu pae. Te-lo^haY. S. a aprendido. Estava 
 elle convencido disso? Em fim anoitecera. Iamos a des- 
 cer. Sent dizer palavra, desceu. V. S. 3 me fez descer. 
 Depots de fallecer o rei. O emirado de Badajoz havia 
 sido submettido. Nao ser iamos vencidos em generosidade. 
 Escrever-lhe-hei quarta feira, se nao poder ir ve-lo na 
 segunda. Nao hex de soffrSr tal. Que quer comer? £lle 
 estava bebendo. Depois de eu morrer. 
 
 I shall write to them. I am writing. He is drinking. 
 They are learning. He is conquered. Without fearing the 
 consequences After having written the letter. What do 
 you wish to drink? After his death. I was convinced of 
 the truth. The enemy was conquered. I shall not suffer 
 this. After the death of the emperor. I was badly re- 
 ceived. After her death I shall write to his brother. 
 He will write to you on Wednesday, if he cannot call 
 on Tuesday. The Queen of Spain was badly received 
 at the theatre. The Emperor of Russia was not convinced 
 of this. 
 
- 98 — 
 LESSOR XCVIII. 
 
 VERBS IN RR. KEFLECTIVES 11 & RECIPROCALS. 
 He forgets h s promises. 
 
 Kile esqtiece-se de suas pro- 
 
 messas. 
 O homem prudenle corrigese 
 
 a si mesmo. 
 Air era- me a pedir. 
 Logo ella se arrependeu. 
 
 Idles esqueceiao-s? d*» Ulysses* They have forgotten Ulysses 
 
 The prudent man corrects him- 
 self. 
 I vent it re to ask. 
 She repented instantly. 
 
 £lle escovde-sc a justica. Abstenho-me de beber vinho. 
 fclle se intromette nos nieus negocios. Meu tio mette-se 
 a fallar em politica. Vendn-se perseguido de perto cessou 
 de defender- se.Yow-mc metier na cama. Xao me esque- 
 cerei. Aborrece-me isso. £ste homem esqueceu-se de can- 
 tar. Nao se esque'ea de vir logo que tiver jantado. £ 
 necessario arrepender se dos peccados. Ainda re atreres 
 a replicar-me? historiador re-se muitas vezes per- 
 plexo. Para se ruler do frio. Os Samoiedas estendem-se 
 pela Siberia. Atrevi-me na sua bondade. 
 
 The king never ventured to open the door. Seeing 
 himself obliged to keep a flock. I have forgotten your 
 name. Have you< forgotten me? He has forgotten me. 
 In order to obtain rewards, they have recourse to (va- 
 ler-se) flattery and fraud. They were obliged to surrender. 
 Law is not required to repress luxury. Its defenders had 
 to retire to the castle. Not being able to sustain him- 
 self. In February, the city had surrendered. Do not 
 forget to pay the money, as soon as yon have dined. 
 
 (l) A reflective in Portuguese is often simple in English. 
 
— m 
 
 LESSON XCIX. 
 
 VERBS IN Eh. ACT. & RKF. IN I'ORT. PASSIVES IX ENG 
 
 O trigo vende-sc a... 
 Estende-se esta significagao. 
 Nao se viiio senao poucos mas- 
 
 iros. 
 Ver faztlr justi'ga 
 A lenlia se reduz a cinzas. 
 Tremendo-Me a voz. 
 
 Wheat is sold at... 
 
 This meaning is extended to. 
 
 A few masts only were seen. 
 
 To see justice done. 
 
 The wood is burnt to ashes. 
 
 Her voice trembling. 
 
 A melhor bebida que se pude fornecer a urn doente 
 e agua pura. museu se ha de estender. Vtao-se as 
 ilhas Jevantar seus cumes. Onde se ve o tumulo. De- 
 sejo ver fazer justica neste negocio. Para se conhccer 
 a causa provavel. Os vapores se estendlao. A cidade e 
 celebre por suas feiras, que se fdzem sobre a neve. 
 Vendem-se em Moscou casas de madeira, que se armao 
 e desarmao segundo se que'r. Aqui se calhe excellente 
 vinho. Alt se faz um grande commercio de eobre. O 
 amor so e mais para se tcmer do... 
 
 Sugar is sold at six pence a pound. Is wine sold 
 here? Russia extends to Germany. A few men only are 
 seen. The house is seen amongst the woods. He wishes 
 to see justice done to these poor sailors. Very good, 
 books are sold here. The house teas reduced to ashes 
 in less than three hours. The fair is held in the forest. 
 
 The best wine that can he furnished is Biial. 
 
_ jOO — 
 LESSON C. 
 
 VERBS IN ER. IMPERSONALS, 
 
 Convem, stlcce'de; 
 
 Chove, parece. 
 
 Sabe-se. 
 
 Vale. 
 
 Faz venlo; duo relampagos. 
 
 Escurece'r-se. 
 
 It suits, it happens. 
 
 It rains, it seems. 
 
 It is known. 
 
 Is worth. 
 
 It is windy; it lightens, 
 
 To grow dark. 
 
 Ensinando, *e aprende. Quern nao apparece esqueec. 
 Ao amanhecer. Faz-se tarde. Hoje choverd. Chore, 
 Diz-sc. Estd-me bem. Parece ser verdade o que elle 
 diz. Que lhe parece? Nao vale a pena Nao se sale 
 quando jantara. Chove muito. Dao trovoes. Faz um 
 calor terrivel. Quando se faz de vela? Antes d' ama- 
 nhecer. Nao convem que nesle momento vejas Beatriz. 
 O que rnais convem a um rei e ser justo. Convem des- 
 pertar a atlencao publica. Tenho cousa que convem. 
 Nem sempre succede segundo os nossos descjos. 
 
 At day break the Russian troops appeared near the 
 Church. I must go home, for it is late. It is said that 
 Admiral Napier has attacked Cronsladl. It is not known 
 when the French frigate will arrive. I cannot leave the 
 house: the 'heat is so terrible. What is most becoming 
 in a parent is to be just and kind. It is proper to rouse 
 the attention of these men. What do you think? If it 
 is windy, shall I go? It seems to be true what she says. 
 In teaching, one learns. It is not worth while to go, 
 for it will rain. It is well known, that the man will 
 not pay the money. 
 
— 101 — 
 LESSON CI. 
 
 VERBS IN ER. IDIOMATIC FORMS. 
 
 The que escrever. 
 Torndn a ler a carta. 
 Sem que eu o percebesse. 
 Sera mister que me fdga, &c. 
 Elle csld para morrer. 
 
 I had to write. 
 He read the letter again. 
 Without my perceiving it. 
 You must make me, &c. 
 He is about to die. 
 
 Torne a escrever a carta. Estou morrendo de sedc. 
 De-me de beber. A senhora tornou a dizer-lhe. Sentia 
 muita alegria ao ve-\o entrar na sala. barulho que da 
 a conhecer. Sem que nos o percebessemos. Em choven- 
 do( l K £ possivel que torne a m-te? Assim torndsse 
 eu a ver Ulysses! Vierao lambcr-\he os pes. Nao po- 
 dendo soffrer em silencio. Dfzem que o Senhor N. de've 
 fazeri 2 ) o primeiro papel. Antes de morrer, Affonso de- 
 clarou, &c. Fallecido o conde. Em nosso entender. Meu 
 parecer e que. Sem que o cavalheiro o t\x esse per ccbido. 
 
 He has to write to England by the Brazil steamer 
 of the 8 lh inst. He read the book again, but he is not 
 yet convinced of the truth. She left the room without 
 my perceiving it. The old general is about to die. As 
 soon as the king teas dead, the Duke left Lisbon. The 
 poor traveller was dying of thirst. My opinion is that 
 we ought to go home by the first steamer. They say 
 that Mario is to perform the principal part. Before 
 dying the prisoner declared his innocence. If it rains. 
 
 (!) Translate. If ir rains. See p. 132. 
 ( 2 ) Fazer papel, play a part. 
 
— 102- 
 LESSON CII. 
 
 Ill CONJUGATION PUN//?, TO Pl'NISH. 
 
 Puno, — es, — e; — imos. — is. 
 
 — em.' 
 Punla, — ias — fa; — iamos, 
 
 — ieis, — fao. 
 Puni, — iste, — hi; — imos. 
 
 istt'S, — irao. 
 
 Punish, — est, — es. 
 Punished, or was punishing 
 Punished, or did punish. 
 
 Traduzo. Applaud imos. Abriria. Abria Admittiao. 
 Admittirao. Applaudiramos. Applaudiremos. Admiito 
 isso. Eu o introduzi. fille pcde vinho. O Conde residlu 
 sempre em Portugal. A enfermidade que conduziu Af- 
 fonso a sepullura. Pedi-lhe a sua proteccao. Abriu 
 passo pelo muro. Raimundo decahiu da graca do rei. 
 A morte destruw as esperancas que Henrique conce- 
 beia de obter o dominio de Toledo. O official scguiu 
 o seu conductor. Como ja adrertimos. Frigiu ella o 
 peixe? Cumprirci com o promettido. 
 
 He repeated some words in a low voice. He called 
 for beer. The king resided for some lime in Windsor, 
 He destroyed all the fortifications. The child followed 
 the guide. She has not fried the fish. The impartial 
 public applauded. I prefer coffee. I have lost( v > my book. 
 The Turkish government ashs for the evacuation of the 
 provinces. An earthquake has destroyed the town. He 
 translated Herculano's History of Portugal into English. 
 He will not fulfil his promise, I am sure. He fell into 
 disgrace. 
 
 v Ks if «I lost. 
 
— 103 — 
 LESSOJV Oil. 
 
 VERBS IN IR. SUB. IMF. & INI IN. 
 
 That. . . may punish. 
 That... might punish. 
 If... punish... 
 
 Puna. — as, — a; — amos, — ais, 
 
 — ao. 
 Punisse,— pisses. — isse; -— isse- 
 
 mos, — isseis, — issem. 
 Se punir, — ires, — ir ; — ir mos, 
 
 — l'rdes, — irem. 
 
 V. Ex. a me diz que suba. Advirta^^ disso seu irrnao. 
 Tradiiza^ isto em inglez. Que destrudmos a 6 bra. Que 
 traduzissemos. SitbaY. m. Permitta-me que me retire. 
 Vamos dormir em Santarcm. Conduza estes senhores 
 para a sala grande. Ao ouvir urn tal discurso Para 
 me conduzlr a cidade. Fazendo promessas que depen- 
 dem do tempo para se cumprlrem. Os soldados chamao 
 o pobre pateta para se divertlrem com a sua toliee. Nao 
 p6de competir com elie. Henrique foi persegui-lo no seu 
 leito de morte. Se punrnnos estes ladroes. 
 
 Translate thai letter into French. Allow me to finish 
 the book. On hearing these words, he fell to the ground. 
 I cannot compete with him. The monk went to team him. 
 In order to conduct him to the palace. I shall go and ful- 
 fil my duty. Reduce every thing to figures. Allow me 
 to go home now. He called the boy to him to amuse 
 himself with his folly. On hearing the voice of my father, 
 I left the room. Fulfil your duty. Show the count into 
 the drawing roon. That I may translate the king'5 letter 
 into German. Punish the boy. 
 
 i 1 ' Sub. is used for imperative. 
 
— 10 5— 
 LESSON CIV. 
 
 VEKBS IN /fi. COMPOUND TENSES ACTIVE. 
 
 Hei on lenho punido. 
 Havia, hduve; tinha, tive pu- 
 nido. 
 HnverSi, or ia; ferei, or ia p — . 
 Haja, tenha punido. 
 Houvesse, tivesse p — . 
 Quando houver, tiver p— . 
 
 I have punished. 
 I had p — . 
 
 I shall or should have p 
 Thai I have punished. 
 That I had p— . 
 When I have p — . 
 
 Tenho dormido. £lle tinha apparccido. £lie tinha 
 imprimido a sua obra. Nao tinhao elles comido a fruta"? 
 Nao ha traduzido a fabula? En tenho ouvido dizer. Em 
 breve teremos concluido a Jornada. Tenho ouvido tudo. 
 criado que se havia deeidido a seguir seu amo, &c. 
 Havendo at6 ahi seguido. Assim tern rcsolvido o conselho. 
 Convertida a guerra civil em guerra cstrangeira. Que 
 elles tivessem sacudido o po. Vou perder quanlo tinha 
 adquirido. Tal pregador nunca eu o tinha ouvido. £lle tern 
 servido muito a meu contento. 
 
 He had slept. They had slept in an humble inn. The 
 man had suddenly appeared. The sovereigns being con- 
 verted into silver. Has he eaten all the strawberries? 
 Had your friend printed his book before, &c. When I 
 have translated that speech into Portuguese, &c. France 
 has not competed with England. They have not perse- 
 cuted the men. When the soldiers destroy the bridge. 
 They had opened the windows. He had not fulfilled 
 his promise. Did vou hear that the French have taken 
 the Malakoff. 
 
— 105 — 
 LESSON CV. 
 
 VERBS IN /«., PROGKESS. PASS. & FUTUUE. 
 
 Eslou punindo, — a punir. 
 Estava punindo, — a punir. 
 Estdu caido. 
 Estdu resolvido. 
 Ser eu punido. 
 Ao abrir da porta. 
 
 I am punishing. 
 
 I was punishing. 
 
 I have fallen. 
 
 I am resolved. 
 
 My being punished. 
 
 At the opening of the doors. 
 
 Por suas culpas nao serem punidas. £l!e tinha sido 
 dcspedido. Tu teras tido vestido. A empreza teria sido 
 differida. £lle e applaudido de toda a gente. Nao sendo 
 interrompido o som. Estava vestido de purpura, fille 
 vae sahindo bem do negocio. Sendo muito instruido. 
 Se estas cousas nao forem reprimidas. A casa e bem 
 conhecida de todos. Nao os condemnem, sem serem 
 ouvidos. Nao quero que seja perseguido. A casa teria 
 sido demolida. A lei esta abolida. Nao o ha de punir? 
 £lle os ha de reduzir. 
 
 He has fallen into my net. Their not being punished 
 for their faults was owing to. The king was clothed 
 in purple. The lad, being well instructed, has trans- 
 lated the book accurately. Has the law been abolished? 
 This castle was built in the reign of George in. I shall 
 not have to punish him. The old castle has been demo- 
 lished The rebellion was suppressed. He was punishing 
 the boy. Our being persecuted. He was punished with- 
 out being heard. Repeated limes. We wish to start. 
 
— 106-— 
 LESSON C VI. 
 
 VEIIBS IN III. KEFLECTIVES & littCIPKOCALS. 
 
 Vdu despedir-me de V. S. a j I must take my leave of. 
 
 Unem-se os Jabios da ferida. j The lips of the wound unite, 
 
 Rindo-se, sorrindo-se. j Laughing; smiling-. 
 
 Outras terras se sumirdo- | Other lands disappeared. 
 
 Sinto-me indisposto. i I feel unwell. 
 
 Fingir-se cego. I To feign himself blind. 
 
 O cavalheiro dirigiu-se para o logar. Nao se ferirai 
 elles? museu se ha de abrir a quinze de marco. 
 Lhe respondeu o soldado rindo-se. O azougue une-se 
 com o ouro. Sorria-se na terra a Priraavera. Queira 
 servir-se disto. Yde-se pdndo o sol. Foi-se como um 
 passarinho. Fugiu-me da vista. Os Lapoes se se'rvem 
 da renna nas suas viagens, e se cobrem corn sua pelle. 
 Como se distinguirao os Persas? Deixa-w?e ao menos 
 dcspedir de Eucharis. Vae divertir-se. Eu me incumbo 
 dcsse negocio. 
 
 He went out smiling. The soul is about to say fare- 
 well. Six pieces of artillery followed. 1 must take my 
 leave of you. The lady feels herself unwell. The soldier 
 feigned himself deaf. The child, laughing, went out. 
 The moon is setting. The man fled from my sight. The 
 Indians use rice. The Caffres cover themselves with the 
 skins of lions. He will take charge of these affairs. He 
 amuses W himself in deceiving me. I take my leave. My 
 brother feels unwell. He feigns himself lame. I am 
 going to talve leave of my friends. The boy feigned 
 himself blind. 
 
 t 1 ) Divertir. 
 
— 107 — 
 
 LESSON CV11. 
 
 VERBS IN IR. ACT. & REFL. PASSIVES & NEUTERS 
 
 IN ENGLISH. 
 
 A Irlanda dividc-se em... 
 Nutre-se a alma. 
 Rmdo-se; de se abrir. 
 A que horas parte o vapor? 
 
 Ireland is divided into. 
 The soul is nourished. 
 Laughing; of being opened. 
 When does the steamer start. 
 
 Segue-se que... j It folloios that. 
 
 Sentiit-se urn grande ruido. I A great noise was heard 
 
 '<Calmar,» onde se conclniu o celebre tralado. Divi- 
 dem^se as opinioes. Ouviao-se os passarinhos chilrando. 
 Porque se prefere esta estrada a outra? Pdrte-se o co- 
 racao. Fde-se concluindo. Zunem-\he os ouvidos. Em 
 apparecendo o sol, as estrellas somem-se. Sentiu-se urn 
 grande tremor. Partiao-se em varias opinioes. ftstes 
 navios se partem tao arrebatadamente. Sentiu-se grande 
 abalo no navio. Nao me sinto com forcas para isso. 
 Queira scrvir-sc disto. Dividc-se a casa em quartos. O 
 m est re despediu-s(r. 
 
 England is divided into forty counties. At what o'clock 
 does the steamer leave? It folloios that you must go 
 immediately. The poor child is drawing near its end. 
 Why is this house preferred to the other? Opinions 
 were divided. A great motion was felt. Pray, help your- 
 self. The work is divided. The necessity of roads oeing 
 opened. The city is divided into seven quarters, or dis- 
 tricts. The King of Portugal took his leave at 4 o'clock. 
 She is not strong enough for this. The patient is dying. 
 I do not feel equal to this. The garden is divided into 
 three parts. 
 
-108 — 
 LESSON CVIII. 
 
 VERBS IN /fl. lMl'ERSONAL. 
 
 Cde neve; chdve pedra. 
 Cae-lhe a espada da mao. 
 Dde-me a perna. 
 Cumpre-nos narrar. 
 Chdoem-me lagrimas dosolhos. 
 Cumprindo-se com os preceitos 
 
 da lei. j the law. 
 
 It snows ; it hails. 
 
 His sword fell from his hand. 
 
 My leg pains me. 
 
 It is our duty to narrate. 
 
 Tears flowed copiously. 
 
 Fulfilling the requirements of 
 
 Cumpre tomar uma resolucao. Cde muita pedra. Esta 
 caindo neve? Cdem grandes frocos. Hoje cumpre osten- 
 tarmos o. Cde-me a penna da mao. O ceu gea, neva, 
 abraza, e chdve. Choveu enxofre do ceu. Chove a can- 
 taros. Cam uma grande pancada d'agua. Esta caindo 
 pedra. Esta chovendo neve. Cain bastante neve. Cain 
 geada. Cdem algumas gotas d'agua. Cumpre escrever 
 aquella carta antes de sair o vapor. Qos-me o hombro 
 muito. 
 
 It was snowing all night. I cannot go, as it rains and 
 hails. It is ray duty to tell you. My left hand pains me. 
 It will snow tomorrow. It was raining all night. It is 
 pouring. It is our duty to go, if it does not rain. It is 
 hailing. It will snow to morrow on the hills, but we 
 shall have fine weather in town. Fulfilling the com 
 mandments of my superior officer, it is my duty to 
 inform you. Tears fell from her eyes in showers. I am 
 bound to write that letter I have a sore throat. You 
 must take a resolution 
 
— 109 — 
 LESSON CIX. 
 
 VERBS IN //{., IDIOMATIC FORMS. 
 
 Ttnho de partir. 
 
 Acabo de ouvir. 
 
 Se cstava promplo para partir. 
 
 Ouviu lima v6z pedir. 
 
 N3o p6dem deixdr de sentir. 
 
 Estdva para pedir. 
 
 I have to po. 
 
 I have just heard. 
 
 If he was ready to start. 
 
 He heard a voice call. 
 
 They cannot help fueling. 
 
 He was about to ask. 
 
 Se bem tenho entendido o que acabo de ouvir. Eis-nos 
 partidos. Vae-se partir, V. S. a nao esta em estado de 
 repetir a sua licao. Pedir-lhe-hei uma fatia, se me faz 
 favor. (0 cavalheiro tornou a ficdr absorto em seus pro- 
 prios pensamentos). Santarem nao lardou a cair-]he 
 nas maos. Posso servir-te com alguma hortalfca. De que 
 quer que o sirva? Ir diminuindo. O pobre homem esta 
 a concluir. A primavera esta rindo nos jardins. Dividir 
 doze por tres. Estdmos para partir. Acabo de partir. 
 Faz mau tempo para se sair. O cair da folha. 
 
 I am ready to start. I hare to go to England by the 
 Steamer. The boy has just heard that his father is dead. 
 I cannot help asking you. We are off. We have to go to 
 Lisbon by the Galgo. They had to repeat all the lesson. 
 The town was not long in falling into the hands of 
 the French. May I offer you some beef? The poor in- 
 valid is dying. I have just heard that the steamer goes 
 about four o'clock. I cannot help falling. What shall 
 I offer them? He was about to ask for water. We have 
 just lieard of the victory. 
 
1 10 — 
 
 LESSON CX. 
 
 rOR (TO PUT) AND US COMPOUNDS. 
 
 Ponho, poes, poe; pomos, p^n- 
 
 des, poem. 
 Punha, as, a ; amos, eis, ao. 
 Puz, este, oz; emos, estes, erao. 
 Puzera, eras, era; eramos, 
 
 ereis, e'rao. 
 Porei, as, a ; emos, e\is, ao. 
 Poria, ias, ia ; iamos, ieis, iao. 
 
 I put, thou puttest, he puts, etc. 
 
 I put, or was putting, etc. 
 I put, or did put, etc. 
 [ had put, etc. 
 
 I shall put, etc, 
 I should put, etc. 
 
 Punhamos Puzeranios. Porei. Pomos. homern 
 poe, e Deus dispoe. A gallinha poe ovos. Eu punha o 
 pe no estribo. felle poz a mao na lesta. Eu puz a es- 
 pada a cinla. ftlles puzerao os vestidos. Eu puzera 
 loda a diligencia. Porei fim a obra. Pord o homem na 
 rua. Compomos livros. £lla compoe a casa. padre 
 compora as dissensoes. Compoz-sc com a sua sorte. £ste 
 livro compoe-se de tres partes. general dispoe as pecas 
 em bateria. Supponho que nao. Eu o svpponho. fille 
 poz-se em pe. fille impoz uma condicao. 
 
 He put his hands on the boy's head. They imposed 
 severe terms. She put a sealed letter into my hand. Where 
 have you put my hat? I shall put the books on the table. 
 The year is composed of days. In you he places all his 
 confidence. She will put some coal on the fire. He has 
 not put the bridle on the mare. I shall dispose of my 
 house. We suppose not. They will put the papers into 
 my hands. He disposed of his goods. He put it here. 
 They laid down their arms. Trie rebels deposed the 
 king. The gardener transplanted the trees. He mill 
 suppose. I composed a book. 
 
— ill — 
 LESSON cxi. 
 
 1'OR SUBJUNCTlVK. 
 
 That I may put, etc. 
 
 Que eu ponha, as, a; amos, 
 
 ais, ao. 
 Que eu puzesse, es, e; essemos. 
 
 eis K em. 
 Se eu puzer, es, er; raos, des, 
 
 em. 
 Seeupuzeva,as, a; araos,eis, So. j If I had put, elc. 
 
 That I might put, etc. 
 If I put, elc. 
 
 Se puzer muito carvao, hade apagar o fdgo. Biga-lhe 
 que ponha o livro na mesa. Se puzcrmos o navfo em 
 perigo. Se o general puzesse os sofdados a ferro. Mandou 
 aos ofiiciaes que repozc'ssem o dinheiro de eada um nos 
 seus saccos Ponha a roupa a enxugar. Ponhdmos a pa- 
 nella ao liime. Se expozermts estas duvidas. Se eu pu- 
 zesse o homem na rua. Se clle se puzer a cavailo. Se 
 as meninas se puzerem a chorar. Se os asiros se pozes- 
 sem. Se em duas horas me puzesse em Lisboa. Se V. m. 
 puzer tanfo tempo em fazer isto. 
 
 If the boy puts too much water. Tell him to put the 
 v, ine on the table. I told him to put out the dog. Let 
 us suppose it so. If the sun sets at seven o'clock. Tell 
 him to mount his horse. I know not to what to attri- 
 bute it. If the captain puts the ship in danger. If he 
 can be in Funchal in three bonis. Tell the maid to 
 lay the cloth. Tell him to put the hammock on the 
 ground. Let us put the pan on the fire. Put the shirts 
 to dry. If she should put on mourning. Lay the cloth 
 at six o'clock. 
 
— i 1-2— 
 LESSON CXII. 
 
 POR IMPER. INF1N. & PARTICIPLES- 
 
 Pdr, tfa p6sto. 
 
 P6r eu, pdres tn, por e^lle. 
 
 Pdrmos nos, pordes vos, pdrem 
 
 elles. 
 P5e, pdnde. 
 P3ndo, posto. 
 
 To put, to have put. 
 
 My putting, thy putting, his pu* 
 
 ting. 
 Our putting, your putting, their 
 
 putmg. 
 Put (thou). Put (ye). 
 Putting, put. 
 
 Por o homem por governador. Ter posto o na\io em 
 perigo. P~e de parte a vaidade. Sem eu por o vestido. 
 Porem-se os astros. pdrmos toda a diligencia nem 
 sempre da bons successos. Depos de elle ter posto a 
 mesa. Posto o medo. Lima cousa supposta. Para o Bispo 
 impor as maos. Impondo tributo Sera ellas terem dis- 
 posto da sua fazcnda. Dispondo os paineis na sala. Sem 
 eu dispor estas arvores. Depois de o capitao ter tudo 
 disposto para a empreza. Sem compormos as dispiilas. 
 O Marquez era todo composto de bondade. 
 
 Having placed the lad as inspector. Lay aside the 
 book Without his putting off his coat. Our composing 
 books will not pay the labour. After the king's im- 
 posing tribute. Without my disposing of my house. After 
 your settling your disputes. Your father icas made of 
 honour. He is reconciled ivith the doctor. After his hav- 
 ing placed the pictures in the gallery. Without her hav- 
 ing composed a poem. My having laid the cloth gave 
 him pleasure. After our having transplanted these bushes. 
 Without putting his life in peril. 
 
LESSON GXIII. 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 Hei ou tenho posto. 
 
 Havia, tinha posto 
 
 Haverei, haveria, terei, teria 
 
 posto. 
 Haja, tenha posto. 
 Houvesse, tivesse poHo 
 Quando houver, liver pdsto. 
 Ter posto, haver tie p6r. 
 
 I have put, etc. 
 
 I had put, etc. 
 
 I shall, or should, have put. 
 
 That I may have put. 
 That I might have put. 
 When 1 have put. 
 To have put; to have to put 
 
 Eu tenho posto o chapeu na cabeca. Heide por o ho- 
 mem fora. Temos posto a casa cm perigo. fillas hdode 
 por-se a cavallo. Que eu tenha posto o piano em exe- 
 cucao. Se elle tivesse posto o criado na rua. Se elles 
 tivessem posto os pes ao caminho. £e as aves tivhsem 
 posto os ovos no ninho. Quando eu titer posto a mesa. 
 Ter posto todo o cuidado. Estd posto a trabalhar. Tendo 
 composto um livro, Estdr composto com elle. Tirtha com- 
 posto o scmblante. Eu ter fa disposto as estatuas na ga- 
 leria. Se elle tivfose disposto do dinhoiro. 
 
 lie has put the hat on the head. I shall put the boy 
 out of the house. They have placed the kingdom in 
 danger. I have arranged the pictures in the hall. When 
 the birds have laid their eggs. The servant had laid 
 the cloth. I shall have composed some verses. These 
 young ladies have mounted their horses. When he has 
 put the plan in execution. Having composed a good 
 book. If I had put my hat on the table. I shall have 
 to compose verses. 1 should have prepared, all for the 
 enterprise. He had put every confidence in his friend. 
 If he had put on the' boots. 
 
LESSON CXIV. 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS IN AR. 
 
 BuscoV, busque; tocdr, toquei. j Car changes c into gu before e. 
 
 Folgdr, f6lgue; entregar, en- 
 tregue. 
 
 Arrancar, buscar, ataear, edi- 
 ficar, embarcar, ficar, pec- 
 car, replicar, suffocar, locar. 
 
 Alugar, carreg£r, cegar, casti- 
 gar, chegar, empregar, etc. 
 
 Gar takes u after g before c. 
 
 Attach, draw up, fetch, build, 
 embark, stay, sin, reply, suf- 
 focate, touch. 
 
 Hire, charge, blind, chastise, 
 reach, employ, spoil, etc. 
 
 Ataquei o inimigo de fianco. Busque o chapeu. Di- 
 ga-lhe que arrdnque as arvores. Edifiquemos uma ponte 
 aqui. Embarquei-me no negocio sem reflectir. Pequei 
 muitas vezes. Nao replique! Suffoquei-o nos meus bra- 
 cos. Toque a campainha. Nao aluguei a casa. CarreguH 
 os batalhoes inimigos. Que elles ceguemV) a arlilheria. 
 Castiguemos esses rapa'zes. Cheque-se ao pe do lumc. 
 Empreguei todo o tempo no estudo. Estraguemos todas 
 estas mas hervas. Muito folguei de a ver. Ldrgue isso. 
 Pague o dinheiro. Japaguei. Pegue na pa. Pe'gue n'isso. 
 
 Ring the bell. Don't stay in the house. Let go the 
 bridle. I rang the bell three times. Do not touch me. 
 Fetch the hammock-men. Tell him to stay in the gar- 
 den. Don't reply spike the guns. Let us load the car. 
 Let the man build the bridge Do not tear your new 
 dress. I spoiled that boy. My duty requires me to con- 
 fiscate the lace. 1 approached the fire I suffocated the 
 lion in my arms. Take ihe reins and stay here. 1 em- 
 barked in a ship of war. I did not lead the gun. Let 
 us pay the money. I reached the chamber, attacked the 
 thief, chastised him severely. Tear the paper, and put 
 out the light. - 
 
 (M Blind, i. c spikr 
 
if 
 
 LESSON CXV 
 
 DAR 10 GIVE. 
 
 Dei, este, eu; emos, estes, erao. 
 Dera, eras, era ; eramos, ereis, 
 
 erao. 
 Da, dai ; de", des, de, de'mos, 
 
 de'em. 
 Desse, esses, esse. Der, deres, 
 
 der, etc. 
 Dar, dando, dado. 
 
 I give, givest, gives, 
 I gave, gavest, gave. 
 
 I had given. 
 
 Might give; if I give. 
 
 Io gi\e, giving, given. 
 
 Ddmos. Deste. Deu. Demos. Ddva Darei Daria. 
 Tinha dado Se eu der. Se eu desse. Dera. Ter dado. 
 Se tivesse dado. Ddu-lhe os parabens. Eu nao dou 
 tanto. Ddw-lhe a minha palavra. fella me ddva pequena 
 soldada. Ainda nao deu uma hora. As vinhas nao derao 
 este anno. £lle nao me deu noticias. Ja derao oito ho- 
 ras. Da licenca que... De-me esse chape*. Dai pao 
 ao seohor. Preciso que me de as suas chaves. Ddr-me- 
 hia muito prazer o conversarmos Z>flf-lhe-hei em troca 
 este relogio. Quanto me da pelo meu? 
 
 He gives. We give, Thou givest. I gave. We were giv 
 ing. I had given. I shall give. He might give. I shall 
 not give a dollar. The man gave good wages. It has 
 not yet struck two. Pears have not yielded well this 
 year. Give me leave to. . . Give wine to the men. I shall 
 give you a book in exchange. It has already struck, 
 I can give it you for two dollars. You must give them 
 to be mended. You must give him your papers. They 
 gave me good news It would give me much pleasure 
 io meet. If I give. 1 shaU not give so much. Give it me. 
 
— no — 
 
 LESSON cxvr. 
 
 DAft. TO GIVE. IDIOMATIC FOHMS. 
 
 Dar dia e hora. 
 Dar lic.ao ; dar costas. 
 Deu-me que entender. 
 Dar comsigo no ohao. 
 No qua! me da conta de. 
 
 Nao se me da del he pagar ma is. 
 
 To appoint a meeting. ■ 
 To say a lesson ; to yurun. 
 He gave me to understand. 
 To fall the ground. 
 In which yon give me an ac- 
 count of. 
 I had rather pay you more. 
 
 Dar o sim. Deu fogo. £ile deu a vida porseti amigo. 
 Da licenca. Ddndo ouvidos. Nao de'rao quartel. Elladd 
 uma olhada. Nao poder dar um passo Mais vale um 
 «toma la » que dois «te darei.n De aonde der. A rua 
 \ai-ddr a praca. Dddas as maos. O relogio da horas. 
 Ouve-o dar horas? Nao ainda : rfe-lhe corda. Quando 
 da a vela? Dar dc esporas. Dar em bebado. O navio 
 da n'um banco. barco nao da pelo leme. Dou por 
 concluido este negocio. Dar as maos. Nao sc me da 
 nada. Ddr-sc-ha caso? Dd-se como certo. 
 
 To shaAe hands. I gave him credit. The king gives 
 audience. He gave me his hand. They gave him some- 
 thing to drink. I pw< an end to the affair. They gave 
 thanks. The soldiers turned their backs. Minos gave 
 laws. Shall I say my lesson? They gave no quarter. He 
 bore witness. He gave a glance. He could not walk a 
 step. He gave me to understund that. They gave proofs 
 of — To give, and take. Whatever may happen. To knock 
 the head against the wall. Give him my regards. He 
 could not advance a step. Having shaken hands. 
 
_ i 1 7 - 
 LESSON CXV1I. 
 
 IRREGULAR VKBS IN EI!. 
 
 Ger changesl into j in the 1 st per sing. pres. ind. & subj. 
 
 Cer changes c into c. 
 
 Oer changes o into 6, when followed by o or a. 
 
 Perder, changes d into c, in l. st per sing. pies. ind. & subj. 
 
 Jazer, makes jazo. 
 
 Abrdnjo todo genero humane Ddo-me de um pc. 
 Pancadas que dodo. Um eleitor pode dizer « eu elc'jo.» 
 Nunca jdzo na cama depois das 6 horas. Moo milho 
 lodos os dfas. Mdao a canra de assucar la em cima. 
 Certifico-lhc que pe'reo n'isso. Nao perca tempo. Nao 
 pcrcdmos nunca de vista esla lei. Que eu nao perca 
 esta occasiao Rdnjo os denies com frio. Rdnja cao, 
 nao me im porta. Tdnjo a trombeta. Tanjdmos os ins- 
 truments. Nunca torco rosto ao inimigo. Torrdmos 
 as redcas aos cavallos. Perca os scus bens. 
 
 I elect my governors. J lie in bed eight hours every 
 night. I lose lime in hearing this story. That the boy 
 may not lose this opportunity. 1 play the usual instru- 
 ments. Let him not twist my meaning. Tell him not to 
 lose time. My hand pains me. Let him grind the wheat 
 every morning. Let us nut lose the advantage. 1 gnash 
 my teeth with fever. Let the door creak on its hinges. 
 As soon as the Church bell rings, I shall go home. The 
 Queen may say «I reign. » Tell the girl not to twist the 
 strings of the harp. Tell him to elect the most faithful 
 deputy. Let us lie in peace till the enemy disappears 
 Let him not lose the dollar. 
 
18 
 
 LESSON GXV1II. 
 
 CABER TO BE CONTAINED ; FIT ; SUIT I BE EQUAL TO, 
 
 BE THE DUTY OF; HAPPENS. 
 
 Caibo, cabes, cabe ; cabemos. 
 
 eis, em. 
 Cabia, ias, ia ; iamos, ieis, iao. 
 Coube, esle, be; emos, estes, 
 
 erao. 
 Coubera, as, a. Caberei, as, a. 
 Caiba, etc. Caberia, etc. Cou- 
 
 be'sse. 
 
 I fit, suit, &c 
 
 I fitted, was fitting. 
 I fitted, did fit. 
 
 Had fitted ; will fit. 
 May, should, might suit. 
 
 O vinho nao cabe ua garrafa. A genie cabe na casa. 
 Nao cabe n'um homem de bem o mentir. fisse officio 
 nao me cabe. Nao me cabe aconselhar os mais \elhos. 
 Isto me coube por sorte. lsso so cabe ao sabio. Nao cabe 
 na minha penna escrever o que vos couber na boca. 
 Creio que nem no mundo todo podcriao caber os li- 
 vros. Devemos obstar quanto em nos couber. Couber ao 
 as auctoridades na casa da camara. Coubera trigo nos 
 saccos. Cabenao ambos os batalhoes no mesmo quar- 
 tel ? Coube me atalhar o mal. Seria bom se coubcsse. 
 
 The wine was not contained in the bottle. Many per- 
 sons met in the college. It fell to my lot to be first. 
 It does not become a man of honour. So many people 
 cannot be contained in .this room. This office does not 
 suit him. The pupils assembled in the school. The sacks 
 contained barley. If the people cannot be contained in 
 the cathedral, they must stay outside. I inherited a 
 house (a house fell to mc in heirship). The greater part 
 fell to me. He stands well with the minister. If it suits. 
 The theatre will not hold the people. It docs not become 
 me. 
 
19 — 
 
 LESSON CX1X. 
 
 CREK. 
 
 TO BELIEVE. 
 
 Creio, cres, ere ; emos, eis, e*m. 
 Cria, ias, fa ; iamos, ieis, iao. 
 Cri, cresle, creu ; emos, estes, 
 
 erao. 
 Crera, as, a, etc. Crerei, as, a. 
 Creia, as, a, etc. Creria,asetc. 
 
 Cresse, etc. 
 
 Believe, believest, believes. 
 Believed, was believing. 
 Believed, did believe. 
 
 Had b — d, shall believe. 
 May, should, might b. 
 
 Creio que sim. Creio que nao. £u o creio. £u sei 
 que cm. Creio bem. Nao o creio. Custa-me a cre-lo. 
 Quern o creria? Creio que nos podemos levantar. Os 
 judeus nem criao em Christo nem a Christo. Creio que 
 e esta a causa. Crer em sdnhos. Ninguem lh'o cria. £u 
 lh'o creio. Para que creiao. Crecle noEvangelho. Como 
 me crereis. Se tu creres, veras a gloria. Nao o crestes. 
 Podem cre-lo a V. S." Crer em Christo e crer nelle ; 
 crer a Christo e crc-lo a elle. Creu Abrahao a Deus. 
 Eu cri, por isso fallei. £lles crercio na Escriptura. 
 
 1 believe He believes. I believe so. I don't believe 
 it. I can't believe it. Who would believe that man? I 
 believe in the Supreme. In order that you may believe. 
 He had not believed. He believed and spoke. To make 
 themselves believed. He does not believe me. I do not 
 believe him. Believing him. Having believed. If I should 
 believe. That ye may believe. Many believed in his name. 
 That many may believe. If. thou believest, thou shalt see 
 heaven. If he believes. I cannof believe what he says. 
 
— 120 — 
 LESSON CXX. 
 
 DIZER TO SAY, TELL & COMPOUNDS. 
 
 Digo. dizes, diz ; emos. eis,em. | T say, sayest, says. 
 
 Dizfa, ias. !a ; famos, leis, iao. 
 Disse, disseste, disse; emos, 
 
 esles, erao. 
 Dissera, as, a. Direi, as, a, etc. 
 Diga, etc. Din'a, e!c. Dissesse. 
 Dj'ze, ei; sedisser; dizendo, dito 
 
 Said, was saying 
 Said, did say. 
 
 Had said ; shall say. 
 May, should, might say. 
 Say; if I say; saying, said 
 
 Digo que sim. Digo que nao. A lei diz. Nao digo 
 menos d'isso. Diz-se. Nao sei o que dizes. Diziao isto 
 os judeus. Os homens lhe disscrdo. Disse lhe Martha. 
 Dissemos. fille diria. Pode crer o que lhe eu digo. Dis- 
 serao-m'o. Todos o dizem. Quern Ih'o disse. Os geslos 
 condiziam comapessoa. Nao e necessario dize-\o agora. 
 Ninguem diga. Tornou pois elle a dizcr-lhcs. Nao lhe 
 diga isso. £u lhe direi. Dfga-]he que entrc. D/r-lhe- 
 hei. Qucr dizcr. Que querem dizcr estas palavras? 
 Muito ha que dizcr. Para mclhor dizcr. 
 
 I sag so. I don't say so. It is saitf. Every body says 
 so. What do you say? Did he tell it you? I heard say. 
 Who toM you? What did he say to you? I don't know 
 what he says. The women told him. Let no one say. 
 Did you say that? No, I did not say it. To feM you 
 the truth. Tell me frankly. I have just <oM you. This 
 said, he went out. If he says. Let no one say. If they 
 say. Tell them to come in. I must tell you a story. If 
 I might tell the truth. That is to say. I don't unders- 
 tand what you say. I shall say. If I should say. He be- 
 gan saying. 
 
121 
 LESSON CXXI. 
 
 FAZER. DO, MAKE. 
 
 Faco, fazes, faz ; fazemos, eis, I make; makest, make. 
 
 em. 
 Fazia, ias, fa , iamos, feis, iao. Made, was making. 
 
 Fiz,fizeste, fez; fizenios, estes, j Made, did make. 
 
 erao. 
 
 Fizera, as, a. Farei, as, a, etc. I Had made, shall made. 
 
 Faca, as, a. Faria, Fizesse.etc. I May, should might make. 
 
 Se flzer, fazmdo, feito. I If 1 make, making, made. 
 
 Nao fa$p nada. Fclqo esmolas. Nao fdco caso dfsso. 
 lillle fdz guerra. Isso nao me fdz nada. fille fazia a 
 barba. £lle fdz a cama. Fizera um livro. Se elle fizer 
 duvidas. Joao fdz-se velho. Fdz lua, venlo, calor, frio. 
 O mendigo se fdz surdo. £u fazia-o por brincadeira. 
 que esta feito esta feito. Fdca-me este favor. preco 
 fdz-me medo. Fdr-me-hia o favor. Que farSmos? Fa- 
 ria melhor se... Nao fdca tal. Torna a fazer sol. Fdz 
 poeira. Desejo que fdca a sua fortuna. Fdca lhe os meus 
 eumprimentos. .Fd-lo-hei com prazer. 
 
 He gives alms. We think nothing of that. They make 
 war. He shaves. She will make the bed. Louisa groics 
 old. John grows proud. Do me the favour to give me. 
 Who plays the part of Cato? The moon shines. I did 
 it for fun. They would do better, if.. He will do it with 
 pleasure. The horse frightens me. Do nothing of- the 
 kind. They had a good voyage. Your friend wrote a 
 book. It is cold here. He does nothing. This story does 
 not concern me. Let him do so The beggar feigns him 
 self blind. Doing, done. 
 
— 122 — 
 LESSOX CXX1F. 
 
 l£r. TO READ. 
 
 Leio, les, le ; lemos, ledes, l^m. 
 Lia, fas, fa; iamos, ieis, iao. 
 Li, leste, leu ; lemos, lestes, 
 
 lerao- 
 Lera, as, a, Lere*i, as, a, etc. 
 Leia, etc. Len'a, elc. Lesse. 
 Le, lede. Seeuler. Seelles/fs- 
 
 sem. 
 
 Read, readest, reads. 
 Read, or was reading. 
 Read, or did read. 
 
 Had—. Shall—. 
 
 May, should, might. 
 
 May; if I should: iug might. 
 
 Leio philosophia. Leriamos. Se eu lit. Se elles Us- 
 sem. Como Us tu? Lemos. Leu o cartel? V. S. a nao le 
 bem. A passagem que lia era esta. Le esse livro. Nao 
 sei lev. Tomando o livro, leu. fille tomou as cartas, e 
 leu-ns. Os prophetas que cada sabbado se Icem. Lerds 
 as palavras desta lei. Lev com seria attencao. Enten- 
 des o que eslas Undo? Entenda o que U. £lles lerao 
 no livro da lei, e o povo entendia quando se estava 
 Undo. Leia devagar. Sei Ur, escrever e contar. Depois 
 de a Ur. feu vos conjuro que ledis esta carta. 
 
 1 read the classics. He reads philosophy. They are 
 reading Byron. I was listening when he was reading. 
 1 read the book yesterday. He has read it frequently. 
 The papers are read every day. When you have done 
 reading. Having read the letter. He received the letters 
 and read them. What is he reading? I advise you to 
 read. The king ordered him to read the proclamation. 
 Read this beautiful letter. He must read slowly. If he 
 reads well. Reading the letter. After raiding it. These 
 memoirs will be read and appreciated. 
 
I 23 
 
 LESSON GXX1I1. 
 
 P0DEK, 
 
 TO BE ABLE. 
 
 Posso, podes, pdde; podemos, 
 
 podeis, podem. 
 Podia, fas, ia; l'amos, feis, {ao. 
 Pude, deste, pdde ; emos, esles, 
 
 erao. 
 Pudera, eras, era, etc. Poderei, 
 
 eras, era, etc. 
 Possa. Poderia. Podesse. 
 
 Can, canst, can. 
 
 Could, couldst, could. 
 Could, couldst, could. 
 
 Had been able, shall be able. 
 
 Can, could, might be able. 
 
 Nao posso soffrer islo. Nao posso crer. Nao posso mais. 
 pouco que posso. Nao Ihe posso dizer. Agora nao 
 posso. Pdde ser. Nao pdde ser. £lle nao pode sair do 
 quarto. Se tu queres, bem me podes alimpar. Podeis vos 
 beber o calix? Como se pode isto fazer? Ja nao podia 
 ver. Nao se pode. Pode ser que parta amanha. Nao _po- 
 dcria nega-lo, ainda quando quizesse Ainda que tenh.a- 
 mos podido ve-los. £u nao lhe pude chamar. Nao pode- 
 rds ver. Quero panno que se possa lavar. mais de- 
 pressa que pudcr. Sinto muito nao poder. Podera. 
 
 He cannot believe. We cannot suffer this noise. All 
 1 can. I can't at present. It can't be. Can you eat fish? 
 The thief could not deny it. The old man could not see. 
 He will not be able to write. I am sorry I can't. It 
 can't be done. Can you let me see those letters? Can you 
 give us supper here? May I ask you if... My brother 
 cannot leave •his room. The lady could not hear. I shall 
 be able to take it. If I could not. If 1 were able. Being 
 able. Can one pass this way ? 
 
LESSON CXXIV. 
 
 QUEIlflR |1). TO WANT, WISH. 
 
 Quero, queres, quer; queremos, 
 
 quereis, querem. 
 Queria, ias, ia ; iauios, ieis, fao. 
 Quiz, esles, iz; emos,estes,erao. 
 Quizera, as, a. Quererei, as, a. 
 Queira, quereria, quizesse. 
 Se quizer, querendo, queriJo. 
 
 Want, — est, — s. 
 
 Was — inc. 
 Wanted, did want. 
 Had wanted, shall — . 
 May — , should, miarht — 
 If I — , wanting, wauled. 
 
 Que'ro urn cavallo. Que'ro-me ir dcitar. fclle quer fal- 
 lar a V. S. a Que-Yas justas? Que'ro-as bcm justas. Quer 
 fazer-me urn favor? Nao quer sentar-se? Que'r-me es- 
 covar a casaca? Que panel quer V. S. a ? Quizera uns 
 sapatos. Murraiirem quanto quize'rem. Quizera ter um 
 exemplar de Camoes. Seja como quizer. Quizera que 
 v. m. Ce me trocasse os oculos. Quanto quer por elle? 
 Queria comprar panno. Quereria antes que fosse verde. 
 Dar-lhe-hei outro, se quizer. Pode vfr quando quizer. 
 Se ellas quize'rem vir comnosco. Como quizer. 
 
 1 want a glass. He wants to go to bed. The boy at 
 the door wishes to speak to you. Will you do me a ser- 
 vice? Do you wish me to bring the horse? What book 
 do you want? I should like to have a cup of tea. How 
 much do you want for the book ? As you please. I trill 
 give you this, if you like. 1 should prefer it green. If 
 the boys wish to go to Lisbon. He will'nol stay. Do 
 you want beer? f should like to go; if you would lake 
 me I should like von to brine mv books. 
 
 ( l ) For aquerern in the sense of •< to love- see p... 
 
 1 
 
— h>5 — 
 
 LESSON CXXV. 
 
 REQUEUE^. TO REQUIRE, DEMAND. 
 
 Require, — est, — s 
 
 Requeiro, requeres , requer; 
 
 emos, eis, em. 
 Requeria, fas,ia; i'anios,i'eis,iao. 
 Requeri esle, eu; ^mos, estes, 
 
 erao. 
 Requerera, as, a. Requererei, 
 
 as. a, etc. 
 Requeira,as,a. Requererfa.etc. 
 
 Required, was — in^. 
 Required, did require. 
 
 Had required, shall — 
 
 May, should, might. 
 
 Requeiro o meu direito. Nao requeiro o pagamento. 
 O homem requer seu amigo de urn crime. £sta doenca 
 requer grande cuidado. £sta empreza requer muita pru- 
 dencia. f]u requererei a vida do homem da mao do ho- 
 mem. Tudo o que se furtava, de mim o requererias. Re- 
 quererei as vossas primicias. £is-ahi se requer de nos 
 o seu sangue. Quem requereu estas cousas de vossas 
 maos? Nao requer a lei para mestres de escola homens 
 de engeuho superior. Segundo requerem as circumstan- 
 cias. Os advogados requerem em favor dos clientes. 
 
 \demand justice. He docs not require payment (o 
 day. The boy accuses the man of theft. These diseases 
 require great care and attention. Who has required this 
 money? To demand tribute. Looking for materials. Such 
 an undertaking would require the greatest skill. As the 
 necessity of the case may require. If I demand the mo- 
 ney — . Exacted by superior authority. Demanding from 
 the magistrate what is due to him. She demanded from 
 the king what was due to her. This undertaking de- 
 mands great perseverance. I demand pavment imme- 
 diately. 
 
— - 126 — 
 LESSON CXXVI. 
 
 SAB^R. TO KNOW. 
 
 Sei, sabes, sabe; eroos, eis, em. j Know, — est, — s. 
 S bia, fas. ia; iainos. (eis fao. I Knew — . 
 S6nbe, este, e,emos,estes,erao. Knew, did know. 
 Soubera, as, a. Saberei, as, a. , Had known, Shall knows 
 Saiba. etc. Saberia, etc. Sou- ! May — , Should — , Might. 
 
 be^se, etc. 
 Se souber. Sabendo. Sabido. i If I — : — in<r. Known. 
 
 Nao sei quasi nada. Sei ler. Sei fazer vestidos. Ja 
 se sabe. Com o tempo ludo se sabe. Sale montar a ca- 
 vallo? Nao sei. Sabe que horas sao? Sabe Deus fille 
 soube-o. P6de-se saber? fille bem sabe o que faz. Nao 
 sabe o seu papel. Nao que eu saiba. fclle nao sabla 
 d'onde lhe viera. Dizemos o que sabemos. Nao ha nin- 
 guem que o nao saiba. Para sabermos o tempo. You 
 tocar para saber. Para que saibas. Para que soubcsses 
 que. Sem eu o sabdr. Sem elles o saberem. Se eu sou- 
 ber de certo. Se o pai de familia soubesse. 
 
 I know it. I don't know. I know nothing new. I knew 
 nothing of this. Not that I know of. I don't know the 
 truth. He can swim. Can he ride? Can you speak En- 
 glish? 1 did not know that she w r as ill. It is not known. 
 Do you know where M. S. lives? Do you know what o'clock 
 it is? We knew. I shall ring to know if breakfast 
 is ready. Without his knowing it. He says what he 
 knows. If he knew it exactly. He does not know what 
 you mean. Without our knowing it. If Henry had known. 
 Every one knows. Not knowing the law. Let it be known, 
 I should have told you, if I had known. 
 
 
— 127 — 
 LESSON CXXVII. 
 
 TRAZER. TO BRING, BEAR, FETCH. 
 
 Trago, f razes, traz ; emos, £is, 
 
 era. 
 Trazia, ias, fa ; famos, feis, lao. 
 Tr6uxe, este, e; emos, estes, 
 
 erao. 
 Tronxera, as,a.Trar6i,as,a,etc. 
 Traga, as, a. Traiia, as, a, etc. 
 Se trouxer, trazendo, trazido. 
 
 Bring, — st, — s. 
 
 Was — ing. 
 Brought, did — . 
 
 Had brought, Shall bring. 
 May — , should — , might 
 If I — ; — ing: brought. 
 
 Trago isto na memoriae Faca-a cdmo agora se ira- 
 zcm. Que accusacao trazeis? Traz fazendas prohibidas? 
 Trdga-me. t £ste vento traz chuva. Trouxerao os ramos. 
 TrazU uma pouca d'agua. auctor trouxe muitos exem- 
 plos. Henrique trazia sua descendencia dos Godos. Im- 
 porta qu# eu as trdga. Fdi elle e trouxe-o. Vendo o 
 cestinho, mandou uma das criadas trazer-lh'o. Trd- 
 gamos a Area. Quando os tiver trazido dois dias. Trdga- 
 no-l'o. Trouxe tudo? Trazendo no bico um ramo. Trdze- 
 m'o para comer. Trazei-me ca vosso irmao. 
 
 - He bears that in mind. Make my trousers as they 
 are now worn. The man was carrying contraband goods. 
 That wind will bring rain. The orator brought forward 
 examples. He brought them to Adam. Bring me hot 
 water. Bring us some wine. He went and brought them. 
 If I do not bring him, 1 will pay you 50 dollars. He 
 will not bring an accusation. Has he brought the wine? 
 I ordered him to bring the basket. He must bring the 
 books. Let us fetch the water. Bring it to me to drink. 
 Bearing laurel. Tell him to bring the horse. 
 
— 128 — 
 LESSON CXXVIII. 
 
 VALEB. TO BE WOUTH, AVAIL. 
 
 Valho, vales, vale ou val; va- 
 
 lemos, eis, em. 
 Valia, fas, fa ; iamos, ieis, iao. 
 Vali, £ste, en; emos, estes, erao. 
 Valera,as,a.Valerei,as a, etc. 
 Valha, as. Valeria Val^sse, etc. 
 Se valer, valendo, valido. 
 
 Am worth, art — , is — , are 
 
 &c. 
 Was — -, wast — -, was — . 
 Was — , wast — , was — . 
 Had been — . Shall be — . 
 May be— Should be — Muht be 
 If I be — . Beinsr — . Been — . 
 
 saber nao vale na praca. Vale mais. Valia o xi- 
 nho muito. Nao vdlem cem prazeres um dos seus des- 
 gdstos. A terra vale 400 siclos de prata. Pelo preco 
 que ella vale. Vdlha-me Deus! Nao vale a pena. filles 
 se valiao dos raeios. Tanto vales quanto has. Valer-se 
 do frio. Devemos valer aos des^racados. Vale+me nesle 
 aperto. Se o neg6cio valia a pena. Valei-me aos des- 
 rnaios. Mais valeis \6s que muilos passaros. A minha 
 penna nao vale nada. Valer-se de todos os meios. Vale 
 mais um passaro na miio do que dois voando. 
 
 Wit won't sell in the streets. Wine is valuable now. 
 What is that bit of land worth? Belter late than ne- 
 ver. Wine is worth a great deal now. Tt is not worth 
 while to go to bed. These excuses are worth nothing. 
 It is really good for nothing. I avail myself of my 
 friend. It would be worth a large sum of money. The 
 house was worth more than the garden Blankets to 
 protect us from cold. These peaches are valueless. It 
 icill be valuable. I avail myself of all the means. It if 
 better. 
 
— 129- 
 LESSON CXXIX. 
 
 Vejo, ves, ve; emos, eJes, em. 
 Via, ias, ia; famos, (eis, iao. 
 Vi, iste, iu ; imos, istes, irao. 
 Vira, as, a, etc.Verei,as, a, etc 
 Veja, as, a, etc. Veria,as, a, etc. 
 
 Visse, etc. 
 Se vir, v£ndo, visto. Ve, veJe. 
 
 ■TO SEE. 
 
 See, seest, sees. 
 
 Was — ing. 
 
 Saw, &c. 
 
 Had seen. Shall see. 
 
 May — . Should — . Might. 
 
 If I see; — ing. Seen. See. 
 
 Vejo homens. Tu o viste. feu o vi. Elles virao as 
 obras. Nunca vi. Pelo que vejo. Como ve 1 agora? Nao 
 ha quern o veja. Sem ver ninguem. Vi uma luz. Ja se 
 ve. Tu creste porque me viste. Logo que eu tiver visto. 
 Vamos vendo. Viu-se nunca cousa similhante? Vejd- 
 mos. Creio que foi ver a irma. Visto 0-) a escassez de 
 cereaes. filla ha de estimar muito ve-\o. A meu ver. 
 Pode rer-se hoje o museu? Desejo v^-los antes de par- 
 lir. Veja se esta em casa. Se eu o tivesse visto. Tenho-o 
 visto passeiar. Ter o gosto de ver. Vai ver mundo. 
 
 I see the houses. He sees me. In order to see the city. 
 I have not seen the city.. So far as I see, he is honest. 
 How did you see? Without my seeing it. Without their 
 seeing me. As soon as 1 have seen him, I shall go home. 
 They saw him writing. They went to see the world. 
 I shall see him: We must see them, before we leave. 
 Look at my hand. If I see him not. I shall not go. I 
 saw the queen. Can the church be seen today? Go & 
 see. I believe the countess has gone to see her son. I 
 shall see them to morrow. To have seen. Seeing. 
 
 'O' 
 
 0) u Visto » in the sense of .-< seeing » or ain consequence of. »> 
 
 9 
 
— 130 — 
 LESSON CXXX. 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS IN 1R. 
 
 1. Gir changes g into j in l.»p. s. pres. ind.; fugfr, fujo. 
 
 2. Gia'r rops the u, as distinguir, distingo. 
 
 3. E in the penultimate often becomes i sentir, sinto. 
 
 4. Dormir makes diirmo; pedir, pego; ouvir, oi-co, roedir, meco. 
 
 Distingo facilmerite a differenca. Consigo o meu in- 
 tento. Pcrsigo o inimigo. Nao prosigo o argumento. 
 Eu o sigo. Siga-me. Dirijo a educacao d'esle menino. 
 Exijo pagamento todas as semanas. Fujo da tentacao. 
 'Sinto muito. Assinto as condicoes. Conslnto em fazer o 
 que me propoe. Dissmto da opiniao da maioria. Pre- 
 sinto os perigos. Nao conflro o titulo. Desfiro a espada. 
 Nao firo ninguem. Sempre prefiro o cafe. Reft'ro estc 
 phenomeno_a mesma causa. Transflro a leitura para 
 amanha. rei que eu sirvo.. 
 
 1 do. not distinguish colours. Dress me, if you please. 
 I follow them easily. 1 attain (conseguir) the same re- 
 sult. I folloiv (perseguir) the chace. I prosecute the en- 
 terprise. I do not assent to the terms. I consent with 
 reluctance. I dissent from the opinions, of the Chamber. 
 I foresee violent revolutions. I confer the bishopric on 
 his son. i unfurl the sails. I strike him on the head. 
 I prefer tea .to coffee. I refer this effect to its true cause. 
 ] postpone (transferir) the meeting till monday. The 
 Queen whom I serve is Victoria. I warn the boys of the 
 danger, I turn this water into steam. I divert the yonth 
 from his studies. He says that I pervrt the sense. I do 
 not subvert anything. I compete with her in history. 
 
— 131 — 
 LESSON CXXXI. 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS IN IR. 
 
 Those having u before b, d, g, I, m, p, s in the infinitive 
 change u into o in the 2 d & 3 per. sing, and in the 3 d plur. 
 pres. ind.; also in the 2 d per. sing, of imper. as acudir 
 answer help; bulir, move; cuspir, spit; consumfr, consume; 
 construir, build; destniir, destroy; engulir, swallow; fugir, 
 Jlee; sacurtir, shake; sumir, lose; tossir, cough; snbir, 
 mount, rise. 
 
 navio acode ao lemc. Acodes a Joao. Os cavallos 
 acodem a espora. Acode tu com a resposta. O vento 
 bole nos arvoredos. Nao buldmos n'isso. As folbas bo~ 
 lem com vento. A capa cospe a chuva. homem c'spe 
 muito. As nuvens cospem raios. Uns consomem as noites 
 em estudos. O fogo consome^ a lenha. imperador 
 construe palacios e templos. Uma onda engole a nau. 
 £stes pobres engolem todas as affrontas. Foge o tempo. 
 Tu foges a luz. pe me foge. filla foge de mim. Os ca- 
 vallos fogem. As tempestades sacodem as grandes arvores. 
 
 The horse answers the spur. Thou helpest Antonio. 
 Answer the bell quickly. The breeze shakes the leaves. 
 Tell him not to rnove in that affair. The cloud gives 
 forth rain. He spits all day, and coughs all night. The 
 philosopher consumes his nights in labour. The fire 
 consumes all things. The engineer constructs new for- 
 tresses. The spendthrift consumes (engulir) all his ca- 
 pital. He flees from the field of battle. They flee from 
 dangers. Time flies rapidly. He shakes the branches 
 of the tree. The horses shake offAhe riders. The moon 
 sets. The soldier mounts the ladder. The sailors mount 
 the mast. An idea comes into (subfr) my mind. 
 
 (1) Sometimes regular. 
 
 9 * 
 
-—132 — 
 LESSON CXXXII. 
 
 C0NDUZIR — CONDUCT, CONDUCE 1NDUZIR, &C. 
 
 Conduce, conducest, — es 
 
 Conduzo, condiizes, conduz; 
 
 fmos is, em. 
 Condtizia, las, ia ; iamos, Jeis, 
 
 lao. 
 Conduzi, isie, m ; imos, istes, 
 
 frao. 
 Conduzira, iras, ira, etc. Con- 
 
 duziiei, as, a, etc. 
 
 Conduced, was — iiig: 
 Conduced, did — e. 
 Had — d, shall — e. 
 
 O piloto conduz o navio ao porto. A dieta conduz 
 muito para a boa saude. flile me induziu a deixar a 
 casa. A Africa produz elephantes. A fome reduztu os 
 cercados a se ddrem ao inimigo. £lle induzira o rapaz 
 em erro. Segredos perpeluos induzcm sirspeita. Se elle 
 introduzir esta moda. A velhice nos reduz a meninos. 
 Traduzldo. Um traidor guia ^02-nos um atalho para 
 cortduztr-nos a sitio onde estava o inimigo emboscado. 
 Esta reduzido a mendicidade. A molestia ameaca redu- 
 zir-\os a miseria. 
 
 I shall lead the ship into port. Repose conduces to 
 recovery. The boy induced his friend to steal. The is- 
 land produces rich fruits. I shall translate this work 
 into Portuguese. His singular conduct excited the sus- 
 picion of his friends. The man will be reduced to mise- 
 ry in his old age. A terrible earthquake had reduced 
 the castle to ruins. The volume is translated. The guide 
 led the soldiers into an ambuscade. Hunger will make 
 the enemy surrender. The Countess should introduce 
 the fashion. Old age reduced him to childhood. Reduced 
 to ubedience. 
 
— 133 — 
 LESSON CXXX1II. 
 
 [R. TO GO. 
 
 V6u, vais vai; vamos, ides, vao. 
 la, (as, ta ; lamos, ieis, [ao. 
 Fui, fdste, fdi; fomos, tes, ram. 
 F3ra, as, a. Irei, iras, ira, etc. 
 Va, as, a. Iria, as, a. Fosse. 
 Se fdr, indo, ido. 
 
 Go, — est, — e. 
 
 Was — ing. 
 
 Went, did go. 
 
 Had gone. Shall go. 
 
 May — . Should — . Might. 
 
 If I — ; — ing; gone. 
 
 £u vou, senhor. Para onde vds? You peza-la. Vou 
 mostrar-lhe. felle vdi ao campo. £lla vdi para casa. 
 Vdmos para nossa casa. Vdrnos a casa de Deus. Vd ver 
 quern e. Ja se foi elle? Ydmos. FJle fa adiante delles. 
 Nao iremos pelos campos. Vdi com elles. Fd-se. Ao 
 tempo que el las iao. Vdi-tc. Vase embora. Vd. Queres 
 ir com este homem ? Irei. O rei vos nao ha de deixar 
 ir. Nos havemos de ir. Se vieres comigo, irei. lde, dai 
 as novas a meus irmaos para que vao a Galilea. E foi 
 com elle Simeao. Aonde fostes? 
 
 I am going. Go and see who it is. Go and open the door. 
 When are you going? I have to go. They will not go. 
 The fire does not burn well. They went home. Go away. 
 I shall go to morrow. They are going to build a bridge. 
 Will you go? I will go. He is going to the theatre. He 
 must go Where does the steamer go? Do not go so fast. 
 We went immediately. Let us go down directly. Shall 
 we go before dinner. They would go, if they could. They 
 have gone . It is time to go to bed. I am going to show you 
 my watch. He ordered him to go. The governor will 
 let you go. Let us go and bathe in the sea. 
 
_ 131— 
 LESSON CXXXiV. 
 
 PEDIR. TO ASK. 
 
 P6qo, pedes, pede; pedimos, Ask, — est, — s. 
 
 pedis, pedein. 
 
 Pedia, fas, ia; iamos, ieis, fao. j Askel, was asking. 
 
 Pedi, iste, iu; imos, istes, irao. | Asked, did ask. 
 
 Pedira,as,a. Pe(iirei,as,a,elc. ; Had asked; Shall asked. 
 
 Peca. Pediria. Pedisse. May — ; should; might. 
 
 Se pedir, pedindo, pedido. If — ; — ing; — ed. 
 
 Peco-lhe que se assente. Pe'co perdao. iVpo-lhe por 
 favor. Peco-lhe que demore alguns dias. Pe'co-Yhe mil 
 perdoes. fiste nogocio pede prudencia. Pedimos o que 
 se nos deve. Pedi, e dar-se-ha. Todo o que pede, re- 
 cebe. Se seu filho Ihe pedir pao. £lle Ihe prometteu 
 que Ihe daria tudo o que Ihe pedisse. Nao sabeis o que 
 pedis. Peca-di com ie. Ate agora nao pedistes nada. Pe~ 
 diu-me o desculpasse pela sua conducta. Nao ha mais 
 que pedir. O pai dara bens aos que Ih'os pedirem. Pe- 
 dindo-lhe alguma cousa. 
 
 I beg, you will not stay. He begs pardon. He asks 
 him for what is due. This business demands caution. If 
 the girl asks him for a book, he will give it her. He 
 promises that he will give all she asks. Peter will ask 
 them for it. He does not know what he asks. There is 
 nothing more to be desired. Ask it of the king, and he 
 will give it to you. He asks a favour of us now. He 
 said, 1 beg pardon. Will you ask him for it? He gives 
 to those that w-11 ask. Asking. Having asked. If I should 
 ask. They may beg pardon. He will not ask. 
 
135 — 
 
 LESSON CXXXV. 
 
 TO LAUGH. 
 
 Rio, ris, ri; rimos, rides, riem. 
 Ria, as, a; iamos, ieis, iao. 
 Ri, riste, riu ; imos, istes, irao. 
 Rira, as, a. Rirel, as, a. 
 Ria. Riria. Risse. 
 Se rir, rindo, rido 
 
 Laugh, — est, — s. 
 Laughed, was — ing. 
 Laughed, did — . 
 Had laughed. Shall — . 
 May — ; Should; mi^hl. 
 If I — : — ing: — ed. 
 
 ftile se pode rir da vinganca. Joao afogou-se de rir. 
 Rimos ate alta noite. Como os padres de S. Roque hao 
 de rtr-se ! A clara noite se lhe ri. Democrito de tudo 
 ria. Se elle rir. ftlles rira). Por que se riu elle? O que 
 tendo ouvido Sara, se poz a rir. £u nao me ri. Por- 
 que, tu riste-te? Abrahao riu-se. Vos vos rireHs. A pri- 
 mavera esta rindo nos jardins. As rosas se vem rindo 
 deliciosas. Ha tempo de chorar e tempo de rir. Ou se 
 agaste, ou se ria, nao achara descanco. Uma voz que 
 bradava e ria. 
 
 He laughs continually. Laughing and talking. How 
 he will laugh at the story! If he laughs to day, he will 
 cry to morrow. The flowers were smiling in the gar- 
 dens. Two years ago, I should have laughed with the 
 rest. Why do you laugh so immoderately? The little 
 boy, smiling, said to his mother. I cannot help laugh- 
 ing. When I heard that, I began to laugh. Your old 
 friend laughs at every thing If I had seen him, T should 
 not have laughed. We were laughing, when he came in. 
 1 shall laugh at you. I do not laugh. They were smi- 
 ling. 
 
Saio, sais or saes, sai or sae ; 
 
 saimos, sais, siem. 
 Saia, fas, ia; iamos, ieis, fao. 
 Sai, iste, iu; imos, istes, frao. 
 Saira. Sairei. 
 Saia. Sairia. Saisse. 
 Se sair. SSndo, Sido. 
 
 — 136 — 
 LESSON CXXXY I. 
 
 SAHIR OR SAIR. TO GO OUT. 
 
 Go out, goest — , goes — -. 
 
 Was going out. 
 Went out, did go — . 
 Had gone — . Shall go. 
 May — , should — , might. 
 If I — Going — Gune. 
 
 Sdio da escola. Muitas vezes o vi sair. Sde a seu 
 pai. Os signaes que no ceo sdem. Saia o sol sobre a 
 terra. Nao saireis das portas. Ao sair do sol. Lazaro 
 sde para fora. Acaba de sair. Sde da area. Saiu pois 
 Noe. Sairdo todos os animaes. £u sairei com meu pai. 
 Saidmos fora ao campo. Logo que o rapaz se foi, saiu 
 David do logar onde estava. Sairao da barca. fille or- 
 denou que todos saissem. Dize-lhe que deixe sair os 
 filhos. Depois disto sairemos. Ao sair, £lle saiu, e foi 
 a um logar -deserto. 
 
 He comes out of school at 4. They go out every 
 day. At the rising of the moon. Come forth. Mr. S has 
 just gone out. Then John went out. He will go out with 
 his father. The queen ordered all to go out. We shall 
 not go out. Both having gone out. He is like his mother. 
 As soon as he had gone out from the presence of the 
 king. Without their leaving the house. As soon as the 
 young man had left the presence of the emperor. My 
 friend having gone out. I must stay in the house. As 
 soon as ihe boy had gone, I went out of the room. 
 
— 137 
 
 LESSON CXXXVII. 
 
 SERVIR. TO SERVE 
 
 Sirvo, serves, serve; servimos, 
 
 servis, servem. 
 Servia, (as, fa ; iamos, ids, iao. 
 Servi, isle, lu; fmos, istes, irao. 
 Servira; as, a. Servirei, as, a 
 Sirva. Serviria. Servisse. 
 Se servir, servindo, servido. 
 
 Serve, — st, — s. 
 
 Was serving. 
 
 Served, did — . 
 
 Had — ed. Shall — . 
 
 May — . Should — . Might. 
 
 If I — ; — ing, Served. 
 
 Deus de qucm sou, e a quern sirvo. Deus a quern lu 
 serves. Jacob serviu sete annos. fiu sirvo a lei. Se al- 
 guem me serve, siga-me. O mais velho servird ao mais 
 moco. Os servos o servirao. Sirva-se de mini sem ce- 
 remonia. Quer que lhe sirva um pouco? De que serve 
 isso? Desejo servir os meus amigos. Elle serviu na guerra . 
 Sei servir a mesa. Atrevo-me a pedir a V. S. a que se 
 sirva conceder-me um momento. Poderei servir de s°- 
 cretario. Uma mesa bem servida. Espera que o Sr. R. 
 se servird perdoar-lhe esta importunidade. 
 
 The king whom I serve. Henry served four years in 
 the army. If any one will serve me, let him follow me. 
 Thou knowest how I served thee. I am very glad to 
 have an opportunity of serving you. 1 hope that you 
 may serve me well The lad can wait at table. 1 shall 
 serve as guide. I hope you will deign to grant me five 
 minutes' audience. I have served him four years. The 
 table of your friend is well served. Make use of me, 
 when you please. If he serves Your brother is serving 
 in the Crimea. I am always happy to serve my friends. 
 
138 
 
 LESSON CXXXY III, 
 
 Siibo, sobes, sobe ; subimos, 
 
 subis, sobem. 
 Subia, ias, ia ; iamos, feis, iao. 
 Subi, isle, lu ; imos, istes, irao. 
 Subira,as, a. Subir£i,as,a,etc. 
 Siiba, as, a, etc Subiria, etc. 
 
 Siibfsse, etc. 
 Se subir, subindo, subido. 
 
 SUBIR. TO GO UP, RAISK. 
 
 Go up ; goest up, goes up. 
 
 Was going up. 
 Went , — did go — . 
 Had gone up. Shall go — . 
 May — . Should — . Might. 
 
 If I — ; Going — . Gone — . 
 
 Subia-\he a cor a face. A lua sobe, e o sol desce. O 
 vinho sobe a cabeca. Subia o fumo. Subindo pelo Tejo 
 acima. Nao subiu ao pulpito. Jorge Quarto subiu ao 
 throno em 1820. Subiu a urn monte. O marinheiro su- 
 biu ao topo do mastro. Quer subir esta arvore? globo 
 subiu ao ar. Subiu-lhe ao coracao o desejo de reinar. 
 SubirH ao ceo. Subiste ao alto. Uma fera que sobe do 
 abysmo Os anjos subindo e descendo. Guardae-vos de 
 subir ao monte. Subirei. Nao siiba todo o povo. Se dis- 
 serem: «Subi para ca,» subdmos. 
 
 I go up the ladder. They go up the steps. He was moun- 
 ting the hill The colour mounts into my face. The sun 
 was rising That brandy gets into my head. The smoke 
 will ascend. Going up the river. The preacher had not 
 mounted the pulpit. The Emperor Alexander II came to 
 the throne this year. I shall climb the tree. Corn rises 
 in price every day. The wine does not amount to more 
 than a dollar a bottle. The king raised the general to 
 the highest dignities The soldier will mount the wall. 
 Fortune raises some and low r ers others. An idea arose 
 in my mind. He rises daily in public esteem. 
 
Venho, vens, vein; vimos, vin- 
 
 des, vem. 
 Vfnha, as, a; amos, eis, ao. 
 Vim, este, eio; emos,estes,erao. 
 Viera, as, a. Virei, as, a ; etc 
 Venha, as. a. Viria Viesse, elc. 
 Se vier, vindo, vindo. 
 
 — 139 — 
 LESSON CXXX1X. 
 
 MR. — TO COME. 
 
 Come, — st, — f. 
 
 Was — ing. 
 
 Came, did come. 
 
 Had come. Shall come. 
 
 May — . Should — . Might 
 
 If I — : — im?: come. 
 
 Venho da igreja. £ cerlo que vem. Vem bem a tempo. 
 D'onde vem V. S. a ? vento vem deste lado. Nos vimos 
 cancados*. Vos vindes. Julgo que vird. Dizem que veio. 
 £lle disse que viria. Na seinana que vem. Venha ca. 
 Nao duvida que venha. Temo que nao venha. Gosto que 
 viesse. Em vindo a primavera. Temo que nao viesse. 
 Vem a saber-se. £u soube que elle viera. Duvidei se 
 elle viria. Quando vier o inverno. Vindo a noile. Du- 
 vido se tera vindo. Logo que vier. Se alguem vier, di- 
 ga-lhe Nos o veremos, se elle vier. Vie'rao todos. 
 
 He omes from town. It is not certain that he comes. 
 The man came in lime. The rain comes from the south. 
 I think she will come. They came to Words They say 
 the Duke came yesterday, They said that they would 
 come. I don't doubt his coming. I fear the post will 
 not come in time. Tell him to come They would like 
 him to come. He will come to morrow. Next month. 
 They came yesterday. Will you come with me? I came 
 by the Steamer. When they come, I will pay them. 
 Letters came by the Steamer. I shall see them, if they 
 come in time. 
 
— 140 — 
 LESSON CXL. 
 
 PRESENT PARTICIPLES! 1 ). 
 
 Nao podendo vive'r. 
 Evitdndo expressoes baixas. 
 A sua cabeca naddndo em sail- 
 
 jjue. 
 As ovelhas andao saltdndo. 
 Tratdndo-me pelo meu ndme. 
 Protnettendo-lhe? ricas offertas. 
 
 Not being able to live. 
 Avoiding low expressions. 
 His heal swimming in blood. 
 
 The sheep went leaping 
 Addressing me by name 
 Promising them rich gifts. 
 
 Escrevendo a algum amigo. Communicdndo-tti' os Os 
 zephiros respirdndo brandamente. As mulheres estao 
 sempre ou fidndo, ou fazendo debuxos para as borda- 
 duras, ou dobrdndo ricas sedas. Cupido, batendo as azas, 
 andava vodndo a roda da mai. Encontrdndo-os nas mar- 
 gens do Douro. Affonso, sabendo da vinda de Iusuf mar- 
 chou a encontra-lo As vantagens que obteria invadindo 
 aquella provincia Pedindo perdao ao ceo. Tomdndo a 
 mao. Ficou immovel olhdndo para o anciao. Ln'dndo 
 a taca. 
 
 Regulating the administration and distributing justice. 
 Carrying the terror of its arms. Leaving this province 
 subdued. Saying these words. Doing this. Following 
 the windings of the stream. Making due allowance for 
 &c. Raising the glass to the lips. The porter went run- 
 ning to the cell. Finding him assassinated He passed 
 hours and hours praying. In writing this book. Gaining 
 time. Hindering him from returning (Subj). Hearing 
 this name. Entering the house. Opening the door. The 
 man, knowing of the arrival of the Steamer. 
 
 !') Em chovendo — if il rain? 
 
— 141 — 
 LESSON CXLI. 
 
 PAST PARTICIPLE. 
 
 Men amddo Telemaco. 
 
 A embarcacao ja concluida. 
 
 Antes de suhjugddos 
 
 Depdis de submetlida a cidade. 
 
 A victoria obtida pelo rei. 
 
 Vencido, pediu eobteve apaz. 
 
 My beloved Telemacus. 
 The vessel already finished. 
 Before being subdued. 
 After the city's submission. 
 The victory obtained by the king. 
 Conquered, he asked & obtain- 
 ed peace. 
 
 A boca meio aberta como que queria acabar a pala- 
 vra comrcdda. Uma ilha cercdda de mar. Tendo elle 
 assim fallddo. Uma guerra felizmente termindda. Lopes 
 se viu constrangido a ir buscar urn asylo. Cartas assi- 
 gnadas pelo imperador. exercito capitaneddo por Pel- 
 lissier. O mdco Scipiao, charnddo depdis o africano. 
 Os beberes, antes de suhjugddos pelos arabes, seguiao 
 diversas religioes. Ordonho, carregddo de despojos, vol- 
 toa a Leao. Os filhos do rei fallecido. Urn aconteci- 
 mento inesperddo. Tochas accesas. 
 
 Sebaslopol surrounded by the sea. My dear friends. 
 In spite of being well garrisoned. The hill known by 
 the name of «Mamelon Vert». The fleets laden with the 
 spoils of the world. Awake, with my eyes open, I saw 
 Lopo, blood stained. Actuated by opposite feelings. Be- 
 fore the extinction of the monastery. With his mouth 
 half opened, he stood before the king. The conqueror, 
 laden with spoils returned to Lisbon. Conquered he eva- 
 cuated the town. The oration being concluded. He read 
 the proclamation signed by the Emperor. 
 
— i 42 — 
 LESSON CXLII. 
 
 FORM LIKE ABLATIVE ABSOLLTE. 
 
 Chegddo o tempo. 
 Consultddos os capitaes. 
 Tomddas as redeas. 
 Passddos tres annos. 
 Faltdndo-lhe as fdrc^as. 
 Ditas estas cousas. 
 
 The time being come. 
 The captains being askec 
 The reins being taken. 
 Three years afterwards. 
 His strength failing. 
 These things being said. 
 
 Conclmda esta cxpedicao. Sabida esta resposta Morta 
 uma parte da guarnicao, e captiva outra, a fortaleza foi 
 reduzida a urn montao de rufnas. Obt'das novas van- 
 tagens, voltou a Cordova. Acabddas as provas publicas, 
 &c. Acdbdda a cacdda, voltarao am bos. Pacificddo e 
 ordenddo tudo, preparou-se para a guerra. Passddos 
 quatro dnnos, elle voltou a Hespanha. Feita esta or.acao 
 mental, o bom do chancellor apagdu as duas t6chas. 
 Tomdda a resolucao de que fallei. Passddos alguns dias. 
 Rasgddos os vestidos. 
 
 Toledo being taken, all the chief towns fell into the 
 hands of the Sarracens. Having taken the reins of go- 
 vernment. This answer being known, the town surren- 
 dered Some months having passed. The revolution ended , 
 society breathes again That done ; I shall return Which 
 being heard, Joseph wept. Dinner being late^ one day. At 
 last, after four days, we left Semis. His clothes being 
 torn in the battles, he fled naked from the field. New 
 victories being gained, he mounted the throne 
 
 (0 Tardamlo. 
 
— 143 — 
 LESSON CXLIII. 
 
 PARTICIPLES USED ACTiVELV. 
 
 Acreditdilo, agradecido. 
 Cangddo, confiddo. 
 Horn em cangddo. 
 Esquecldo, experimentado. 
 Divertido, suflbrado. 
 Feito isto, acabada a ceia. 
 
 Having believed, lhanked. v 
 Having lired, trusted. 
 A man who tires others. 
 Forgetful, experiecced. 
 Amusing, suffocating. 
 Having done this I 1 ), supper 
 ended. 
 
 Animo agradecido Palavras agradecidas. Homem atre- 
 vido no mar. O soldado arriscddo. Um homem calddo. 
 As cancddas escadas. Elle, conhecido da sua culpa. Ho- 
 mem considerddo no que faz Muito forte e determinddo 
 a soffrer. Um genio dissimulddo. seu amigo e homem 
 hem entendido. As ftnghlas gentes. Eiles erao lidos e 
 versados nas Escrituras. Urn animo ousddo. E. todo pa- 
 recido com seu pae. E presumido da sua sciencia. A 
 idade vae-me fazendo esquecido. 
 
 A grateful soul. A soldier daring in battle. The man 
 that tires. The sailor rushing into danger. The fatiguing 
 march. They, aware of their faults. This is a man who 
 considers things Determined to die, he left the house. 
 A spirit prone to deceive. He has a daring mind. She 
 is like her mother. An amusing pieced These suffocating 
 nights of summer. The word of an experienced man. A 
 well-read man. The new comedy is very amusing. Tried 
 fidelity. Words thanking. He was a silent man, but a 
 daring soldier. She is very like her father. 
 
 f 1 ) h Having done this » is often rendered passively, as y 
 » This bring done. » 
 
— 14V — 
 LESSON CXLIV. 
 
 PARTICIPLES USED PASSIVELY. 
 
 Um hon.em ferido. * 
 
 Uma mulher ferida. 
 
 Homens fcridos, mulheres/e- 
 
 ridas. 
 Os soldados que tenhoferidos. 
 Acreditddo, agradecido. 
 Cancddo, confiddo. 
 
 A wounded man. 
 A wounded woman. 
 fVounded men, — women. 
 
 The wounded soldiers I hav< 
 Being believed, thanked. 
 Being tired, bold. 
 
 Logar povoddo. Campos semeddos. beneficio agra- 
 decido. Uma empreza arriscdda. Uma noite caldda. Re- 
 cebi uma resposta determindda. Uma morte dissimuldda. 
 Uma 6 bra bem entendida. Lagrimas fingidas. Uma cs- 
 posa rica e bem parecida. O territorio cercddo pelo 
 oceano. A porcao habitdda pelos celticos. As forcas ca- 
 pitaneddas porScipiao, chamddo depois oafricano. Dei- 
 xando subjugdda esta provincia. A adiantdda conquisla. 
 Um illimitddo poder. Oresultado d'isto. Os proscriptos. 
 So os eruditos sabiao. 
 
 Populous places. Kindnesses appreciated. A bold un- 
 dertaking. A silent wood. He sent me a decisive reply. 
 A feigned illness. A building well planned. Situated on 
 the verge of Europe and defended by the Pyrenees. Beasts 
 accustomed to carnage. The facts contained in this letter. 
 He returned, accompanied by a friend, a person already 
 known to the reader. The rector half asleep. The inha- 
 bitants tired of suffering. A battle gained. Persons re- 
 puted happy. The Emperor has un limited power. Be 
 kind enough to send a definite answer. 
 
— I i5 — 
 LKSSON CXLV. 
 
 PARTICIPLES WITH TER E HAVEK 
 
 Tenho ouvido i'allar de... 
 Depois de o lennos comprddo. 
 Ten ho escripto urna carta. 
 Os soldados que tenho ferido. 
 Tern cahido muita ehiiva. 
 Tern havido miiitos naufragios. 
 
 I have heard speak of. 
 
 Afler our having- bought it. 
 
 I have written a letter. 
 
 The soldiers I have wounded. 
 
 Much rain has fallen. 
 
 There have been many wrecks. 
 
 Tenho acabddo a licao. £lla havia acabddo a tarefa. 
 Depois de haver dado varias instruccoes. £lle Unha es- 
 tudddo na sua infancia. Tendo completes cem annos. 
 Os romanos tinhao sujeitddo tudo. Scipiao se gabava 
 de nao ter deixddo um so carthaginez naFIespanha. 
 fille tem-se envolvido naquelle negocio. Os dois tinhao 
 obedecido. ftlle havia-se assentddo n'uma grande pedra. 
 Elle tinha adquirido a experiencia. O que tinha visto 
 e ouvido tinha-lhe ensinddo a moderar os seus desejos, 
 Tenho-lhe escripto muitas cartas. 
 
 He has fiinished the lesson. The boy has completed 
 his task. After having studied the Latin language. I had 
 written four letters. What they had seen and heard had 
 taught them to moderate their desires. They have not 
 acquired fame. The youth had subdued his will to rea- 
 son. He had involved himself in difficulties. To have 
 given many years to business. He has not left a single 
 enemy. The general had not acquired experience. The 
 troops had not obeyed. The boy had studied geography 
 four years. 1 have written three letters in Portuguese, 
 
 LO 
 
— 140 — 
 LESSON CXLVL 
 
 PARTICIPLES WITH — SER, ESTAR E FICAR. 
 
 Sou amado, amdda. 
 Sdmos amados, amddas. 
 Estdu ferido, ferida. 
 Estamos feridos, feridas. 
 Fico-lhe muito obrigddo, — a. 
 Fic&mos-lhe agradecidos, — as. 
 
 I am loved. 
 We are loved. 
 I am wounded. 
 We are wounded. 
 I am much oblged. 
 We are much obliged. 
 
 Sou avisddo. Sou avudda. Estdu convencida. Seras 
 chamddo. Seriao chamddos. fille terfa sido chamddo. 
 £ra, emfim, chegddo tempo. As accusacoes sao eoca- 
 gerddas. A lingua latina era ensindda por bons mestres. 
 A Peninsula estivera dividida em duas grandes provin- 
 eias. filles erao considerddos corao auxiliares. Esta indi- 
 gndda. Estou conv'dddo. Estao constipddos. Ficou muito 
 sentido com as novas. Os montanhezes resistirao, mas 
 o resultado foi serem extermmddos . Ella ficava con- 
 vencida. Eu estava junto com elle. 
 
 They are informed. The soldier is wounded. I was 
 called. The men were called. The women were called. 
 She had been called. The time was come. The Portu- 
 guese language was taught in England. England had 
 been divided, Occupations in which I am involved. The 
 business is concluded. Hugo was killed in battle. His 
 scruples had been completely removed. His last words 
 Were uttered in a firm tone. The sad distinction of being 
 feared and hated. Being asked by the king. I was con- 
 vinced. He was considered as a friend. I was invited. 
 
— 147 — 
 LESSON CXLVII. 
 
 IRREGULAR PARTICIPLES USED ACTIVELY 
 
 Tenho escripto uuia carta. 
 (Tenho lima carta escripta.) 
 Elies teem ydsto dinheiro. 
 Tenho pdgo o trabalho. 
 Havia ganhddo I 1 ) experiencia. 
 Tenho aherto as cartas. 
 
 I have written a letter. 
 (I have a letter written.) 
 They have spent money. 
 I have paid the wort. 
 He had gained experience. 
 I have opened the letters. 
 
 Depois de ter entregue a fortaleza. Os deputados que 
 tinhao eleito. Tendo escripto muitos livros. Tendo-se 
 entregue com fervor ao estudo. Simno nao tinha ga- 
 nhddo t 1 ) muito no comm'rcio que fazia. Entregue a 
 sever idade da sua justica. A peste tem morto muita gente. 
 Ella tem-lhe aberto os olhos. fiile tinha solto os caes. 
 fille tinha coberto a mesa com panno. O meu amigo 
 tinha descripto a viagem. fille tem desfeito as pazes. 
 portador tinha entregue a carta, tiles tinhao envolto 
 as maos no panno. Tenho gdsto muito cabedal. 
 
 He has written two letters. I have paid the shoemaker. 
 After -having given up the fortress, he was put to death. 
 The yellow fever has destroyed many people at Rio. The 
 governor had expended the capital and interest. The 
 poor old man had not gained much in the trade to In- 
 dia. The taking of Sebastopol has opened the eyes of the 
 emperor. 1 have a letter written, but not sealed. Your 
 friend has described the voyage. After having gained 
 a large fortune in India, he returned to England. He 
 had spent immense sums. 
 
 (1) Al?o <( ganho». 
 
 10 
 
— H8 
 
 LESSON CXLVIII. 
 
 IRREGULARS IN AR. 
 
 Quando a carta foi entregue, 
 Animo, coraijao, pulso quielo- 
 doente esta salvo. 
 Urn rio secco. Uma pessoa se- 
 
 gura. 
 Sol to de lingua. Sujeito a lei. 
 
 When the letter was delivered. 
 Quiet mind, heart, pulse. 
 The patient is safe (saved). 
 A dry river. A safe person. 
 
 Loosetongued. Subject to law. 
 
 Oracao, obra de Deus mui acceita. Coracoes bem 
 affectos. Uma dignidade annexa a sua familia. Uma alma 
 captiva. Luz dispe'rsa. Estou entregue da carta. Olhos 
 enxutos. Saiu por uma porta escusa. Um mandado ex- 
 pre'sso. Fdrto de comer. Um homem fdrto de honras. 
 Terras ignotas. Hypocrisia sempre infe'sta a virtude. 
 O mar inquieto. tile e isento de ir a guerra. Pastos 
 juntos deste rio. Um espirito inquieto. Agua limpa.Yer- 
 dades manifestas. Morto de medo. Uma cor mixta I 1 '. Uma 
 planta murcha. Designios occultos. As dividas pdgas. 
 
 An accepted gift. A bishop expelled from his see. That 
 land is exempt. A dry purse is empty. In an unused 
 room. An unknown person. A climate hurtful to the 
 health. By express words. Exempt from his jurisdiction. 
 The garden joined to our house. Pure wheat. Dead with 
 fatigue. Mixed colours. These faded flowers. Hidden 
 thoughts. Troops paid. A loose life. Suspected of mur- 
 der. The wandering pilgrim. The poor man safe I went 
 out by a forgotten door. An unquiet mind. 
 
 (I) Mee*ta. 
 
- 1 i9 — 
 LESSON CXLJX 
 
 IK REGULARS IN Eli. 
 
 Absolviclo de crimes. 
 Dominio absoluto. 
 Corrompido, corriipto. 
 Envolvido, envdlto. 
 Jncorrido, incurso. 
 Bern ou mal quisto- 
 
 Absolved of crimes* 
 Absolute dominion. 
 Corrupted, corrupt. 
 Involved; involved, mixed, 
 Incurred ; subject to. 
 Well or ill thought of. 
 
 fivora foi feita capital da Lusitania. fille devia ser 
 absolvido. Em absoluta desordem. Mui attento criado. 
 Homem convicto de calumnia. O mundo esta corrupto. 
 Arvore defendida. Armas defezas. £lle tern escolhido um 
 logar. Envolvido naquella accusaeao. Historias envoltas 
 em fabulas. Envolto em irevas. Os arligos contidos nas 
 folhas. Um sermao extenso. Tenho incorrido em culpa. 
 Incurso na pena. Tem morrido muita gente de fome. 
 LJma planta morta Um homem preverso. Uma gente pre- 
 verti'da. Estoti preso nesta cama. Homens resolutos. 
 
 Absolved of sin. Absolute lord. Very obedient servant. 
 He was convicted of theft. The water is corrupt. The 
 forbidden garden. They have chosen a house. A serpent 
 involved in nets. He has incurred punishment. Many 
 people have died of fever. Dead water. He has killed 
 the enemy. A depraved man. An abandoned population. 
 A sheep caught by the wolf. A man resolute in business. 
 Suspended in the air. Her loose hair. A soul absorbed 
 in sorrow, They had defensive arms. 
 
— 150 — 
 LESSON CL. 
 
 IRREGULARS IN 1R. 
 
 Abrido, aberto. | Open. 
 
 Extinguido, extinclo. j Extingnished, extinct, 
 
 lucluido, incluso. < Included, inclosed. 
 Dirigido, directo. Directed, direct. 
 
 Resolvido, resolute, : Resolved, resolute.. 
 
 O ar aberto. Guerra aberta. Feridas abertas. Estou 
 abstrdcto. Ideas abstrdctas. Estou afflicto. O corpo eo- 
 berto de pennas. Nocoes confusas. Dm estylo diffuso. 
 Um exercito diffuso. lima contradiccao directa. Era ca- 
 sas distinctas, Urna voz distinct a. Diz Cesar que a Gal- 
 lia e dividida em tres partes. Uma igreja erecta aqui. 
 Uma fonte exhdusta de agua, Nunca extincto sera sen 
 ndme. Chamma extinguida. Incluido no numero. Uma 
 carta inclusa em outra. £llc tinha aberto a porta. £sta 
 vae inclusa na sua. 
 
 The open sea. Open ears. He is absent in mind. They 
 are afflicted. The sky covered with clouds. A diffuse dis- 
 course. Ideas distinct. A body exhausted of blood. 1 
 have interrupted the relations. Our relations are inter- 
 rupted. He has oppressed me with calumnies. He was 
 oppressed with grief. He is much afflicted. They have 
 confused notions of the subject. That orator has a very 
 distinct voice. He was included in the number of the 
 victims. Several churches were erected here last year. 
 
_ 151 — 
 LESSON CLI. 
 
 PERSONAL INFINITIVE, 
 
 Deixe-os divertir 
 Para se preservdrem. 
 Elies, dep6is de t&rem assolado. 
 No caso de voltdrmos. 
 Antes de eu sair da prisao. 
 Para sabirmos quern era. 
 
 Let them amuse themselves. 
 In order to preserve themsel ves. 
 They, after having destroyd. 
 In case of our returning. 
 Before my going out of. 
 In order that we may know who . 
 
 Nos so o conhecemos para chordrmos a sua falta, e 
 muitos desejavao serem sepultados juntamente com elle. 
 Sem irmos buscar 6utra cousa. Todas as m'mphas em si- 
 lencio se inclinavao a prestar ouvidos a Telemaco, e 
 faziao uma especie de meio circulo para melhor o escu- 
 tavern, e para melhor o verem. Depois de termos admi- 
 rado este espectaculo. A vinganca levou-os a buscdrem 
 a allianca dos christaos. Os mosarabes esqueciao a sua 
 lingua para so falldrem o arabe. Para os alumnos ad- 
 quirirem um conhecimento. 
 
 Vanities which are far from having the value which 
 is attributed to them. Hence arises the necessity of our 
 describing. Toledo, on the approach of the Saracens, open 
 ed its gates. The inhabitants lost all hope of their 
 being able to resist. On the approach of the Saracens, 
 It was the residence of the sultans, before their taking 
 Constantinople. The Saxons forced the Brilons to re- 
 tire. A few hours before my going out of prison. Ho 
 obliged them to work gratuitously. 
 
— 152 — 
 LESSON CLII. 
 
 PLCULIARITES OF INFINITIVE. 
 
 Muito valoroso p3ra temer a Too brave to fear deai; 
 raorte. 
 
 Bdsla urn so vicio para. 
 Nao tan to pdra temer. 
 A po?ito de passdr por. 
 O serdes invejados. 
 O mesmo que direr que. 
 
 One vice is enough to. 
 Not so much to be feared. 
 So much so as to be taken for. 
 Your being envied. 
 The same as to sav that. 
 
 Muito pio pdra encontrdr a morte com horror. Bdsla 
 urn so vicio pdrafazer inuteis muitas virtudes. A morte 
 nao e tanto pdra temer cdmo os prazeres. Depende uni- 
 eamenle da vossa vontade o serdes invejados em vez de 
 invejosos. Assdz poderoso pdra produzir. Creador, 
 aoformd-lo. Qualquer nao precisa senao de se recolher 
 em si mesmo pdra se convencer de &c. Um mero ou- 
 vir-dizer. A verdade e perigosa de dizer-se e desagra- 
 ddvel de ouvir-se. O pensamento e mui limitado pdra 
 os comprehender. 
 
 Words are too weak to tell my woe. It is too deep 
 for you to find. This expedient is powerful enough 
 to produce the best results. To conquer such an enemy 
 the mitilia is sufficient. He was on the point of losing 
 his sight. It is enough to enable us to make. Death is 
 not so much to be feared as dishonour. His being en- 
 vied was the cause of his death. The old general was 
 too brave to fear death. The steam was not sufficient 
 Jo work the ship. 
 
— 153 — 
 LESSOR CLIII 
 
 PECULIARITIES OF INFINITIVE. 
 
 Passei horas a chamar. j I passed hours in calling. 
 
 IJm falldr de veutriloquo. j A speech of the ventriloquist. 
 
 Elle ria a bom rir. \ He langhed with all his might. 
 Dar de comer. To give something to eat. 
 
 Acho que censurar. T find something to blame. 
 
 Bastante para saber que, etc. Enough to know (hat, etc. 
 
 Duas (Tessas horas passei-as a chamar ao Senhor 
 que. . . Estava ali um rapaz a chordr. £ para louvdr a 
 Deus! Estava a chover. Esta um calor de malar. Os 
 banhos sao mui pequenos para se poder nadar. Nao e 
 seu filho que vejo alera a jogdr? Comeca por perder o 
 seu dinheiro. La esta a sua filha a ouvir um aventu- 
 reiro. Ouco hater. Para viver socegddo. No meu enten- 
 <ler. Era para ver este ajuntamento de rapazes! A agua 
 esta a ferver? A saber isso. A ser assim. Anda a mats 
 anddr. Ao meu ver. Ate nao poder mais. 
 
 It is a heat enough to kill you. He began by eating 
 oranges. In order to live quietly, we must go to the 
 country. In my opinion, the weather is too hot for walk- 
 ing. It was a sight to see such a gathering of troops. 
 The poor girl stood weeping in the street. The old sol- 
 dier langhed with all his might. I see a boy playing in 
 the garden. It is not in my power. Is the water boiling? 
 He spent four hours calling on God. I hear some one 
 knocking at the window. He rode at full speed. 
 
— 154 — 
 LESSON CLJV. 
 
 PARA WITH INFINITIVE. 
 
 Pdra viver socegado. 
 Quartos para alugar. 
 Juizo bastante para saber. 
 Para lhe dizSr a verdade. 
 Cavallos pdra vender. 
 Iilra para ver ! 
 
 In order to live retired. 
 
 Rooms to let. 
 
 Sense enough to know. 
 
 To tell you the truth. 
 
 Horses to sell. 
 
 It was a sight to see ! 
 
 Estamos nos aqui pdra beber ou pdra comer? Pdra 
 la irnios era mister passarmos por Dijon. Pdra prevenir 
 a indigestao. £lle acha dinheiro pdra jogar. Basta um 
 so vicio pdra fazer inuteis muitas virtudes. Ficaremos 
 pdra ver a danca? Quer ficar pdra jantar comigo? Vou 
 contar pdra ver se esta todo. V... aluga livros pdra 
 ler? Vou tocarjpara saber. Os abysmos abriao-se pdra 
 as receberem. fille nos da azas pdra voarmos. Os au- 
 xilios necessarios pdra um Inglez poder escrever em 
 francez. fille grita pdra eu pardr. Pdra eu ir. 
 
 In order to be seen He has less reason to murmur. 
 To offend no one. Is it not astonishing? That we may 
 go safely, it is necessary to start soon. It were much 
 to he desired that . . . How much will it cost me to go 
 by the steamer? A single instance will serve to show. 
 I shall stay to see the siege. The boat was ready to 
 receive them. The articles needed for a Dutchman to 
 write Greek. Will you remain to dinner with us? He 
 gave us legs to walk. 
 
— 155 — 
 LESSON CLV. 
 
 POR WITH INFINITIVE. 
 
 Por ser bom. 
 
 Por lhe nao ter sido possivel. 
 
 Esta por pagdr. 
 
 Quartos por mobilar. 
 
 Quanto se pa°:a ^or franquear ? 
 
 Sentenciado a morte por haver. 
 
 On account of its frit/to* good. 
 As it was out of his power. 
 It remains to be paid. 
 Unfurnished rooms. 
 How much is haid /or, elc. 
 Sentenced to death /or having. 
 
 Vimos um rapaz com a rasao totalmente perturbada 
 por haver bebido em demasia. Nao tardou miiito em 
 ser castigado por se haver esquecido tanto do que devia 
 a seus pais. Esta por escrever. Tudo isto por nao ter 
 reflectido nas consequencias. Dou gracas aos deuses por 
 m'o haverem dado filles saiao gososos por ter em sido 
 achados dignos de soffrer. Por ser Francez. £lle gasta 
 o tempo por nao saber como o occupar melhor. Por lhe 
 nao ser tao facil.. Por assim dizer. A gente ficou en- 
 cantada por elle haver chegado. 
 
 On account of its being old. Punished for having 
 deserted the army. He was blamed for having forgotten 
 the letter. From its being more difficult for me. So to 
 say. The work remained unfinished. In consequence of 
 having left the army without leave. Because of his being 
 bad. This little account is unpaid. How much must 1 
 pay for sending a letter to Setubal? He has unfurnished 
 rooms in his house. On account of being a Spaniard. 
 He wastes his money from not know ing how to spend 
 it. It remains to be written. From Ms having been much- 
 occupied, 
 
— 156 — 
 LESSON CLYI. 
 
 VERBS IX THE NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 Ndo faltare^i. I I will not fail. 
 
 Ndo ha diivida. | There is no doubt. 
 
 Ndo me toque. ! Do not touch me. 
 
 Nunc a ouvi dizeV. i I never heard it. 
 
 En ndo disse nada. \ I said nothing. 
 Ndo diga nem palavra. Say not a word. 
 
 Nao quero. Ndo e verdade. Ndo posso beber mais. 
 Ndo se mora d'ahi. A Senhdra ndo m'o disse. Ndo o 
 cre'io. £lle ndo me disse nada. Nao lhes dire'i Ndo fdca 
 bulha. Ndo o entendo Ndo set nada d'isso. Ndo que eu 
 sdiba. Ndo os conheco. V. ?iao aprende ndda. fille ndo 
 pronuncia bem. Se V. tern tencao de me dar algi'imas 
 cartas, tenha a bondade de as ndo fechdr. Ndo importa. 
 Ndi gosto d'isto. Ndo fdlle n'isso. Ndo ha pao. Ndo 
 come nada. Ndo me lembro bem d'isso. Ndo se esqueca. 
 Eu ndo o penso. Parecc-me que ndo. 
 
 This knife does not cut well. This dollar is not good 
 1 have no change. Don't lose time. I cannot stay. There 
 is no water. I do not know them. He does not know 
 me. I suppose not. 1 think not. I do not believe it. It 
 cannot be true. That cannot be. There is nothing more 
 probable. 1 cannot write more. I am wot surprised. There 
 is no news. 1 cannot stay. I do not complain. Do you 
 want nothing more? I never let the rooms for less than 
 two guineas a week. The monk said nothing. The man 
 said nothing. Have the kindness not to give it to him, 
 
157 — 
 
 LESSON CLVII. 
 
 VERPS IN THE INTERROGATIVE. 
 
 Que desejaV. S a ? 
 
 Ja acabdu? 
 
 V. S. 11 entendeu-o? 
 
 Que lhe parece? 
 
 Ja se foi o sen meslre? 
 
 Elle disse-Wo} 
 
 What do you wish for? 
 Have you don/?? 
 Dz'rf you understand him? 
 What </o you think? 
 Is your master gone? 
 Did he fel/ it you? 
 
 Quern e que duvida? O que se Aa cfo fazer? Com 
 quem ftffo V. S. fl ? Sale fallar franc eV? Que lhe fdlta? 
 Que bulha se faz ali? Pd«Vse-lhe perguntar? Ja al- 
 mocou? Gosta do molho? Quer um osso? Jantou bem? 
 Qual e a sua licao? Quer vir comigo? i?s£d cancado? 
 Faz calor? Ouve-o dar horas? Jdnta-se a bordo do pa- 
 quete? Em que rua e? Quanto devo pagar por isto? 
 Entende-me bem? Quer ter a bondade de lhe fallar? 
 Quanto temos andado? Estao feitas as camas? Quanto 
 se deve? Toma cha, ou cafe? 
 
 Is it cold? What o'clock is it? How much do you 
 ask a week? Where does Mr. Jones live? Who knocks 
 at the door? Will you speak with me? Are the boys 
 gone? Have you dined? Do you take beer or wine? 
 What time do we dine to day? Have you ham? Shall 
 we /mi^ fish? JFt'K you have soup? Do you drink wine? 
 Can I o/fer you some chicken? Have you dined well? 
 Do you ?i#e beef? Can you spea& Portuguese? Do you 
 understand her? i/ate you beer? 
 
_ 158 — 
 LESSt)i\ CLVIII, 
 
 VEItBS IN THE NEGATIVE INTERROGATIVE 
 
 V. S. a nao o dfsse? 
 Por que nao respond e ? 
 V. S. a nao me entende? 
 Nao falla Francez? 
 
 Did you not say it? 
 Why do you not reply? 
 Do you not understand me? 
 Don't you speak French? 
 
 Nao chamarSi eu? J Shall I not call? 
 
 Escreve-IheV. S. a . ndoeassim? \ You write to him, don't you? 
 
 Nao ha ninguem que pense em dar uma nova edi- 
 cao? Nao receias que Mentor peleje por teres vindo a 
 eaca? Os seus amigos nao oteem abandonddo? Nao que'r 
 assentar-se? Nao terido sido bons soldados? V... nao 
 o entende? Ainda nao acabdu? V. m. nao o entende? Nao 
 o conhece? Os Senhores nao querem cear? Por que nao 
 foi V. m.? Por que nao esperou pela resposla? Por que 
 me nao trouxe o cavallo? Nao seria melhor que... 
 Nao ouve o que estou dizendo? Nao lhe hei de dar o 
 dinheiro? Nao viu o rei? 
 
 Why do you not go? Will you not dine with me? Do 
 you not speak Spanish? Does he not understand Portu- 
 guese? Do you not wish to have breakfast? Did not the 
 soldiers abandon him? Has the pupil not yet finished 
 the lesson? Is no one at home to day? Will the gentle- 
 men sup here to night? Do you not fear? Why do you 
 not speak English with these gentlemen? Have you not 
 breakfasted yet? Do you not understand me? Shall I not 
 call the boy? Have not his friends understood him? 
 Won't you sit down? Shall I not pay the money? Shall 
 I not go to Paris? 
 
— 159 — 
 LESSON CLIX, 
 
 VERBS IN AFFIRMATIVE & NEGATIVE IMPERATIVE. 
 
 Abra » porta. 
 Fdlle sempre Portuguez. 
 Veja quant as h6ras sao. 
 Nao vd tao depressa. 
 Nao diga nem palavra. 
 Nao me falte. 
 
 Open the door. 
 
 Ahvays speak Portugnes 
 
 See what o'clock it is. 
 
 Don't go so past. 
 
 Say not a word. 
 
 Do not disappoint me 
 
 Nao me tdque.. Leia de vagar. Venha d'aqui a pouco. 
 Vd tocar guitarra. Nao tenha receio. Responda-me. Nao 
 fdga bulha. Nao se aque'ca. Diga-me de que gosta. Nao 
 me de mais do que metade d'isso. Trdga outra colher. 
 Nao o poupe. Fd-me buscar um. Le've esta carta ao cor- 
 reio. Nao pe'rca tempo. Faca favor de me mostrar. Nao 
 falte a sua palavra. Nao apdgue a luz. Sopre o lame. 
 Espere um pouco. Nao tenha susto. Nao digdis a pessoa 
 ilguma o que vistes. Nao sejas ligeiro. Nao te associes 
 com quern nao conheces. 
 
 Be kind enough to tell me. Ask if Mr. J. is better. 
 Don't go so slowly. Bring hot plates. Go and get me 
 some fresh pears. Don't make so much noise in the 
 kitchen. Deliver this letter as soon as possible. Do not 
 lose time. Do me the favour to lend me a penknife. 
 See what o'clock it is, if you please. Go and fetch my 
 gloves. Bring lights and more wood. Let me know to 
 morrow. Put the saddle further back. Tell him that I 
 am ill. Tell the seivant not to come. Take the horse to 
 the stable. Don't let him drink. Don't lose a moment. 
 Don't speak to him Do not stay. 
 
— 100 — 
 LESSON CLX. 
 
 SUBORDINATION OF TENSES. PRESENT INDICATIVE. 
 
 Creio que ha uni so Deus. 
 Conhe^o quanto devo. 
 Crete que a cham6u Deus. 
 Creio que fkarei com £ste. 
 Estou certo que nao tardara. 
 Que qver que Ihe offeree^ ? 
 
 I believe there is one God. 
 
 I know how much I owe. 
 
 I believe that God called her. 
 
 I think I shall take this. 
 
 I am certain he will not stay. 
 
 What shall \ offer you? 
 
 Sao jogos que pedem um exercieio continuo. Pare- 
 ce-me que estas condicoes sao moderadas. Creio que a 
 caraa e boa. Faz amanha um anno que nao te vi, que 
 nao ouvi a tua voz. Espero que ouvira. Rogo aV. S. a 
 que me faca saber. Nao sei que diga. Ouves o que te 
 digo? Bern ve que nao falta nada. Nao se sdbe quando 
 saira. V. S. a sdbe que o moco esta em casa. Rogo-lhe 
 queira dar-me. Cre que ve tudo, e nada conhece. fille 
 sdbe que sou uma boa fregueza. Digo que elle faz bem. 
 Digo que elle tern feito bem. Tenho dito que Deus e justo. 
 
 The general opinion is that they were Italians. You 
 know where I live. I think we shall have rain. 1 say 
 that he was doing well I say that he will do well. I 
 say that he would have done well. He says I play. 1 
 hope there will be much fruit. 1 know well how much 
 I owe you. I said that God is just. 1 shall say that he 
 is innocent. 1 was saying that my son is unwell. They 
 say that John has arrived. I know that he is coming. 
 Dost thou believe divine justice sleeps? The wicked man 
 lies when he says that he hopes. 
 
— 16! — 
 LESSON t!LXJ. 
 
 IMPERFECT^' &r ITS SUBORDINATES. 
 
 Dizia eu que elle e bom. I I was saying he is good. 
 
 fCstimdva que viesses. j I was glad you came. 
 
 Nao sabia que hdras erao. j I did not know what o'clocx 
 
 ir «rnc 
 
 it was 
 
 Estimdva que V. S. a tivesse 
 
 vindo. I I was giad you had come. 
 
 Ettajidgava que elle tinhapar- | She thought he had gone. 
 
 lido. 
 
 Tocdva admiravelmente quando tinha doze annos. 
 Em quanto Mentor fazia este discurso tomamos nos a 
 ilha. Dormia eu lao bem quando V. m. me acordou. 
 Eu nao me persuadia que as cdusas saissem tao mal. 
 fira necessario que eu pagasse. Sabia Narbal que Ba- 
 Jeazar nao morrera afogado. Tudo dizia que ahi havia 
 o espirito de um godo. Julia cuiddva que eu nao queria 
 vollar. Melhor Ihe estdva se se calasse. Se o negocio va- 
 lla a pena< N'uma regata de vapores o nosso barco nao 
 ganhdva de certo o premio. 
 
 I was saying that your brother is lazy. 1 was sorry 
 you came. He did not know that I was sleeping. I was 
 aware that he had gone. The figure wets more slight 
 than powerful. His fine mouth gave him great anima- 
 tion: his delicate hands had an air of distinction. The 
 gestures of the priest had a theatrical exaggeration. 
 Expecting a bow, but if he expected, he deceived himself. 
 I did not know that your brother had been ill. While 
 I was speaking, the machine exploded. It was neces- 
 sary that he should speak. 
 
 ( J ) Is often used for future conditional. 
 
 11 
 
— 1 62— 
 LESSON CLXII. 
 
 PRETERITE & SUBORDINATES. 
 
 Disse eu que o men amigo esta i 1 said m y friend is here. 
 
 aqui. 
 Estimei que viesses 
 Euescre\ia quando eUepartiu. 
 Eu disse-lhe que f6s?e. | I told bim to sro 
 
 O monarcha acorddn j The king awoke. 
 
 Pedi que me pagasse. | T asked him to pay me. 
 
 I was glad you came. 
 
 I was writing, when he went. 
 
 Disse'rao-me que havia ddis caminhos. Bern conhectu 
 a Deusa que este era Telemaco, Fingirao os poetas que 
 os gigantes tinhao feito guerra, etc. Perguntdi-\he em 
 que consistia a auctoridade do rei. Dlsse-me que elle 
 viesse. Pedi que me deixassem estar so. Os pastores 
 quizerao que me cobrisse com a pelle. Pcrguntdrao qual 
 e mais glorioso? Aconselhou-\he que fosse por terra. 
 Provou-se que ella fora quem envenenara e affogara o 
 rei. Perceberao os guardas que ella soffria. la chamar 
 soccorro, quando me deteve uma reflexao. 
 
 I told him not to go. 1 asked him to come. The peasant 
 said there were two roads. The soldier knew perfectly 
 well that it was his superior officer. The pilgrims have 
 feigned that the east is full of riches. I advised him to 
 go to Lisbon by the Galgo. They ashed which was the 
 best road to Batalha. The shepherds wished me to re- 
 main in the country. I told them to go to their own 
 houses. 1 begged the soldiers to let me go, I was glad 
 when my brother came 1 saul that my friend would 
 go by the steamer. 
 
— 163 — 
 LESSON CLXIII. 
 
 PLUPERFECT CI & SUBORDINATES. 
 
 O govemador formdra o <le- The governor had formed tin 
 
 sfgnio. plan. 
 
 Pratieou quanto dissera. j He practised what he had said. 
 
 Quiz era que fizesse este favor, j I could wish you to do me. 
 
 Kstimdra muito de saber. I should be glad to know. 
 
 F^n oamdra, se elle fdssedigno. I had loved, had he been worthy. 
 
 Se o caminho/oVfl bom. Had the road been good 
 
 Eii te amdra, se tu me corresponderas. Queixando-se 
 que a rainha tomdra tal auctoridade. £ile viu um fidalgo 
 que nao apparecera durante a accao, e perguntou-lhe 
 dnde estivera cm quanto sc eombatera. Estimdra que 
 estivesses com saude. Eu quizera ir, se tivesse logar. 
 Prouvera a Deus que me visse livre d'ella. Eu o pre- 
 midra, se elle o merecesse. O rei desejdra ir a caca, 
 se nao fora a chiiva. 
 
 I should be glad to know that it is so. I could wish 
 thai you would do me this favour. I should feel much 
 pleasure that you were well. I had loved him, had he 
 been worthy of love. This would be good, could it be 
 realised. If he had been good, he would have done evil. 
 If the road were good, I should take a walk. If he had 
 known it, he would have done nothing. He said to one 
 who had offended him. He said that he had completed his 
 20 years. As soon as he had finished the work. 
 
 (1) Also used as a form of conditional^ as is sometimes the 
 case in English « Had I known » for «If I had known »» — «Had 
 (he doctor come sooner, my brother had not died," for «If the 
 doctor had come sooner, my brother would not have died." 
 
 11 t 
 
_ 164 — 
 LESSON CLXIV 
 
 FUTURE INDICATIVK. 
 
 FarSi o queV. S. a deseja. 
 Queserddemim, seellepartir? 
 
 Estimarei que venhas. 
 Estimarei se tiveres vindo. 
 
 No fim se vera quern perde. 
 
 I will do what you aik. 
 What will become of me, if he 
 
 goes. 
 I shall be glad if you come. 
 I shall be glad when you have 
 
 eome. 
 In the end, it will be seen who 
 
 loses. 
 
 Trei para onde me mandarem. Amanha ir4i a casa 
 de V. S. a , se fizer bom tempo. Se tu obrares bem, 
 serds premiado. Se o fizerem, provarao o meu resenti- 
 mento. Perderei o fructo da minha viagem, se nao 
 chegar a tempo. Todo o favor que lhe fizer o reeeberei 
 como feito a mim mesmo. V. S. a perdoard. Creio que 
 sera o desejo de V. S. a Estimard muito que o seu tio 
 venha pelo vapor. Nao irei amanha. Pagarei o dinheiro 
 esta tarde. Perderei o jogo. 
 
 He will do what they ask. What will become of the 
 poor boy, if his father goes to the Crimea? I shall go 
 wherever my general orders me. You will see to morrow 
 who is right. If you study well, you will gain the prize. 
 I shall lose the steamer, if I do not reach Lisbon in 
 time. I shall start for London, when you like. 1 shall 
 be glad if you go with me to my quinta. He will go to 
 Camacha, if it does not rain. I shall pay the men to- 
 morrow. I shall not go to Batalha till next month. 
 They will go. 
 
— 16a — 
 LESSON GLXV. 
 
 Fill RK. 
 
 He" I de $6r. I I have to he, or shall be. 
 
 Elle hd de te'r. \ He must have, or shall have. 
 
 N6s havemos de am&r. \ We have to love, or must love. 
 
 Pagdr-lhe-Mi. I I shall pay him. 
 
 Achdr-we-ha em c£sa. i You will find me at home. 
 
 Dir-\he-hei(i) . ' I shall tell him. 
 
 Demordr-me-hei aqui alguns mezes. Hei de te'r fome 
 Aonde havemos de pardr? Di lo-hemos^ amanha cedo. 
 Fa-lo-hei ( 2 ) . Far-me-hei < 2 ) . Como os padres haode rir-se 
 a esta hora! Dar-lh' o-hemos , se o pagar. Heide ficdr 
 com o panno. Como heide provdr no meu livro. Veremos 
 aonde tudo fsto hade ir pardr. «0 que heide fazer?» 
 exclamon o monge. Hd de se dar uma grande batalha. 
 Ella hade estdr anciosa de o ver. Para que heide mentir? 
 £ excellente mai : Deus hd de Wo pagar. Engana-se ; 
 hade ve-lo. Heide dar-lhe uma noticia para a consolar. 
 
 I will follow ihee every where. I must taste this new 
 dish. I shall tell him, when he comes. If you call at 
 my quinta at 4 o'clock, you will find me at home. I 
 shall stay at this village for some weeks. I shall pay 
 him the money, when he has finished the work. Where 
 have we to pass the night? We shall see where all this 
 is to end? I must buy this cloth. There will he a great 
 battle. 
 
 i l J Contracted Tor diztr 
 ;2 ) F»r fmztr. 
 
— 1 6tf -~ 
 LESSON CLXVI. 
 
 COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT, 
 
 Tenho amado. 
 Tenho tido. 
 Elle tern estado. 
 Temos corm'do. 
 Elles teem cumprido, 
 Ellas teem fdo. 
 
 I have loved. 
 I have had. 
 He has been. 
 We have eaten. 
 They have finished. 
 They have gone. 
 
 A rapida narracao que temos feito, basta para se co- 
 nhecer que, etc. Tem-se feito muita bulha. Gracas a 
 Deus, tenho tido amigos. Nas visitas que tenho feito a 
 diversas escolas, tenho tido occasiao de apreciar o me- 
 recimento dos professores, etc. Tenho visto com verda- 
 deira satisfacao que, etc. Pelos servicos que tern pres- 
 tddo a Portugal. Tenho dito que Deus e justo. Digo 
 que elle tern feito bem. Tu tens tido. Estd havido por 
 hoinem de probidade. homem tern comido. Temos 
 cumprido com a nossa palavra . 
 
 I have been. He has had. They have loved. We have 
 seen. Tell him he has done well. I have seen with great 
 pleasure. The rapid voyage we have made, etc. He has 
 had many very good friends. He is considered a man 
 of great talent. He has not kept his word. They have 
 said that God is just. That poor boy has been the sport 
 of bad fortune. There has been much noise. I have been 
 loved. We have been loved. I have seen the Queen several 
 times. Have vou been often in France? T have had occasion . 
 
 (') In mo&i cases Ihe Portuguese use lh<: Prrl<rii< instead oi 
 ihc compound «Eu vi« nol wl^nlid visto. » 
 
— Uu — 
 LESSON GLXV11. 
 
 COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT AND PRETERITE. 
 
 Elles havido acceitddo ojugo. 
 Eu nao tinha amddo. 
 Elles havido confessado. 
 Nao tinha sido possivel. 
 Ap£nas tinha saido. 
 
 They had accepted the yoke. 
 
 I had not loved. 
 
 They had confessed. 
 
 It had not been possible. 
 
 Hardly had he gone out. 
 
 O h<5mein que setinha rido de. \ The man who had laughed at, 
 
 Raymond tinha vindo a Hespanha tempos antes. O 
 Cid que os arabes tinhao tornado por capitao. filles ti- 
 nhao-me ensinddo a escrever. Tinha deixddo o meu ca- 
 vallo ao pagem. Julguei que o tinha per dido. Tinhao-me 
 dito que e. Havia muita gente que tinha chegddo pri- 
 meiro do que nos. £lle nao tinha gankadoM muito no 
 commercio que fazia, mas tinha adquirido a experiencia. 
 que tinha visto e ouvido tinha-lhe ensinddo a moderar 
 os seus desejos. Machado tinha tencionado escrever em 
 latim. fillas haviao sido ohidadas. 
 
 Centuries before, the greatest philosophers had con- 
 fessed their ignorance. Hardly had she gone out when 
 the house fell. The man who had laughed at the justice 
 of the king. The man, whom he had taken for his 
 friend. What I had seen and heard was enough. They 
 had been severely punished. That old man had taught 
 the boy to write. He had confessed the crime. Hardly 
 had the steamer left the port, when the man of war 
 entered. The merchant had accepted the offer. If our 
 friend had left his horse. 
 
 Ml Simao de Nantna, Parle tl. pag, 3, 
 
— 168 — 
 WESSON GLXV1II. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 
 
 Dfz-lhe que hitre. 
 Peco-lhe que ^e assente. 
 E preciso que me vd. 
 
 Tell him to come in, 
 Pray be seated. 
 1 must go. 
 
 Receio que tenhdmos. \ I frar we skull have. 
 
 Digame, o que Ihe dcvo. j Tell me what I owe you. 
 
 Estimo que tenha vindo. i I am glad you have come. 
 
 De licenea que veja. Peco-lhe que demure aiguns dias. 
 Logo que receba aviso, pagar-Ih'a-hei de contado, se o 
 senhor quizer. Queira Deus que seja restituido a seus 
 pais. Permitta-me que lhe mostre esta caixinha. Gosto 
 que nao seja cozfda demais. Que querV. S. a que lhe 
 sirva? Receio que a cor nao seja fixa. Pode ser que 
 haja alguma pancada d'a'gua. Tenho medo que hdja 
 grande poeira. Fdca como eu fogo nao tarda que se 
 accSnda. Duvido que eu possa fazer. Duvido que venha. 
 Temo que nao venha. Ainda que venha nao nos vera. 
 
 1 am glad that you enjoy good health. 1 wish he may 
 come. I am very glad you are well. There is no man 
 so perfect that has not his failings. I do not doubt but 
 he will do it. I doubt his doing it. ! will not go thither 
 before he comes. Pray be seated. In case they should 
 not be up so early. Tell him to bring me the shoes. 
 Whatever may be their traditions. Who am I to go to 
 Pharaoh? Tell him to pay the money. Perhaps he ma>i 
 go. Go home. Do as I do. 
 
— 160 — 
 LESSON CLXIX. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 
 
 Pediu-me o descitlpdsse. 
 Cdmo se dependesse de, etc. 
 Procurei que fosse recebido. 
 Ninguem. que eu sovbesse, ti- 
 
 nha. 
 Sem que elle me sentisse. 
 Oxala que eu houvesse side- ! 
 
 He apologised to me, 
 
 A3 if depended on. 
 
 1 aimed at his being received. 
 
 No one ! knew, had. 
 
 Without his knowing me. 
 O that I had been! 
 
 Mandou que se comeedsse o ataque Nao pude alcancar 
 quern fosse aquelle. Beceioso de que a sua vinda au- 
 c/mentdsse as perturbacoes, elle tentou de impedf la. No- 
 meando um cabeca' 1 ' a que lodos obedecessem, e que ti~ 
 vesse bastante energia para lhes clar a paz. Oxala que eu 
 houvesse sido estudioso. Receiando que torndsse a si, e a 
 obrigdsse a matar-se com elle. Havia-lhe Baleazar recom- 
 mendado que se elle visse occasiao opportuna para que 
 torndsse, Ihe manddsse um annel de ouro que Ihe serviria 
 de aviso, do qual entendesse que era tempo de voltar. 
 
 He waited till the priest ordered him to speak. Hin- 
 dering him from killing her. As if the notion of a su- 
 preme being depended on a sound. If it were essential 
 to our nature. Without a roof to shetier them. Even if 
 it were so. If we were perfect, we should be saints. If 
 he heard you! Did he ask you not to say. It was not 
 necessary for you to tell. If for a moment I could sup- 
 pose him capable of meanness. 
 
 i 1 ) Cabera it masculine, xrlicn it means chief as «o rahtca 
 I a familia. » 
 
— 170 — 
 LESSOx\ T CLXX. 
 
 FUTURE CONDITIONAL. (') 
 
 Diria, se pudera. 
 
 Sentiria, se fossem. 
 
 Seria, se f6sse. 
 
 Era melhor, se. 
 
 Trinta annos serido a idade. 
 
 Se fosse meuos devoto, diria. 
 
 I would say, if I could. 
 I should be sorry, if they were. 
 It would be, if it were. 
 It would be better, if. 
 Thirty might be the age. 
 If he were less devout, I should 
 say. 
 
 A carta deV. S. a me consolan'a, se eu estivera em 
 estado de receber consolacao. Temiao que as portas 
 estive'ssem fechadas. Nao poderia ella nega-lo, ainda que 
 quando quizesse. Promettera-lhes ella que so esposaria 
 6utr(^ quando pozesse termo a um veu que estava te- 
 cendo. Eu me contaria por mui feliz se podesse acom- 
 panhar-te Falsario seria eu se negasse a verdade. Eu 
 a amaria se ella me amasse. Sentiria se fossem recu- 
 sados. Se elles viessem implorar piedade, negar-lh'a- 
 Mas tu? £ra melhor se elle pagdsse. 
 
 I knew they would employ force if I resisted. I should 
 be inconsolable, if any thing happened to him. It would 
 be less severe, if 1 were supported with greater forti- 
 tude. If he were less obstinate, I should say. . . I should 
 be sorry, if you were to leave the house. He would be 
 very happy, if he could go to India. Your kindness 
 would comfort me, if I could receive comfort. I should 
 be glad, if you could call to morrow. They would not 
 refuse, if you would ask immediately. 
 
 (0 The imperfect ind. ii? often used for tlieful. cond see p l> 
 
171 — 
 LESSON CLXXi. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE FLTUR3 . 
 
 Se o fixer, pagar-lhe-hei. 
 Se nao adormecer, lerei. 
 Se nao poder ir so, ajudae-o. 
 Perderei se nao chegar a tempo . 
 
 En farei qnanto poder. 
 Para quando voltdrnios. 
 
 If he does it, I shail pay him. 
 If I don't sleep, I shall read. 
 If he can't go alone, help him. 
 I shall lose, if I don't arrive 
 
 in time. 
 I'll do what I can. 
 By the time we return. 
 
 Se V. S. a sair, diga ao rapaz. Se o tomdr ao mez, 
 dar-lh'o-hei por menos. Quando tive'r sede o que heide 
 beber? Se examinarmos una mappa do norte da Italia, 
 acharemos uma ramificacao dos Alpes, etc. Se me 
 constipdr. Se ali lhe poder prestar algum servico, fa- 
 lo-hei com prazer. Faremos cdmo podermos. Se esta 
 lhe nao bastdr, tenho aincla mais ao seu dispor. Se o 
 tempo correr bem, havemos de ter bastante fructa. 
 Farei o que me pedes, se poder. que V, quizer. Em 
 quanto o mundo durdr. Se o fizc'r, pagar-lhe-hei. 
 
 I shall do all I can to help you. Fie shall sail at 
 noon, if the wind is favourable. If we always go at 
 this rate, we shall soon arrive. Certainly, if I return 
 by Calais, //"you ivish it, I will accompany you thi- 
 ther. If you take it by the month, 1 will give it you 
 for less. You may come, when you please. If we give 
 credit to what he says. When you least think so, you 
 will find, etc. While I breathe, I exist only for thee. 
 If 1 do not see you again. If we limit ourselves to the 
 state. If the lady catches cold. 
 
— 172 — 
 LESSON CLXXII. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 Elle se teria casado. 
 Eile Ih'a houvera dado. 
 s e estivpsse dado. 
 Ella teria morrido, se. 
 Se en tivesse tido. 
 Se eu titer (ido. 
 
 He would have married. 
 Hewoult have given her tbl 
 If it had been given. 
 She would have died, if 
 If I had had. 
 If I shall have had. 
 
 Eu te term obsequiddo, se ta me tive'sses obsequiddo pri- 
 meiro. Eu o teria avisddo, se elle m'o tivesse pedido. 
 £lle teria pratieddo algum acto de exlrema violencia, 
 se Mogueis nao houvera tornado a defeza do accusado. 
 Teria tido muito goslo em faze-lo. Se a minha palavra 
 estivesse ddda, nao a quebrara eu. A estatura seria des- 
 empenada, se o trabalho a nao tivesse curvddo um pouco. 
 Eu teria almogado na sua quinta. porem o tempo nao 
 me permiltiu. Se elle tircr tido. Oxala que tivesse tido 
 tempo. 
 
 He would have married her, if she had been younger. 
 If I had eaten the fruit, I should have been ill. I should 
 have advised him, if he had ashed me If it had not 
 rained, I should have gone to the country. If they had 
 paid the money, the slave would have been set at liberty. 
 He would have had a fine figure, if work had not bent 
 his back. 1 wish I had had more lime. She would have 
 gone to France, if she had had money. If his word had 
 been given, he would not have broken it. 1 should have 
 had much pleasure in dining with you. 
 
— 173 — 
 LESSOIV CLXXIII. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER CERTAIN WORDS 
 
 (1). 
 
 Trfono que o am6r se apdgve. 
 Nao quero que ella core. 
 Tenho medo que <?lle conheca. 
 Qualquer que s€ja. 
 Nao sdffro que inddguem. 
 Talv£z que se'ja assfm. 
 
 I tremble lest love should ceasr. 
 
 I won't have her blush- 
 
 I fear his knowing. 
 
 Whatever may be. 
 
 I do not allow them to enquire. 
 
 Perhaps this may be so. 
 
 Nao quero que sejas victima da tua delicadezn. Nao 
 quero que o padre espe're por minha culpa. Qualquer 
 que seja o sentido em que se escreva. £ natural que 
 chegue. Receio que do coracao venha a sua morte. Sinto 
 que talvez estas sejao as ultimas horas de felicidade. 
 Roguemos a Deus que auxilie o pobre homem. Se V. S. a 
 sabe a quern falla, aconselho-o a que nao continue. Pode 
 ser que elle venha. Pode acontecer que nos alcdnce. Pro- 
 hibo-lhe que se fdca Vermel ha. Nao leme que se dbra o 
 chao e o sepulte? 
 
 I fear that your sword is shorter than your tongue. 
 I dread her knotting that I love her so much. I do not 
 wish you to be the victim of your devotion. I do not 
 want you to wait on my account. Let us pray the king 
 to pardon the poor soldier. It is natural that he should 
 weep. 1 advise you not to go on. Do you not fear that 
 the ground may open? He may come. Perhaps these 
 are the last. 
 
 f 1 ) Chiefly verbs of emotion, sentiment, hope, fear, asking, 
 forbidding, doubt; contingent words, as possivel, qualquer, na- 
 tural. talvSz, pride sfr, basta, 
 
— 174 — 
 LESSON CLXXIV. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER CONJUNCTION, OH RELATIVE. 
 
 Quero que V. m. fdga isto. 
 Quern quizer, dirija-se. 
 So conheco um que possa. 
 Nao ha quemfttga bem. 
 Nao sao cousas que se digdo. 
 
 I want you Jo cto it. 
 Whoever wishes, may apply. 
 I only know one who can. 
 There is none that doeth good. 
 These are not things to be said 
 
 Diga-lhe que me trdga. | Tell him to bring me. 
 
 So conheco um caminho que nos possa conduzir a 
 gloria. Quer que eu o sirva de legumes? Fazem mal a si 
 os que abusao da saude. Nao tenho nada que nao esteja as 
 ordens de V. S. a Nao e um diccionario obra que do 
 primeiro jacto possa sair perfeita. Nao ha quern entenda, 
 nao ha quern busqm a Deus. Nao ha ninguem que nao 
 o saiba. Nao conheco ninguem que me proteja e ajude 
 a estabelecer-me. Eis-aqui o que me convinha bem! 
 Nao devemos excluir idea alguma que tenda a elucidar 
 a questao. 
 
 He only knows one road that can lead him to Paris. 
 I know no one who can protect me. There is no one 
 that does not know the poet. He who abuses his health 
 injures himself. A picture is not a work which can be 
 perfect all at once. They want him to do it. Whoever 
 wishes to take this house, may apply to J. C. n. # 2 King 
 street. There is no one that seeks after God. There is 
 nothing done, that is not discovered. God grant that 
 you do not repent of it. These are not things to be said 
 before every body. 
 
— 175 — 
 LESSON CLXXV. 
 
 IMPERATIVE, AND SUBJ. FOR IMPERATIVE. 
 
 Mdnda que elle va. 
 Olha como e formSso! 
 ^ocegue! Reti reset 
 Nao se csijueca. 
 Nao acredite. 
 Tome sentido. 
 
 Order him to go. 
 Sec how beautiful it is. 
 Be easy! Retire! 
 Do not forget. 
 Don't believe it. 
 Take care. 
 
 Sdbe que so seras grande em quanto souberes ser 
 reportado. DigaAhe que me traga os meus sapatos. 
 Nao se assuste. Seja forte, anime-sel Nao se fdlle mais 
 n'isso. ToVwe a reflectir: va de vagar. Fe/a se me ajuda. 
 Ponha-me o que quizer. Retire-se, quando nao sera 
 preso. Lembre-se de seu pai: veja o desgosto de sua 
 mai. Olhe para a sua consciencia, e lucte em quanto 
 tiver forcas. Ouga a voz do ceu. Seja superior a des 
 graca, Nao espere nada d'elles. Sncha o copo e deite 
 vinho a Joao. Pe'ca licenca a sua mai. 
 
 Go immediately from my presence. Take care, the 
 river is very deep. Be my friend, and I shall always 
 protect you. Do not disturb the few days I have left. 
 Fill the glass and pour water into the basin. Do not 
 speak any more on that point. See how absent he is! 
 Do not make me weep. Tell me your name. 
 
176 
 
 LESSON CLXXVI. 
 
 BNG. INDIC. PORTUG. SUBJl'XCTIVE. 
 
 Alegro-mequeV. S>.*estejabon\. 
 Espere que elle venha. 
 Espero que nao seja nada. 
 Temo que nao esteja assas co- 
 
 zida. 
 No caso que sSja enganado. 
 Ale que 1 he paguem. 
 
 I am glad you are well. 
 Stay till he comes. 
 I hope it will be nothing. 
 I fear it is not done enough. 
 
 In case you ore deceived. 
 Till they pay him. 
 
 Preciso d'uma casa que seja. grande e bella. Procu- 
 re-me um criado que seja diligente. £lle se alegra de 
 que ella nao se tSnha perdido. Acabemos antes que venha 
 aiguem. Peco-lhe que venha mais cedo. Nao quer sair 
 ate que lhe paguem. Temo que nao estejdmos de volta 
 esta noite. Por mais que faca nao pode destruir tudo. 
 £ possivel que o justo pdgue pelo peccador? Temo que 
 os ovos nao estejao assas cozidos. Espero que elle me 
 pdgue. 
 
 I am sorry you are not well. Stay till your brother 
 comes. The doctor hopes it will be nothing. He is afraid 
 the beef is not done enough. In case he is deceived. 
 Get me a pupil that is attentive to his studies. Let us 
 finish before the teacher comes. He begs me to come 
 sooner. He fears he will not return to town to night. 
 It is possible the innocent may pay for the guilty. The 
 acounl wants a palace that is large and well situated. 
 I will not leave the house till I am paid. I am waiting 
 till the people come. I am glad you are well. We are 
 glad that your sister is well. I am afraid that the man 
 ivill not come. In case you are punished. 
 
— 177 — 
 
 LESSON GLXXVII. 
 
 ENG. INFIN. POHTUG. SUBJUNCTIVE, 
 
 Diga-lhe que suba. 
 Nao lhe diga que venha, 
 Desejo que elle renha. 
 
 Tell him to coma up 
 Don't lell him to come. 
 I wish him lo come. 
 
 Pego-lhe que me dispense. j I beg you to excuse me. 
 
 Kdgo a V. S. a que o nao faca. i I beg you not to do it. 
 
 Nao sdu tao loio que o acredite. i I am not so foolish as to believe. 
 
 Peco a V... que o faca. Diga-lhe que nao tdvde. 
 Diz-lhe que venha amanha. Permilta-me V. S. a que ca 
 lhe diga. Esta certo de que os lencoes estejao bem seccos, 
 Estiino que esteja a seu gosto. Peco-lhe que nao nos 
 faca esperar. Tome sentido nao se queime. Tome cui- 
 dado nao me corte. Eu desafio a alguem que me tire 
 o meu. Da licenca que os prove. Permitta-me que lhe 
 mostre este livro. Que quereis que el-rei fdga? Permit- 
 ta-me que eu dora a janella. Peco-lhe me faca a barba, 
 Nao lenho expressoes com que descreva. 
 
 Do you wish me to do it? Tell him to come to-morrow. 
 He begs me not to do it. I beg you will come. Allow 
 me to show you this watch. I beg you not to keep us 
 waiting. Pray, try them. He who does not understand 
 what I am, it is not worth while to tell Mm. 1 have 
 not words to tell the force, etc. I beg you to tell him. 
 I cannot speak to him at present. I am sorry it is not 
 to your taste. I wish you to shave me now. Give me 
 leave to try these cherries. Take care not to cut my 
 face. 
 
 n 
 
— 178 — 
 LESSOJY CLXXVIII. 
 
 ENG. INF.— PORT. SiTiB.1 1 ) 
 
 £u dfsse-lhe que fdsse ( 2 ) . I I told him to go. 
 
 Pedf-lhe que nao fosse la ; I begged him not to go there 
 
 Pediu-lhe que lhe desse. 
 Quizera que me trocdsse. 
 itlla lhe obtestou quizesse ter 
 
 d'ella compaixao. 
 Pedindo a De'us salvdsse a alma. 
 
 He asked him to give. 
 I should like to change. . 
 She implored him to have pily. 
 
 Praying God to save the soul. 
 
 Dava motivo a que todos falldssem mal (Telle. Dis- 
 serao-lhe que nao tivesse receio. Recommendei-lhe que 
 nao tarddsse. Impedi-lhe que fossem. Mandei-lhe que 
 fosse para casa. Pediu a sua mulher que lhe desse urn 
 c6po d'agua. Rogarao-lhe que o nao fizesse. Recom- 
 mendou ao criado que o acorddsse as seis horas. Orde- 
 nou-lhe que saisse. Disse ao comprador que vie'sse ver 
 a quinta. Ordendu que pedissem o que quizessem. Pe- 
 dindo-lhe que procurdsse o livro. Quizera que os dedaes 
 tive'ssem um estojo. 
 
 He requested them to bring him two new books. 
 He made every one speak ill of him. He told me not to 
 be afraid. I exhorted him to behave well. The boy pre- 
 vented me from going. She ordered him to bring the 
 wine. The king ordered him to make restitution. I 
 begged them not to go there. The general had prohi- 
 bited the soldiers from playing. I recommended him 
 to hide himself. Minos wished his sons to succeed him 
 in the kingdom. Tell him to bring my hat. 
 
 ( l ) Many words take the infinitive, as impedir, prohibir. 
 I 2 ) When the whole transaction is past; but when he has not 
 gone va, instead. 
 
— 179 — 
 LESSON CLXXIX. 
 
 ENG. PARTICIPLE. — -P0RTUG. INFOS'. & SUBJ. 
 
 Eii o vi passcdr. I saw him walking. 
 
 Vejo urn h<5mem acorlar lenha. I see a man cutting wood. 
 
 Em logiir de dizir. In place of saying. 
 
 Em comer e bebir. In eating and drinking. 
 
 Util para escrever. Useful for writing. 
 
 Sem que ningtiem lhe falldsse . Without any one speaking. 
 
 Perdem-se muitas cousas por falta de perguntdr. Es- 
 tou caneado de ler. Nao posso fallar sem rir. Sem que 
 ninguem o suspeitdsse. Sem que elles o percebessem . 
 Depois de tomdr Sevilha. Nao contente com se fazer 
 temido. Depois de fazer isto. Antes de expirdr. Terei 
 o gosto de o tomdr a ver. Depois de ter estado tao 
 alegre. Nao os condemnem sem serem ouvidos. Em vez 
 de se instruvr, esta jogando. Abstenho-me de beber vi- 
 nho. Calais, notavel por sir a passagem mais curta = 
 Ltinge de sir. 
 
 Happiness consists in never being ill. I saw a man 
 tvriting a letter. In place of speaking, he writes. He spent 
 the night in playing and singing. He went away, without 
 any one's telling him. After taking Toledo, he marched 
 against Madrid. Instead of studying his lesson, he went 
 to the ball. After having been remarkable for being the 
 most splendid theatre in Europe. Without losing time. 
 She accused Marbal of having been an accomplice. Ha- 
 ving money is a crime in Tyre, and having virtue is a 
 greater. 
 
 J2 
 
— 180 — 
 
 » 
 
 LESSON CLXXX. 
 
 ENG. PAST AND COMPOUND PERFECT. PORT. SIMPLE 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 Cortou-me. 
 
 J a almogou? 
 
 A senh6ra chamou-aie 
 
 Quando chegdu V... 
 
 Seu irinao morreu. 
 
 Ja veio o sapateiro ? 
 
 You have cut me. 
 Have you breakfasted? 
 Did yo u call me, ma'am. 
 When </?'d you come. 
 His brother *'s dead. 
 Has the shoemaker come? 
 
 Ja veio por esla estrada? O seu amigo ainda nao 
 entrou. Almocei mui bem. J a chcgou o correio? A se- 
 nhora mandou-me dizer que viesse. tempo que fugiu 
 nao volta. O raorto, cujo pulso ccssou de bater. Deus 
 mostrou a Farao o que hade fazer. Ja acdbou? Aonde 
 ficou hontem? J a bebes vinho? Mudou o tempo. Ja se 
 fox. Creio que foi ver a irma. Como passou V. S." a 
 noite? £lla ainda nao dangou. A nacao desappareceu 
 da face da terra. O seu amigo ainda nao entrou. Nasceu 
 em Munich no dia 2 de Outubro. 
 
 He has fulfilled all his duties. The boy has cut me. 
 Have you dined? When did your brother return from 
 Lisbon? Has my father returned? The poor wounded 
 soldier whose pulse has ceased to beat? Time past never 
 returns. The boy has drunk wine. Your nephew has 
 sworn my death. The Steamer has arrived. They are 
 out. Has your master arrived? What has passed does 
 not return. His friend has not returned. Have you taken 
 tea? I believe my uncle has gone to Campanario. The 
 king has sent me a beautiful ring. Is this the poor 
 sailor whose pulse has ceased to beat? How have you 
 passed the night? Has the young lady not yet danced? 
 The allies have taken the South of Sebastopol, 
 
— 181 — 
 LESSON CLXXXL 
 
 ENGLISH PRES. TO PORTUGUESE FUT. AND VICE-VERSA 
 
 La o espero. 
 
 Safu. mas logo volt a 
 
 Se eu for algum di'a a R6ma. 
 
 I shall wait for you Ihere. 
 He's out, but will return soon. 
 If I go some day to Rome. 
 
 Qnando vier ilfga-lhe. j When he comes, tell him, 
 
 Se me nao der mais, etc. j If you do not give me more, 
 
 Nao dcho (*) . ! I cannot find. 
 
 Havemos de ca tornar quando elle representdr. Eu 
 Ih'o trarei a primeira vez que ca vier. Se podermos ser 
 uteis, ficamos as ordens de V. m. Tira a vfda a dois 
 filhos meus, se eu o nao trouxer outra vez. Levem-me 
 de olhos tapados aonde quizerem. Nao dcho^ as toalhas, 
 Vim para ver se dcho a chave. Filippe esta vivo e sao, 
 e volta qualquer dfa. tsla gente nao clescdnca em quanto 
 nao subverter tudo. Lucte em quanto tiver forcas. Em 
 quanto respirdr nao existo senao para ti. Se nao torndr 
 a ver-te, este annel e para te lembrares de mim. 
 
 He will be back immediately. The messenger tvill soon 
 return. I shall wait for tbe boy there. IVfy master will 
 soon return. Know that they will not rest till they humble 
 us all. If I return some day to Paris, I shall see the 
 Emperor. If the man docs not give me more, 1 will not 
 sell him the horse. When Mario sings, I shall go again. 
 The first time I come. I shall bring my guitar I cannot 
 find^ the plate. He has come to see if he can find the 
 keys. That boy will never rest till he has ruined his 
 health. While I breathe, I will never love another. 
 
 (M The Portuguese present indie, is often equal to a present 
 potential «nao acho» T cannot find. 
 
— 182 — 
 LESSON CLXXXII. 
 
 ENG. PRES. PART. — POKTUG. REL. & INDIC. 
 
 A voz de quern clama. 
 
 Vendo um menino chordndo. 
 
 Acudir a quern chdma. 
 
 No &nrio que vem. 
 
 C6mo o p&lso de um que trdmc. 
 
 T&nta g£nte que ahi vem! 
 
 The voice of one crying. 
 
 Seeing (I) a child crying. 
 
 To answer one calling 
 
 In the coming year. 
 
 Like the pulse of one trembling. 
 
 Such a number corning here! 
 
 Ouvia uma voz que Ihe dizia. Eis uma voz dos ceus, 
 que dizia. De repente acorddu-me do lethargo uma voz 
 que bradou: «Foi aqui.» filla acalenta os meninos que 
 chorao. A eloqueacia e o talenlo que domina pela pa- 
 lavra as vontades dos outros. Para o anno que vem es- 
 tarei em Roma. Ouco alguem que pede soccorro. Eu vi 
 uma creanca que chordva pela mai. Men pai ouvfu la- 
 droes que forcdvao a porta. Via-se da terra uma mao 
 que agitdva um lenco nranco. Ouvfmos os passaros que 
 docemente cantdvao no jardiin. 
 
 We saw a hand leaving a white handerchief. I heard 
 the voice of a young child crying. I think I shall spend 
 a few days next month at S. Anna. It was the voice of 
 one crying in the wilderness. I shall be in London the 
 greater part of next year. I hear the cries of some one 
 asking assistance. We hear the lions roaring in the forests. 
 I have not time to answer every one calling on me. As 
 1 lay awake in my bed last night. I heard some thieves 
 forcing the window of my room. I saw a poor child 
 crying for its lost mother. Did you see the crowd of 
 people coming here. In the coming winter. Next week, 
 
 I 1 ) Sometimes the participle is used. 
 
— 183 — 
 LESSON CLXXXIII. 
 
 PORTUGUESE REFLECTIVES. ENG. PASSIVES & NEUTERS. 
 
 O senhdr engdna-se. 
 Confirma se a noticia. 
 Divide-se a easa em quartos 
 Elles se torndo religidsos. 
 (fsdo-se estas palavras. 
 Phendmenos que se tern obser- 
 vddo. 
 
 You are mistaken. 
 The news is confirmed. 
 The house isdivided into rooms. 
 They become religious. 
 The words are used. 
 Phenomena which have been 
 observed. 
 
 Aquelles dois se dcspedirao um do outro. Isto chd- 
 ma-se trigo. Sentm-se um grande ruido. Diz-se. Pode 
 ver-se hoje o museu? Vase embora! Deve indagdr-se 
 o estado das estradas. Tddas as noticias que se pode'rem 
 colligir. As medidas de que se faz uso n'este distrfcto. 
 Para que este servico se possa fazer. A imitacao do que 
 se pratua nos paizes mais cultos. N'esta ilha somente 
 se fabrica louca de barro. No dia 10 do cor rente se 
 perderao dois navios mercantes. A verdade e perigosa 
 de dizer-se, e desagradavel de ouvir-se. 
 
 These expressions are not used. You are mistaken, 
 ma'am. The intelligence is not confirmed The kingdom 
 is divided into six provinces. The conversation became 
 general. This is called barley. It is said that the King 
 is dead. Can the church be seen to day? Yesterday, ten 
 ships of war were lost. Truth is dangerous to speak , 
 disagreeable to hear, 
 
— 184 — 
 LESSON CLXXXIV. 
 
 ENG. IND. PORTCGOESE INFIX. 
 
 Sinto nao podir* 
 Espero ve-lo f 
 Va ver queni e. 
 Sin to deixd-lo 
 Espero torndr a ve-lo. 
 Lisoujeio-me de merecer. 
 
 I am sorry that I cannot- 
 
 I b< pe I shall see you. 
 
 Go and see who it is. 
 
 I regret 1 must go. 
 
 I hope I shall see you again, 
 
 I flatter myself I shall merit. 
 
 Estao no quarto as nossas malas? Sim, senhores, la 
 as mandei pdr. Espero ve-lo em breve reslabelecido. 
 Va abrir a porta. Temia nao ter o gosto de ver a V. S. a 
 Quer o senhdr firdr para jantar comigo? Sinto muito 
 nao poder aproveitar-me mais tempo de sua companhia. 
 Pretende nao ter sido enganado. Dizem ser do senhorio 
 de uma Deusa tao cruel, que nao consente que ni.n- 
 guem ahi aporte. Sentindo muito nao ter podklo ir a 
 casa do senhor. Sinto causdr-lhe esta privacao. Estimo 
 muito ser o orgao dos sentimentos da Academia, 
 
 I thank you sincerely for your attention. I am sorry 
 that I am obliged to tell vow. I hope J shall see you 
 again to-morrow. Go and see who is at the door. Go 
 and open the front gate. I am sorry I cannot avail my- 
 self of your polite invitation. I regret I teas not able to 
 go to your house yesterday. 1 am glad that I am the 
 organ of the opinion of the Camara. I hope that I shall 
 find my brother in perfect health. It seems to me that 
 t/i<?time has arrived. I am sorry I must leave the Society 
 of my friends. He pretends he has not been cheated. He 
 is sorry to cause the gentleman all this trouble. 1 flatter 
 myself I shall deserve the praise of the professors. I am. 
 sorry / cannot. 
 
— 185 — 
 LESSON CLXXXV. 
 
 ENGLISH 1NFIN. PASS. PORTUGUESE INFIN. ACT. 
 
 Ella se faz amdr. \ She makes herself beloved. 
 
 6 de desrjar. I It is to be hoped for. 
 
 Deix6u-s.e apanhdr. j He let himself be caught. 
 
 O mesmo se pode dizer de j The same may be said of, 
 
 Cdmo era de esperar. j As was to be expected. 
 
 Eu as manriarei concertdr. j I'll get them mended. 
 
 V. S. a nunca se deixa ver. fistas pennas nao prestao 
 para nada; mande-as apardr. Nao sci se o mesmo se 
 podera dizer da sua intelligencia. Quizera mandar con- 
 certdr umas rendas, e faze-las depois lavdr. E preciso 
 da-lo a compor. All estao os marmores de Paros, que 
 os condes d'Arundel fizerao transporidr da Grecia. De 
 maneira que pode dividir-se em tres paries. A rainha 
 Christina fez assassindr Monaldeschi. Fazem-me doer. 
 Fazia-se temer dos mouros. E de crer que elle nao fosse 
 alheio. Isso nao deve admirdr. 
 
 He makes himself feared. I'll send them to be mended. 
 It cannot be denied. Truth is sometimes dangerous to 
 tell and disagreeable to hear This cannot be translated 
 into Latin. It is to be hoped that the Russians will 
 evacuate the north Fort. The poor horse allowed himself 
 to be caught. I think the same may be said of many 
 men. As was to be expected the first man was shot. He 
 will send the boots to be mended M. rs R. never allows 
 herself to be seen. Send these pens to be mended. So 
 that the whole kingdom can be divided into four parts. 
 He was incapable of deceiving, or allowing himself to. 
 be deceived, Let the house be well aired, The warrior 
 made himself feared by the Moors. 
 
— 186 — 
 LESSON CLXXXVI. 
 
 AM GOING TO. VOU, ESTOU PAR A, A. 
 
 Von despedir-me deV. S. a j I am going to take leave. 
 Estou pdra lhe ir a casa. j I am going to your house 
 
 fa a dizer. J I ions going to say. 
 
 Vao plantar. 
 Est6u apdnfo deme z'reinbdra. 
 
 They are going to plant. 
 I am about to go away. 
 
 O leit6r vde vendo. The reader is witnessing. 
 
 Vdu-lhe mandar ura bocado de gallinha. Vou deitar 
 luto. Tolosa estdva a ponto de render-se, quando o du- 
 que appareceu a soccorre-la. Vou tocar para saber se 
 o almoco esta piompto. Vde\. S. a ver as luminarias? 
 Estou pdra concluir urn negocio raui importante. amor 
 fraterno estive'ra a ponto de dar a victoria a commise- 
 racao. la pdra retirar-me, quando o monge me disse. 
 N'essa occasiao estdva elle a partir para S. Claudio. 
 Eu estou a dizer cousas que, etc. Estou pdra sair. O 
 rapazinho estd pdra morrer. Vou tomar um banho. 
 
 They are going into mourning She was going to call 
 for help. 1 am going to take leave of you, as the Steamer 
 starts to day at I o'clock. I shall ring to know if dinner 
 is ready. I was going to say that I could not pay the 
 money, when he offered me his purse. I am going to 
 plant sugar canes in these fields. I am going to send 
 you a slice of this cold beef. The fort was on the point 
 of surrendering, when the Count appeared with 1000 
 men. The ship teas about to sail for Teneriffe. I beg to 
 say, in reply to your letter of 21" ult. I shall put on 
 my boots. 
 
— 187 — 
 
 LESSON CLXXXV11. 
 
 AM TO, HAVE TO. d£\0, ifcNHO QUE (OKI DE. 
 
 Dtivo jantar com elle. I 1 aw to dine with hiin. 
 
 Temos de partir amanha. We are to leave to-morrow 
 
 V. S. a devia janlar. i You were to dine. 
 
 Eu devia te'r jautado. i I was to have dined. 
 
 Tern muito que fazer. ! He has much to do. 
 
 Tenho que ir-me. | I have to go. 
 
 Nos devemos aeompanha-los. emir regulou os tri- 
 butos que os veneidos deviao pagar. Com o pretexto 
 de ter de occupar-se de graves negocios. easamento 
 devia ser no comeco do inverno. Pcquena cidade, onde 
 devia estdr a 6 de junho, dia de feira. Tenho que pe- 
 dir-lhe um favor. Tenho muito que fazer. £lle tern 
 cartas que escrever. Tenho que ir a muitas partes. Tenho 
 hora dada para tratar de negocios. Nada tern quereceiar 
 d'isso. Teve de ceder aos desejos dos ambiciosos. filles 
 guiarao-me para o aposento, onde devia passar a noite. 
 
 He is to dine with the Duke of Palmella tomorrow. 
 I must set out on Thursday for Paris You were to 
 breakfast with me, why did you not come? I teas to 
 have dined with the Count on Wednesday, but I was 
 too ill to go. I have to ask a special favour. He has really 
 a great deal to do. I have two words to say to you The 
 general settled the tributes, which the conquered tribes 
 .were to pay. I have an appointment. Under the pretext 
 of having to occupy himself in matters of importance. 
 
— 188 — 
 LESSON CLXXXVIII. 
 
 1 AM AT. . . ESTOU A, OR WITH PRE8. PART, 
 
 Est6u a estuddr. j I am at study. 
 
 Esta. a chover. j It is raining. 
 
 Est6u a partir. j I am about o start. 
 
 Est<3u estutl&ndo. I am studying. 
 
 Esta acabdndose. i He is digging. 
 
 Estdri a ser julgado. ' I am to be judged. 
 
 Eu estdva a escrever quando elle partiu. Estou a 
 trabalbar. Estou a sudr em bica. Estou a partir para 
 Portugal. Esta jantdndo. felle esta a estudar Direito 
 em Coimbra. Eu' 11 a dizer-lhe isto, e o homem a dor- 
 mfr! Eu estdva a rir, elle a chordr. Eu estive a dizer 
 missa, e elles a ouvi-la. Meu irmao estdva a desenhdr, 
 e minha irma a tocdr, quando pegou o fogo em casa. 
 ftlle estdva Undo quando eu o encontrei. Senhor P. 
 esta a morrer e o filho a brincdr. Estou aguarddndo o 
 que elle respondera. 
 
 She was reading when he entered the room. He is 
 studying medicine in the University of Edinburgh, 
 My friend is about to start for Lisbon in the Galgo. 
 I was running for the doctor, when 1 met my father 
 The poor old monk ivas dying. Why am I talking to you 
 about things superior to your understanding? Your bro- 
 ther was playing the machete when the house fell It 
 is raining in the mountains, though the sun is shining 
 in town. Your uncle is working in the palace of the 
 Count. I was teaching the boys, when the earthquake 
 took place. I am perspiring very much. The old gardner 
 was laughing, while I icas digging the garden. 
 
 (!) An elliptical phrase. 
 
— 189 — - 
 LESSON CLXXXIX. 
 
 Ifi WITH PRESENT PAKT1UPLE i 1 ). 
 
 Vde-se chegdndo o inverno. 
 O t£mpo vde limpdndo. 
 Vde-se Jazendo velho. 
 Vde perdendo a belle'za. 
 Vde-se concluindo. 
 Eral 1 ) amanhecendo. 
 
 Winter is coming. 
 
 It clears up. 
 
 He is growing old. 
 
 She is losing her beauty. 
 
 He is digging. 
 
 When day dawns, 
 
 Vde-se approximdndo a vindima. Vde-se faze'ndo tarde. 
 As nuvens vao-se separdndo. tempo vde estdndo mais 
 ameno. Durou a guerra dez annos, e ao passo que ia 
 durdndo e crescendo a guerra, se ia juntamente com os 
 annos diminuindo a causa d'ella. Como visse que se vi- 
 nha chegdndo o dia da sua morte. Mentor ia seguindo 
 a Telemaco. Vde-se chegdndo a colheita. Vde perdendo 
 o medo. Eu os leio, mas vou sempre dizendo que nao. 
 O doente vde-se concluindo. Isto vde sendo dia. Oeve ser 
 um praz^r regio ir Undo aquella deliciosa satyra. 
 
 "Winter is drawing near. In order to be able to live. 
 That sad emigration is depopulating this beautiful island. 
 Returning to what I was saying to you. The leaves of 
 the trees are falling. The months are rolling on. The 
 sick man is hastening to his end. The soldiers were 
 following the enemy. Winter is coming, and the days 
 will soon be short. The rain has ceased, and the weather 
 is clearing up. When day dawns. I shall set off for Lis- 
 bon. The weather is becoming milder, and the fields 
 are getting clothed with verdure. That young lady is 
 losing her beauty. The harvest is approaching rapidly. 
 
 f 1 ) The participle with «em» preflxed is equal to a future 
 indie 
 
— 190 — 
 LESSON CXC. 
 
 CAN, COULD, POS90, sfel ; PODIA, PODERIA, SOUBK. 
 
 Pude fazeMo, se gosla. j He can do it, if he likes. 
 
 Se V. m. poder vir. j If you can come. 
 
 Set ler e escrever. j I can read and write. 
 
 D'flnde se podia ver. | Whence could be seen. 
 
 Perguntar se sabia ler. | To ask if he could read. 
 Cdmo se nao podessem hav£r j As if there could not be. 
 horaens. 
 
 Diga-me em que ihe posso servir. V. S.*p6de fazer-me 
 um grande servico. Remediar-nos-hemos cdmo pode'r- 
 mos. Pcde ver-se hoje o museu? Nao posso ficar. £ a 
 melhor cousa que pode fazer. P6de-me raandar isto? 
 Que posso offerecer a V. S. a ? V. S. a poderia fazer-me 
 um favor. Teremos peixe? Nao pude acl ar. Todos os 
 sitios d'onde se podia ver o desembarque do chefe. 
 fille sdube reprimir os abusos. Poderia alguem espe- 
 ra-lo? Nao posso mais. Nao o posso soffrer. Evito-o 
 quanto posso. O mais depressa que poder. 
 
 Can you send it for me to the Torrinha Road? If I 
 can render you any service, 1 will do it with pleasure. 
 He could not be a minute without his friend. The best 
 advice that can be given. He found him the most pa- 
 tient tistener that garrulity could demand. Do you 
 If now what can be done. He said that you alone could 
 give exact intelligence. He could see and hear all per- 
 fectly. You can go home, if you like. I cannot remain 
 to night. I began to ask if he could read. Could any 
 hope to see the boy again? I avoid the youth as much 
 as I can. As fast as you can. You can do me a favour. 
 
— 191 — 
 LESSON CXCL 
 
 CAN HAVE, COULD HAVE. PODE TER, PODERIA Tlfclt 
 
 Elle nao pdde ter feito isto. 
 E impossivel que eMle tenha 
 
 obrddo assfm. 
 IS&o pdde ser que elle tenha 
 
 mdrto o homem? 
 Eu poderia ter acabddo aobra, 
 
 se. 
 Elle nao tinhapodido descobrir. 
 
 He ca?mot have done it. 
 He can not have done so. 
 
 He cownot have killed him ! 
 
 1 could have finished the work. 
 
 He could not have found out. 
 
 fille poderia ter seguido o officio de sen pai. Verdades 
 que a sua rasao nao tinha podido descobrir. Utile poderia 
 ter gdnho na especulacao, se pensasse melhor. Eu po~ 
 deria ter feito isto, se tivesse tido tempo bastante. O 
 secretario poderia ter escripto este officio, se quizesse 
 trabalhar mais. Os homens poderiao ter sido mais fe- 
 lizes, se de ha mais tempo se tivessem conhecido. fille 
 inflammou-se a ponto que poderia ter feito asneira. O Se- 
 nhor F. tinha podido fazer isto, se lh'o pedissem. £lle 
 apresentou mais dinheiro do que tinha podido ganhar. 
 
 They heard truths, which the most cultivated reason 
 could not have discovered. They cannot have finished 
 that immense work in three months. You might have 
 built that house in a year. He could have done the work 
 very easily in three weeks, if they had allowed him. 
 The book is better printed than I could have supposed. 
 The Secretary could have finished all these letters, if 
 he had not gone to the ball. It is quite impossible 
 that he can have acted so. The officer might have gained 
 100 dollars, if he had been attentive. I could have 
 saved the boy, if I had had a rope. 
 
— 192 — 
 LESSON CXCII. 
 
 MAY, MIGHT P0SS0, FODERiA, PODE£SE. 
 
 Pdsso pedir-lhe uina graca? 
 Pdsso enganar-me. 
 Qualquer que seja. 
 Muitos poderido ser felizes, se. 
 tlma. questao que poderin sir 
 
 euriosa. 
 Spja feita a vontade de Deus! 
 
 May I ask a favour of you? 
 I may be mistaken. 
 Whoever he may be 
 Many might he happy, if. 
 A question, which might be 
 
 curious. 
 May God's will be done! 
 
 . Isto pode ser. Quando o rapaz vier, poderdY. m. ir. 
 filles poderao magoar-se. Seja o que elle quizer, eii 
 estimo a sua probidade Pode ser asstm. Pode acon- 
 tecer. Qualquer pode fazer o que nao for contrario as 
 leis. Nao nos e licito violar a lei. Ser-me-ha permittido 
 offerecer-lhe. Pode ser que elle venha. Oxala que seja 
 feliz ! Oxala que volte cedo. Pode-se retirar. Creio que 
 nos podemos It vantar. Eu podia fazer isso se quizesse. 
 Eu tinha podido faze-lo, mas, etc. £lle poderia ir, se 
 quizesse. Ser-lhe-Ma licito ir, se podesse. 
 
 He may do what he pleases. May I be allowed to 
 send you a wing? May be, she will come to-morrow: 
 May he soon revisit his native land! Such a thing may 
 happen. You may go, as you have finished the work; 
 These may do what is not contrary to law. You may 
 come as soon as you please. You may be sure that 
 you will find me at home. The boy might do it, if he 
 liked. The child might read, if he would. He might go 
 to Demerara, if he could get money to pay his passage. 
 He might write the letter, if he pleased. He might siog, 
 if he would. 
 
— 193 — 
 
 LESSON CXCIIL 
 shall' 1 ), should^. 
 
 TerH a hunra? 
 
 VirdeWe, qner que elle venha? 
 
 Serei alTogado. 
 
 Jria, se tivesse cavallo. 
 
 Deve obedecer. 
 
 Se elle Jizesse fsso. 
 
 Shall I have Hie honour? 
 
 Shall he come? 
 
 I shall be drowned. 
 
 I should go, if I had a horse. 
 
 He should obey. 
 
 Tf he should do that. 
 
 Nao irei a Lisboa amanha. A menina diz que nao 
 quer ir, mas hade ir. Nao, nao hade fazer tal. Dir-lhe-hei 
 o que penso? Se V. S. a nao quer ir, irei so. Irei por 
 clle? Eu voltarei, se poder. Ficarei, se me for lieito. 
 Do que lhe heide eu offerecer? Quer que eu o sirva de 
 legumes? Diga-me que edificios havemos de ver. Se elle 
 viesse, comeria comnosco. Se eu tivesse cavallo, iria. 
 Se tivesse noticias d'elles, dar-lh'as-/«'a. Se chovesse, 
 V. S. a nao devia ir. Se eu tivesse poder, as cousas ha- 
 viao de ir d'outro modo. 
 
 If he should do that, I would punish him. I shall 
 not go to Camacha on Monday. Shall I help you to a 
 little roast-beef? How much should 1 give him per day? 
 I shall want you to morrow at 6 o'clock. Shall you 
 have time to come with me? Shall we go on Monday? 
 I should like to have a catalogue. 1 shall be much obliged 
 to you. I should like a glass of beer. Shall 1 light the 
 fire? We shall not be ready in time. It shall be done. 
 If we w r ere perfect, we should be saints. Shall I have 
 the honour of calling on you to-morrow. If I had a 
 good pony, I should go. He shall have it next week. 
 
 ( l ) Implied in the form of the Port, verb, v. g. I shall go, 
 irei ; I should go, iria. 
 
 13 
 
— 194- 
 
 LESSON CXCIV, 
 
 [LL, WOULD. QCfifiO, VOU, QUIZ. 
 
 QuerY. S. a fazeMo, ou nao? 
 Nao, eu nao quero. 
 VouAhe mostrdr os quartos. 
 Nao o quiz faze*r. 
 Islo e o que en f aria. 
 Se ella Ih'o pedisse, dar-lh'o- 
 hia? 
 
 Will you do it, or not? 
 
 No, I will not. 
 
 1 will show you. 
 
 He would not do it. 
 
 This is what I'd do. 
 
 If she asked, would you give it? 
 
 Quer almccar comnosco? Quer cha? £lle nao quer 
 trabalhar. Teria de pedfr-ihe uma cousa. Quer fazer-me 
 um obsc r quio? You ver. Crcio queV. S. a gostara d'este. 
 tlUe hade ca estar quarta feira. Fa-lo hei com gosto. 
 Farei por V. S. a o que nao faria por ninguem. Espero 
 que nao seja nada. Nao hade dizer que nao. Quer to- 
 mar um copo de neve? QuerY. S. a que eu va hoje? 
 Choverd, mas nao hade trovejdr. Nos nao lhe pagaremos. 
 Segundo se quer. Deixe-me passar, euheideir. Eu quero 
 que V. m. faca isto. 
 
 Will you go. or not? I will tell him to come. Let me 
 pass, I ivill see my child. The man says he will send 
 the money tomorrow. He was very lazy, and would 
 not write the letter The doctor says it will be nothing. 
 Til go and see who is at the door. What would you 
 have us do? If I were in your place, this is what I 
 would do. Would you go, if he invited you? In the 
 evening, he would relate to us his numerous adven- 
 tures. Sometimes he would go at 10 o'clock. No, I will 
 not. At night the old man would read to us. I told 
 him all vet he would not believe me. 
 
— 195 — 
 LESSON CXCV. 
 
 WILL HAVE, WOULD HAVE. TERfil, TIVERA QUKltlDO. 
 
 Ten! escripto. 
 Iria (1), teria Ho. 
 Eu quero que elle obede^a. 
 El!e teria querido casar-se. 
 Nao ganhaval 2 ). 
 Eu nao quiztra que V. S. a es- 
 rrevesse. 
 
 He will have written. 
 I would have gone. 
 I will have him obey. 
 He would have married. 
 I would not hare gained. 
 I would not have you wrife. 
 
 Eu teria jantddo com V. S. a , porem a chuva nao me 
 deixou. Pelusio, d'onde havia fazer-se o nosso embar- 
 que, se Sesostris nao acabara. Se tivesse pedido D. 
 Beatriz a vosso pai, elle lh'a houvera dado por mulher. 
 £lla teria morrido, se nao fosse, etc. N'uma regata de 
 vapores o nosso barco nao ganhdvai^ de certo o premio. 
 Bern dcsejdvaft) eu ser o portador, mas negocios do- 
 mesticos me embaracao. Se nao estivesse impedido com 
 molestia, iria pessoalmente a V. S. a A nao ser V. S. a , 
 cstdva perdido. 
 
 I would have paid him with pleasure, but he would 
 not take the money. Be that as it may, I will have my 
 child obey me. He would have liked to marry, but un- 
 fortunately he had not the means. I would not have 
 you wrile to him any more, for he will not reply. 
 Without doubt, he would have died if it had not been 
 for the kindness of the old vicar. But for you, he would 
 have been entirely ruined. I should have liked to accom- 
 pany you to Madeira, but pressing business prevented 
 me. 
 
 (M ulria» toould go, is often used for a teria ido», should 
 have gone. 
 
 I 2 ) The imperfect is often used in this sense. 
 
 13* 
 
— 196 — 
 LESSON CXCVI. 
 
 «WILL» OR «SHALL» IN THE SENSE OF «MUST» 
 OR ((HAVE TO BE.» 
 
 Se o fizer, pagar-lhe-ML 
 
 Quanta lhe heide darJ 
 
 O vinho hade ser barato este 
 
 anno. 
 O que heide comer? 
 Que caminho heide tomdr? 
 
 If he does it, I must pay him. 
 What shall I have to give you ? 
 Wine loill be cheap this year. 
 
 What shall I eat ? 
 What road must I take? 
 
 Dar-lhe-hei duas patacas. i /'// give you two dollars. 
 
 Nao se sabe em que se hade passar o tempo. Se all 
 lhe poder prestar algum servico, fa-lo-hn com prazer. 
 Quando tiver sede o que heide beber? Est'md-lo-hei 
 muito, ficar-lhe-hei agradecido. Ser-me-ha licito pergun- 
 tar-lhe? Apedr-nos-hcmos aqui? Sim, Senhores, hdode 
 ter bons quartos e boas camas. V. S. a hade achdr os 
 precos mui rasoaveis. Hade almocdr comnosco. Que lhe 
 heide dizer da gente? Para que hade matar se? A co- 
 lheita hade ser . . . Os vinhos hdode ser muito bons esle 
 anno. Aonde havemos de parar para jantar? 
 
 If he finishes the printing in three weeks, 1 shall 
 pay him more. How much shall I have to'give the man? 
 Milho will be much cheaper next year. What will the 
 man drink? Which of these two roads shall I take? 1 
 shall do it with much pleasure. May J be permitted to 
 enquire, if you have had good news from the Duke? 
 You will find the prices at the Hotels very reasonable, 
 but the rooms are not clean. Where shall we stop to 
 breakfast? When I am hungry, what am I to cat? My 
 friend, you will breakfast with me this morning. 1 
 pill give you ten dollars, nothing more. 
 
— 1 97 — 
 
 LESSON CXCV1I. 
 
 HAVE JUST. ACABO f 1 ) DE. 
 
 Jcabdva dc vir, quando. 
 Acabo de o fazer. 
 Chlgo agora mesmo. 
 A cab ado de publicar-se. 
 Acabdvao de concluir. 
 Acabdva V. S. a de sair. 
 
 | He had just come, when 
 I have just done it. 
 1 am just arrived. 
 Just published. 
 They had just finished . 
 You were just gone out. 
 
 Acabo de tomdr uma chicara de cafe. Tome a vir 
 coser quando acabar' 1 ) de brincar. Acabao de entrar. 
 Nao fdco mdis que chegdr da Crimea. Os musulmanos 
 acabdvao dc cmquistdr aquella parte da Africa. O novo 
 emir acabou de avassalldr o resto da Peninsula. Que 
 horas sao? Acdbdo de dar nove. Os Judeus acabdvao de 
 rcceber a lei. O peixe acdba de chegdr. fiste catalogo 
 acdba de sir publicado hoje mesmo. Acabdvamos de 
 comprar a casa quando lhe pegou o fogo. Acabdndo de 
 dizer isto. 
 
 The mail has just arrived. I have just told it you. 
 Just published, a history of Portugal by A. Herculano. 
 They had just finished a beautiful drawing of the fortress, 
 when a shot was fired. I am sorry I cannot dine with 
 you, as 1 have just finished lunch. In reply to your 
 kind letter just received. The books, to which I refer 
 have just been published by Silva. The allies have just 
 succeeded in forcing the Russians to evacuate part of 
 Sebastopol. We had just bought the house, when it look 
 fire. The lady had just gone out, when I called. Having 
 just said these words, he expired, 
 
 f 1 ) Tt often means nhave done." 
 
198 — 
 
 LESSON GXGVIII. 
 
 OUGHT. D&VO, DEVIA. 
 
 Devo fazer o meu thema. 
 £lle deve estar aqui. 
 O verde deve ir-Ihe b^m. 
 Nao devo duvidar. 
 O qae devia dizer. 
 
 I ought to do my theme. 
 He ought to be here. 
 Green ought to suit you well. 
 I ought not to doubt. 
 What I ought to say. 
 
 Devemos trabalhar e nao brincar. V. m. deve pensar 
 antes de fallar. Aquelle que nao quer trabalhar nao 
 deve comer. Nao se deve deixar para amanha aquillo 
 que se pode fazer hoje. A que horas deverei estar 
 prompto? Eu nao duvido, nem devo duvidar. Na guerra 
 o rei dece ser o defensor dos povos. £ certo que se 
 fosse verdadeiro, devia ser adoptado. nome do Sr. 
 F. deve ser-nos tao caro, corno se fosse o de um com- 
 patriola nosso. fiste catalogo que deve considerar-se 
 corao um supplemento. 
 
 These boys ought to work and not to play. Every 
 one ought to think before speaking. He who will not work 
 ought not to eat. This book ought to be considered as 
 an answer. If my plan is good, it ought to be adopted. 
 The interest of these children ought not to be sacrified. 
 Such people ought not to be admitted into good society. 
 He neither doubts, nor ought to doubt. At what hour 
 ought the boat to be ready. The king ought always to 
 be the defender of his country. That ought never to be 
 left for to-morrow which can be done to-day. I ought 
 to finish my letters, but I am very tired. Black ought 
 to become you well. You ought to go to Madeira in 
 time. 
 
— 199 — . 
 
 LESSON CXCIX. 
 
 MUST. DEVO, SER PRECISO, MISTER, &. 
 
 Devo corner. 
 
 E preciso que elle seja (]6udo. 
 E mister separar-nos. 
 Preciso levantar-nie. 
 Preciso que me faga, etc. 
 
 I must eat. 
 
 He must be mad. 
 
 We must part. 
 
 I must rise. 
 
 You must make me, etc. 
 
 Agora cleve tomar lima chfeara de cafe. Preciso lavar 
 as maos. Preciso ir-me embora. £ preciso irmos ves- 
 tidos em corpo. Devo tomar a direita ou a esquerda? 
 Devo fazer aquillo? Calcarei as botas, porque de've 
 fazer lama. Sera mister que me faca outro par. Sera 
 preciso que eu leve a comida amanha? £llcs devem ter 
 vindo mui mocos para a Inglaterra. Devemos morrer 
 todos. £ mister que leve este rol. Preciso que isso esi^/'a 
 prompto para quinta feira. A que horas deverei estar 
 prdmpto? Dcve ser um prazer regio. 
 
 i must write. You must cut my hair. They must 
 learn. He must have been a handsome man. If you do 
 not wish to lose the friendship of your uncle, you ought 
 to act otherwise. He must be a fool, when he acts in 
 that manner. We must part, for the steamer goes in 
 an hour. You must make me a pair of stout boots. 
 Now, you must take a glass of wine and w r ater. I must 
 wash my hands. We must go in full dress. Must I lake 
 the right hand or the left? At this price they must be 
 very good. What must be given to the coachman? 
 
— 200— - 
 LESSON CC. 
 
 THERE IS, HERE IS. HA, TEM, EIS-AQUl, 
 
 Ha um hdmem. 
 
 Ha via um soldado. 
 
 JS'ao ha peri go. 
 
 Nao tern pressa. 
 
 Ha seis mezes que est6u aqui. 
 
 Nao ha quem o veju. 
 
 There is a man. 
 
 There ivas a soklier. 
 
 There is no danger. 
 
 There is no hurry. 
 
 I have been here six months. 
 
 You are quite a stranger. 
 
 Ha dois annos que o nao vejo. Tres dias ha que 
 eu a vi. Ha muito tempo que nao tenho o goslo 
 de ver a V. S. a Ha alguma cousa de novo? Nao ha 
 tempo a perder. Ha cartas para mim? Devo ter uma 
 carta no escaninho. Eis-aqui lindos aventaes de seda. 
 Aqui os icm lindfssimos. Eis-aqui o que eu aborreco. 
 Ha alguma esperanca? Eis-me aqui. Nada ha tao pe- 
 rigoso como a ma companhia. Eis-aqui um amigo meu. 
 Ha homens. Que tempo ha que V. S. a esta no FunchaT? 
 Ha um mez que elle esta doente. 
 
 There icill always be poor in the world. If there 
 should be any one... If there were but two horses. 
 How long have you been in Oporto? There is nothing 
 so injurious to the invalid as excitement. She has been 
 very ill for two months. Cronsladt is one of the strongest 
 fortresses which exists. There is no hurry, I shall send 
 it to-morrow. Here are some very fine books for sale. 
 Is there any thing new in the paper to day? Are there 
 any letters for my father? I have been ii\c years in 
 the Island. 
 
— 201 — 
 LESSON CCJ. 
 
 ADVERBS OF PLACE. 
 
 Onde? por onde? aonde? para 
 
 onde? emb6ra. 
 Aqui, ahi, d'ahi, all, por aqui. 
 
 Alem, ca, la, acola, arn'ba. 
 
 Cerca, dentro, f6ra, diante, 
 atras. 
 
 Where, which way, whither 
 
 away. 
 Here, there, thence, yonder, 
 
 this way. 
 Beyond, here, there, over there, 
 
 up. 
 Round, within, out, before, 
 
 behind. 
 
 Onde e a casa de...? Venha cd. Va-se cmbdra. Eu 
 aqui estou bem. Venha por aqui. Va por ahi. Passe por 
 ali. Venha d'aqui a pouco. Vamos a pe ate Id, Por 
 onde vamos? Eis-aqui uma linda vista. Ha cinco annos 
 para cd. Nao se mova d'ahi. Fique ahi, Vol temos para 
 trdz. Aonde vai o rapaz? D'aqui a nlguns dias. Tonic 
 atrdz. D'aqui para all. Aqui dentro. D'aqui por didntc. 
 Dentro em tres dias. Tern saido fora. Tenho gente de 
 for a. Janta fora. Mandar alguem adidnte. De hoje em 
 didrte. Deixar alguem atrdz. Alem d'isso. 
 
 Where is the church? Let us go on horseback. Here 
 is a beautiful watch. Where is your master? Stay here. 
 He goes out. My friend lives there. Which way did he 
 go? From hence forumrd. He has company. My friend 
 is dining out. Besides this. The church is far from this. 
 Near land. It is near mid day. r £he gentleman is not 
 within. Nearly five years ago. I shall return within three 
 weeks. My master dines out to day, not far from this. 
 Let us go up. He went down. After that, he went away. 
 
202 
 
 LESSON CCII. 
 
 ADVERBS OF TIME. 
 
 Quando, algtimas vfoes, desde. 
 Sempre, cedo, tarde, para sern- 
 
 pre. 
 Nunca, tan las ve*zes, muitas 
 
 vezes, raras vezes, <3utra vez. 
 Agora, antes, depdis, entao. 
 Hoje, hontem, hontem pelama- 
 
 nha. 
 
 When, sometimes, since. 
 Always, soon, late, for ever. 
 
 Never, so often, seldom again. 
 
 Now, before, after, then. 
 To-day, yesterday, yesterday 
 morning. 
 
 Quando vai o vapor? Apenas tinha saido, quando a 
 casa caiu. Hoje em dia. De quando em quando. Desde 
 entao. Devemos sempre fazer o nosso dever. Muito cedo. 
 Amar para sempre. Ouvi-o dizer outr'ora. Eu antes que- 
 reria nozes. Vai-se fazendo tarde. Mais do que nunca. 
 Agora quer uma cousa, agora quer outra. Antes morrer 
 que ser traidor. Voltei tres mezes depois. Hontem foi 
 dia santo em todo o logar. Levante-se jd. £ j a tempo. 
 Jd vou. Jd se foi o seu mestre? Estive Id hontem pela 
 manha. Logoxou. Logo que receberdosesta, vindever-me. 
 
 When does he return? He had hardly gone, ichen he 
 fell. I see him from time to time. Till now. He will ra- 
 ther die than work. He is sometimes in town in the 
 morning. Always get up early. Since then 1 have sel- 
 dom seen him here. I shall write to you to day, or to- 
 morrow. It is -growing late, I must go home. He will 
 give it you now. Yesterday was the first day of the month. 
 He prefers fisli. It is time to write that letter. I am 
 coming directly As soon as he died. Formerly so full 
 of life. 
 
— 203 — 
 
 LESSON CCIII. 
 
 ADVERBS OF QUANTITY AND NUMBER, 
 
 Taoquao; limavez, duas vezes. 
 Mui , mai$, menos, tanto quanlo. 
 Assas, ape^nas, tanto quanto, de- 
 
 masiado, em quanto. 
 Quasi, de nenhum modo, so. 
 Cerca, as vezes, as mais das ve- 
 
 zes. 
 
 So as; once, twice. 
 
 Much, more, less, as much as. 
 
 Enough, hardly, so much, as 
 much, too. 
 
 Almost, not at all, only. 
 
 About, at times, most frequen- 
 tly, while. 
 
 Nao va tao depressa. Tao alto e tao branco. Tanto 
 melhor. Tanto peior. Tanto por tanto. Se elle fosse tao 
 prudente quao e atrevido. Fiz isso tres vezes. Nem mats 
 nera menos. Quer comer mais? Sao quasi dez horas. 
 Quanto leva pela passagem? Mui agradavel. Pouco mais 
 ou menos. Nao se acha menos. Adiantar-se-ha quanto po- 
 der. Quanto em mim for. Defendo-o quanto posso. Em- 
 qudnto a este homem. castigo parece-nos demasiddo 
 severe Emqudnto durar o mundo Ha quasi um mez. 
 De mais a mais, Emqudnto ao mais. Comprido de mais. 
 
 He goes too fast. This man is so tall. If you come 
 with us, so much the better. If she were as good as 
 she is beautiful. He is sixty years, neither more nor 
 less. I found myself minus. How much did you pay for 
 this book? He will write as much as he can. As to 
 this country, I think it beautiful While the world lasts, 
 there will be good and bad men. I shall help you as 
 far as in me lies. It is nearly a year. I have not even a 
 dollar. It is almost X o'clock. His conduct is not at all 
 agreeable, So much the worse. The cholera raged, so 
 that it threatened to deslrov all. 
 
— 204 — 
 LESSON CCIV. 
 
 ADVERBS OF MANNER AND QUALITY. 
 
 Sim, certamenle, na verdade. 
 Nao, ainda nao, nada, nada 
 
 menos. 
 Assim, poracaso, assim mesmo. 
 C6rao, bem, n»al, melhor, peior. 
 Talvez, pode ser, porventura. 
 Devagar, depressa.. 
 
 Yes, certainly, indeed. 
 
 No, not yet, nothing, nothing 
 
 less. 
 So, by chance, just so. 
 How, well, ill, better, worse. 
 Perhaps, may be, per chance. 
 Slowly, fast. 
 
 Creio que sim. Digo que nao. Facamos assim. tile 
 nao me e disse nada. Nao o creio. Ainda nao acabou? 
 Como diz V. S. a ? Nao le bem. V. S." nao anda nada. 
 Como se chama isto? fille falla devagar. Talvez nao 
 seja necessario. Muito bem, estarei prompto. Estimo 
 muito que assim acontecesse. Como assim? Assim seja. 
 Como quer que seja? Morrer como militar. Ferido como 
 estava, falloff. Ova bem Bempouco. Muito bem feito. De 
 mal para peior. Mai disposto. Nao ha nada melhor. Cdda 
 vez melhor. Esta peior. Nao pode ser. Vamos devagar. 
 
 I say so. I believe not. Let him do so. 1 cannot go 
 yet. The boy does not write well. Perhaps he will return 
 to-morrow. So be it, I am quite ready. He wishes to 
 die as a soldier. Ill as he was, he wrote a long letter. 
 There is nothing better than pure water. Let us go back 
 quickly. He grows better and better. Whatever be the 
 case, I must go to Lisbon. The work is very ivell done. 
 I am glad that he is so well. Go quickly. I have not 
 seen it yet. 
 
— 205 — 
 LESSON CCV. 
 
 ADJECTIVES USED FOR ADVERBS. 
 
 Sinto injinilo. 
 
 Enro pregjva. 
 
 Disse ella bdixo. 
 
 Doce langes, Pierio, dace cantas. 
 
 Fa 11a claro e distincto. 
 Fallava rijo. 
 
 I regret very much. 
 He rarely preached. 
 She said in a low voice. 
 Sweetly thou playest, sweetly 
 
 singest. 
 He speak s clearly and distinctly. 
 He was speaking aloud. 
 
 Desprezando ingrdta e descuiddda os mimos corn que 
 foi detada. Queira V. S. a aceitar benigno a expressao 
 de meu sincero louvor. Uma tal sociedade e a sentinella 
 que vigfa cautelosa em torno, etc. Tenho a honra de 
 <Hzer-lhe que me aproveitarei gostoso dos seus offere- 
 cimentos. Senlindo infinito a dor que tao juslamente 
 afilige V. S. a Minha mulher se reconhece agradecida. 
 Folgo infinito de ter uma occasiao de ser util a V. S. fl 
 fillas viviao seguras e quietas. Sentiu infinito a morte 
 do seu amigo £lle falla baixo. 
 
 Will you kindly accept this trifle? I rejoice extremely 
 to have it in my power to be of use to you. I shall 
 avail myself with pleasure of your kindness. He watches 
 carefully around. The monk rarely preaches. I grieve 
 very much. Despising ungratefully the offers I made. 
 1 feel very much the grief which, etc. He spoke very 
 slowly. I rejoice much to hear of your good fortune. He 
 lives quietly and securely in a cottage. Will you kindly 
 excuse the trouble 1 give you? I shall avail myself 
 gratefully of your kindness. 
 
206 — 
 
 LESSON CCVI. 
 
 PHRASEOLOGY OF ADVERBS. 
 
 Ca e la, por ora. 
 Para ca e para la, sSbretudo. 
 Ja la, ja agora, ja entao. 
 Ja ha dfas, ja ja, ja ja. 
 Aqui denlro, ate aqui, ate ahi. 
 Ainda nao, algura tanto. 
 
 Hither and thither, at present. 
 Up and down, above all. 
 Done with, now, even then. 
 Some days ago, quickly, yes, yes. 
 Within, to this, to that time. 
 Not yet, rather. 
 
 D'ha cinco annos para ca. Desde entao para ca sempre 
 cri que, etc. A historia dos tempos que ja la vao. fistas 
 botas sao grandes de mdis. As solas nao sao bastdnte 
 fortes. D'aqui a tres mezes. Isso ja Id vai. La se foi 
 tudo. Ja la vai o tempo. Ja, jd me lembro. Isso Jwntem 
 seria bom, jd agora e superfluo. Va jd jd! Aqui jaz. 
 D'aqui a alguns dias. D'alia dois dias. Ao longe pelos 
 campos. D^ahiapouco pareceu-me ouvir a voz. Jd chora, 
 jd se r\,jd se enfurece. Alcantara, sobre o qualjd entao 
 havia uma ponte, pouco mdis ou menos como a de hoje. 
 
 Go very quickly. Some days hence. Now I remember. 
 The higher you go, the colder it gets. This dress is ra- 
 ther short. Three months hence I shall go to England. 
 He promotes directly or indirectly the instruction of 
 the people. Morally and socially speaking. Some days 
 ago, I was walking in thePraca. Yesterday food would 
 have been welcome, to day it is useless. Even then there 
 was a bridge and a small house. I cannot go at present. 
 This paper is too large. The soles of my boots are not 
 strong enough. They will go to England uithin three 
 months. The history of days gone by. Some weeks ago, 
 I met him in the Rocio. 
 
— 207 — 
 LESSON CCVII. 
 
 ADVERBIAL PHRASES. 
 
 Apenas, mal, tanto que. 
 Tanto que elle sepuU6u seu pai. 
 
 Veiu ver-me asshn que chegou. 
 
 Em chegando a porta, me des- 
 pedi. 
 
 As soon as, hardly. 
 
 As soon as he had buried his 
 
 father. 
 He came to see me as soon as 
 
 he arrived. 
 As soon as I had arrived, etc. 
 
 tile correu a mim apenas me avistou. £lla apenas 
 o vira desapparecer no arco, saira detraz do reposlelro. 
 Apenas descavalgdu, deu varias ordens. £ile foi rou- 
 bado pclos berberescos, quando apenas conlava cinco 
 annos «Meu criado)) gritou Brites apenas me viu. 
 Apenas chegou a Tunis, foi elle comprado por ordem 
 do bei. Mal se podem ler sme horror. O besteiro ape- 
 nas enlrou encaminhou-se para urna chamine. Os re- 
 cursos do pastor apenas chegavao para sustentar as 
 creancas. 
 
 As soon as he had dined, he went out. They could 
 hardly stand. They hesitated as soon as they saw me. 
 Hardly had the horse come, when he was bought. No 
 sooner had they left the regiment than they became the 
 victims of the guerillas. The soldier no sooner entered 
 the room than he took a seat near the fire. If I do not 
 get up as soon as I awake, I fall a sleep again. He had 
 hardly entered the house, when the assassin stabbed 
 him. JVb sooner had the ship struck, than all order was 
 at an end. He lost his sight, when he was hardly six 
 years old. He paid the money as soon as he came. 
 
208 — 
 
 LESSON CCVIIL 
 
 SENAO, &C. 
 
 Senao(l), menos, so, nao mais 
 
 do que. 
 Ninguem sendo men pai. 
 Mais nada sendo. 
 Tudo, menos liraa affronta. 
 Nao ten ho sendo. 
 Nao lera -mais do que dizeV. 
 Nao ha foriudsa sem sendo. 
 
 Except, only, but. 
 
 No one but my father. 
 Nothing more, except. 
 All but an affront. 
 I have nothing but. 
 You have only to say. 
 No beauty without a but. 
 
 Eu esquccer-me-hia de tudo menos de urn amor puro 
 e ardente. Nao se esta senao ao pe do lume. fille nao 
 tem outra culpa senao a de ter obedecido a lei do pro- 
 pheta. Ninguem rios ve senao Deus. Nao tenho senao 
 papel ordinario. Tudo e merecedor de respeito, menos 
 o infeliz que vos falla. Nao achei senao homens. Nao 
 espero senao pelas suas ordens. Nao faco outr.i cousa 
 senao tossir. Nao e sen.ao um aguaceiro. Nao faz senao 
 conversar. Nao quero escrcver senao um bilhete. Nao 
 entrei senao para saber cdmo estava V. S. a 
 
 II is nothing but water. I only eat twice a day. A 
 miserable system is that of those who admit no other 
 light than that of reason. We have here but five loaves. 
 It is nothing but an invention. This excellent man had 
 nothing but a limited income. The letter contained no- 
 thing but the usual words. During the whole three days, 
 I did nothing but write to Laura. He leaves nothing but 
 ruins. He knows no mother but me. 
 
 f 1 ) <i Senao » means if not, as: «Elles mostrao se nao mutua 
 amisade, ao menos muluo respeito." 
 
209 
 
 LESSON CCIX. 
 
 THAT DE QUE.! 1 ' 
 
 Sem se lembrarem de que. 
 Este sera, o signal de que*, etc. 
 Nao sou digno de que entres 
 
 na, etc. 
 Nao ha de que. 
 Peca que lhe deem de t 1 ) beber. 
 
 Without remembering that. 
 This shall be the sign that. 
 lam not worthy that you, etc, 
 
 That is nothing. 
 
 Call for something (U to drink. 
 
 Com a differenca de que o periodo conta-se por annos. 
 Recordei-me de que ja nem pai nem irma tinha. £ile 
 dava visiveis signaes de que o seu coracao nao estava 
 sereno. Avisa-lo-hei de que deve comparecer. Queixa- 
 vao-se os povos de que o abbade mandava, etc. Vasco 
 tremia de que o segredo fatal lhe escapasse. Todos se 
 queixavao de que os tempos nao erao prosperos. Esla 
 certo de que os lencoes estejao bem seccos? 
 
 He remembered that he had invited to dinner the 
 general and two friends. I am not certain that the 
 sheets are dry. He will convince himself thai his faith 
 is weak. Without my remembering that the man had 
 gone. This shall be the sign that I send thee. If I re- 
 member what the old man told us. Impressed with the 
 conviction that associations are a powerful element, etc. 
 I am convinced that your creditor will not pay the £ 50. 
 Be sure that the bed is well-aired. 
 
 (!) De, etc. De qut often means "something* as: «De-me 
 de que beber »» Give me somethinq to drink. 
 
 U 
 
— 210 — 
 LESSON CCX. 
 
 PREPOSITIONS OF EXISTENCE AND STATE. 
 
 Em. 
 
 S6bre, s6b, e"ntre. 
 Ante, apos, contra. 
 Com, sem. 
 Dentro de. 
 
 In, on, at, into. 
 
 Upon, under, between, an, at. 
 
 Before, after, against. 
 
 With, without 
 
 Within. 
 
 No inverno. Em casa. Em guerra. Em methodo bre- 
 ve. Em consciencia. Em pdnto. Em Londres. Esta em 
 si. Sam em terra. Estive em Africa. Vai em busca d'elle. 
 Em punicao dOs seus peccados. De um em outro. Em 
 acabando, irei. Nos nossos tempos. Be rua em rua. 
 Esta sobre a mesa. Sobre longa consideracao. Toma 
 sobre si a culpa. Sob a figura de mentor. Sob seii am- 
 paro. £ntre umas arvores. fintre nos fique o segredo. 
 Le a carta entre si ; Fa-lo-hei com prazer. Sem cere- 
 monia. Com tantas atlencoes. Ante os olhos. 
 
 At all times. In Paris. In England. From door to 
 door. Traws formed into a flower. In three days. It is 
 in the drawer. In proof of his friendship. Above our 
 strength. The Queen reigns over the people. The war 
 in Asia. He went from one to the other. The book is 
 on the table: Having dined, I shall go out. Your friend 
 is not himself. He will do it with much pleasure. He 
 will pay in advance. The man voted against me. Without 
 saying a word. Without delay. Without reason. He dines 
 at the inn. He is at home. Amongst friends. I shall be 
 there within an hour. 
 
— 211 — 
 LESSON MSI. 
 
 PREPOSITIONS OF ACTION. 
 
 De, desde, por. 
 
 Por. 
 
 A, ate, para. 
 Ate esse pdnlo. 
 Para com. 
 
 Of, from by, than since ; hy 
 
 through. 
 Through, by means of. 
 To, at, till, for, toward*. 
 So far. 
 Towards. 
 
 Peco-lhe por favor. Pelas suas ordens. Da minha 
 parte. Se eu vier por Coimbra. Veiu de Franca. Da 
 choupana ao palacio. Em menos detres annos. Em vasos 
 de metal. Cheio d'agua. pobre do homem. Portas 
 de ouro. £ de Lisboa. Edicao para uso do Collegio, 
 £lle saiu de casa. Desde enlao. Desde as tres horas ate 
 as quatro. De dia. Capdz de ensinar. Viver de peixe. 
 Saltar de alegria. Diante de mim. De madrugada. £lle 
 se aparta do seu dever. De Funchal a Machico ha tres 
 leguas. A juizo do cirurgiao.Irei a Londres. 
 
 A marble statue. A writing master. I learned it by 
 heart. One by one. From Madrid to Lisbon. Till that 
 moment. He must go to Santarem. From man to man. 
 The thief of a box ! I shall return through Germany, 
 in less than four months. Your friend is from Spain. 
 At 3 o'clock. He is of a good family. A wind-mill. 
 They live ow-fish. In the opinion of the lawyer. From 
 Funchal to the mount. He will go to Braganza. I must 
 do my duty towards my pupils. Since then, 1 have not 
 seen him. The poor woman! 
 
 14* 
 
— 212 — 
 LESSON CCXII. 
 
 USES OF PARA. 
 
 Vai pdra Franca. 
 O ain6r pdra o filho. 
 Trabalho pdra ganhar. 
 Pdra o dia seguinte. 
 Esta pdra parlir. 
 Muito bom pdra urn princi- 
 piante. 
 
 He is going to France. 
 
 Love for the son. 
 
 I work to gain. 
 
 For the following day. 
 
 He is about to start. 
 
 Very good for a beginner. 
 
 Vou pdra Lisboa. Vai a casa d'elle. Esta pdra cho- 
 ver. Quero os sapatos pdra hoje. Habilidade pdra as 
 lettras. Pdra dentro do mar. Uma viagem pdra as In- 
 dias. Pdra confirmacao d'esta verdade. Tenho hora 
 dada pdra tratar de negocios. Deus sabe pdra que. 
 Pdra a outra vez.Vou to ca r pdra saber. Agua quente 
 pdra lavarmos as maos. Pdra cima. £lle nao presta 
 pdra nada. Pdra que V. S. a o saiba.'De mini pdra 
 mim. Ha oito pdra nove annos Olhe pdra mim. Pdra 
 a outra parte. Vestidos pdra os hospedes. 
 
 This house is for the Countess. This pencil is for 
 drawing. He is strong enough to walk. He is not the 
 man for that. A house for the poor. John works for 
 the public good. On the other side. Towards the end 
 of the month. Much advanced for his age. We are just 
 going to start. He is gone up stairs. They have gone 
 down. Towards the south. For the future. A child of 
 8 to 10 years.* Four or five leagues off. A remedy for 
 all diseases. He went off to France. This book is for 
 a beginner. 
 
213 
 
 LESSON CCXIII, 
 
 USES OF POR. 
 
 Os males causados por Joao. 
 Por t6da a Asia, por porta. 
 
 Por anno, mez, seraana, dia. 
 Por dez annos, por culpado. 
 Feito^or fdrca, por verg6nha. 
 A obra esta por fazer, por fallar 
 de. 
 
 The evils caused by John. 
 Throughout Asia, through the 
 
 gate. 
 Per annum, month, week, day. 
 For ten years. As guilty. 
 Done by force, out of shame. 
 The work is not done, on account 
 
 of your having spoken. 
 
 Por agora. Ir por vinho. Palavra por palavra. Trocar 
 vinho por azeite. Por douto que seja. Por mini, ficarei 
 aqui. Por todo o reino. V. S. a nao o tera por menos 
 de dez patacas. Ea passarei por Portugal. A rasao de 
 vinte por cento. Deixarao-n'o por morto. Eu tenho-o 
 por meu amigo. Por mar e por terra. Vai pelo medico. 
 Por exemplo. Por inveja. Por toda a vida. Reputado 
 por sabio. A noite irei por sua casa. Peco-lhe pela nossa 
 amisade. Um vale por muitos. Eu intercedi por Scipiao. 
 A obra ficou por acabar. Pelas duas horas da tarde. 
 
 For the space of a year. For money. For 160 dollars 
 a year. By the force of friendship. By this letter. We 
 must go for water. He exchanges wine for bread. As 
 for me, I shall go. I'll not give the book for less than 
 5 dollars. He pays at the rale of 10 per cent. He re- 
 turns to Germany by France. I shall call on you about 
 4 this afternoon. We must send for the doctor. However 
 rich he may be. Done by John. £ 50 per annum. For 
 many ages. For two pounds. Out of spite. 
 
— 214 — 
 
 LESSON CCX1V. 
 
 PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES WITH DE. 
 
 Antes, diante, dentro, detraz. 
 Debaixo, era cima (a ciraa), 
 
 alem, alraz. 
 Defrdnte, acerca, k r6da, em 
 
 rdda. 
 Depois, ao redor, era t6rno, 
 
 ao 16ngo, abaixo. 
 
 Before, before, within, after. 
 Under, upon, beyond, behind. 
 
 Facing, about, round, around. 
 
 After, round, in turn, along, 
 below. 
 
 Antes do seii nascimento. Antes de quinta-feira. 
 Didnte de mim. Didnte do Rei. Dentro do seu palacio. 
 Dentro do meu coracao. Dentro do anno. Dentro da ci- 
 dade. Detraz da porta. Detraz do palacio. Alem d'isso. 
 Leia didnte de mim. Debdixo da mesa. Depois de ceia. 
 Depots de tantas promessas. Depots de Cicero. Depois 
 d'amanha. Depois de jantar. Fora da casa. Estar de- 
 frdnte de outro. Na ro'aa do anno. Fora da graca. Fora 
 de perigo. Fora de tempo. Acerca do muro. ^ic^rca 
 d'este negocio. JYrfo do rio. Perto de tres horas. 
 
 Before the creation. Before the house. He stood oe- 
 fore the fire. J/for the flood. Behind me. fTrt/itn the 
 house. Out of the kingdom. Owi o/"town. 0w£ o/" doors. 
 Beyond measure. Behind the house. £/wder the chair. 
 After dinner. After so much work. Near the house. 
 Facing the church. He went round the house. J7on# 
 the sea coast. Over his head. Upon the table. From off 
 the chair. He sat below them. All went, except four. 
 He is out of danger. I told him about this. Near 10 
 o'clock. Beside me. From beyond the river. Beyond sea. 
 Under the show of friendship. Before breakfast. 
 
— 215 — 
 LESSON CCXV. 
 
 PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES WITH A. 
 
 Junto. 
 
 Pegado, na casa pegada. 
 
 Quanto. 
 
 Ate. 
 
 Confdrme, segiindo. 
 
 Tocante. 
 
 Close. 
 
 Near, next-door. 
 
 As to. 
 
 Till. 
 
 According to, suitable. 
 
 Touch iugr. 
 
 A minha casa esta junto a sua. Junto a cidade. Pe- 
 gddo as cousas do mundo. Pegddo aos jardins de Cesar. 
 Quanto a disputa. Triste ate a morte. Isso agrada ate 
 aos brutos. Ingrato ate ao pai. Desde as dez horas ate 
 as onze. Ate aos olhos. Ate a primeira. Julgou conforme 
 as leis. Viver confdrme aos dictames da rasao. Nada sei 
 tocante ao assumpto. Segundo a S. Jeronymo. Na casa 
 pegada a minha. Junto as margens do mar. £sta lista 
 sera junta aos eslatutos Quanto a esse ponto. 
 
 Till the month of June. As to this subject. According 
 to your orders. According to the promise he made. He 
 knows absolutely nothing in relation to the subject in 
 question. The Governor's palace is near the fortress of 
 S. George. The prince was ungrateful even to his father. 
 As to the dispute, I think. 1 shall leave it in the hands 
 of the Governor. I shall stay at home till 4 o'clock. 
 His quinta is very near the edge of the sea. I know 
 nothing relative to the subject of which you speak. We 
 ought to live according to the dictates of reason. You 
 must judge according to the laws. 
 
— 216 — 
 LESSON CCXVI. 
 
 •REPOSITION WITHOUT A OR DE. 
 
 A, ate. 
 
 Com, conforme, contra. 
 Durante, de, de'sde. 
 Enlre, em, segundo, salvo. 
 
 Para, por, perante, s6b. 
 Sobre, traz, sem, tocante. 
 
 At, till. 
 
 With, according to, against. 
 
 During, of, since. 
 
 Between, in, according to, 
 
 except. 
 For, by, under. 
 Upon, behind, without, about. 
 
 Vou a Londres. Nao chegarei a tempo. Nao"5ei mon- 
 lar acavallo. D'aqui a tres dias. A seu gosto. Ao prin- 
 cipio. fille foi a casa. Cara a cara. Ate Roma. Ate as 
 orelhas. Com a ajuda d'ura amigo Com corLezia. Com 
 armas prohibidas. Conforme o meu pareeer. Conforme 
 o seu merecimenlo. Fallou contra mim. Contra a sua 
 vontade. Durante o inverno. Vem de Lisboa. £lle foi 
 a pe desde Funchal ate' Camacha. Desde o primeiro ate 
 o ultimo. Conforme este piano. Desde o berco. Sem di- 
 nheiro. Para mim. Em Paris. £ntre nos. Perante o juiz. 
 
 I shall return to Spain. The house is on the right 
 hand. He "goes on foot. They travel by night. He lives 
 in London, He speaks with elegance. According to their 
 principles. The day after. According to his custom. 1 
 saw him face to face. Dinner is already on the table. 
 During fourteen years. To the East and to the north. 
 Except Arragon and Navarre. Under the feet. According 
 to this plan. According to the indications. From that 
 period. From the beginning to the end. He is at his 
 ease. He lives in the English fashion. A man between 
 20 and 30 years. 
 
— 217 — 
 LESSON CCXV1I. 
 
 PREPOSITIONAL IDIOMS. 
 
 Em lhe morrendo o pai. 
 NSo podemos ir de botas. 
 Sem irmos veslidos em cdrpo. 
 Precisa toma-lo em jojum.^ 
 Sem apparato nem ostentacao. 
 Pilo que me tdca. 
 
 As soon as his father is dead. 
 We can't go in boots. 
 Without going in full dress. 
 It must be taken fasting. 
 Without form or shew. 
 As far as I am concerned. 
 
 Precisa ir de sapatos. Em nossa procura. Um doutor 
 em leis. Toma'r de renda. Por maos violentas em Joao. 
 Bosquejar ao lapis. Vende a peso. Pagavel a vista. 
 Gente havida por incapaz de enganar. A 60 dias vista. 
 A minha espera. tiles gostao de orar em pe nas Syna- 
 gogas. Ao alcdnce de toda a gente. Nao ha obra, por 
 grande que soja, que se nao possa encurtar. Servir de 
 segundo pai. Em cu Undo boa cama. Sem mostrar vai- 
 dade nem soberba. Caindo em terra. Em acabando, irei. 
 Os homens feitos a imdgem de Deus. Jantar na rua. 
 
 He comes to (em) his assistance. Blind-fold. Waiting 
 for us. Above the level of the sea. By good fortune. From 
 sea to sea. You must take that medicine fasting. Your 
 brother is a doctor o/"laws. They laid violent hands on 
 the treasures in the palace. You cannot go to court in 
 boots. In search of you. To dine in the open air. I gave 
 him a bill at 60 days' sight. This~ book is published 
 at a price icithin reach of every body. The General 
 ordered the troops to march at night. He leaps for joy. 
 I am dying of hunger. He is boiv-legged. As soon as I 
 have done, he may go. He gave me a bill payable at 
 sight. 1 leave lhe house fasting. 
 
218 — 
 
 LESSON CCXVIII. 
 
 PHRASEOLOGY, PREP. AND NOUNS. 
 
 A pressa, a rios, aos cantos. 
 A logares, a condicao de que. 
 Apena de, aos montoes, a par- 
 " te, a proposito. 
 Ao presente, a tempo, a miudo, 
 
 ao menos. 
 As vessas, a final, a bordo, a. es- 
 
 pera. 
 
 Fast, in streams, in hundreds. 
 In places, on condition thaU 
 On pain of, in heaps, aside, 
 
 by the bye. 
 At present, in time, often, at 
 
 least. 
 Upside down, finally, on board, 
 
 in -wait. 
 
 A fdlta de chuvas. Morto a Idnca. £ste rio a logares 
 tern 10 bracas de fundo. £lle descobre ao longe dois 
 homens. Devo tomar d direita ou a esquerda? Fica-me 
 o pe ma is a vontdde. Viimos a pe. Vai a roda do mundo. 
 Ao proprio. rei estava n'esse tempo naflor da idade. 
 Com muito prazer. A primeira vista. A toda a pressa. 
 Ao princlpio. Ao romper do di a. Rio abdixo. A proposito 
 do queV. S.' 1 diz. Nao obstante isto, ambos erao, etc. 
 Eu eslou na cama, mas o velho esta de cama. Estamos 
 d espera. Escreve a proposito. Fora de proposito. 
 
 Round his heart. Little by little he lost all his money. 
 Down the river. A propos of what he was saying. They 
 arrived in time. They all spoke at once. They w r ent on 
 foot. This river in places is very deep. The man is in 
 the prime of life. The boat went down the river. Not- 
 withstanding this both were in bed. The men were in 
 hundreds. He came on purpose. The fields suffer for 
 want of rain. The ship lias gone round the world. At 
 fint sight, he fled. At break of day the ship went down 
 the river. 
 
— 219 — 
 LESSON CCXIX. 
 
 PHRASEOLOGY, PREP. AND AD. NOUNS. 
 
 De proposito, — improviso, 
 
 — quando em quando. 
 De salto, — vngar, — cor, 
 
 — caminho. 
 
 Em ordem, — fim, — cima, 
 
 — casa. 
 
 De t6do, sem falta, em pe. 
 
 On purpose, suddenly, from 
 
 time, lo lime. 
 By slarts, slowly, by heart, 
 
 on the way. 
 In order, in short, above, at 
 
 home. 
 Quite, without fail, upright, 
 
 on foot. 
 
 Vestido de marinheiro. Be humanidade pura me 
 soccorreu. De tres em tres dias. Em cima de nos. As 
 va'gas accumulavao-se em serras. Por baixo de capa. 
 Emfim ella lhe diz. Em quanto importa isso? Anda de 
 galope. Esta em pe.* Sobre tudo. Antes de tudo. Em 
 desordem. Em porcoes. ^mrebanhos. Na idade de pouco 
 mais de vinte annos. O frasco virado de boca para baixo. 
 Em primeiro logar. Elle esta em casa. Sem termo. Sem 
 limites. Em uma palavra. Be mdu grado. Nao podemos 
 ir de botas nem as senhoras de chapeu. Passe muito bem. 
 
 He was dressed as a soldier. From six to eight years. 
 It is raining above the sea. 1 see the waves in moun- 
 tains. Go slowly. Send the books to me without fail 
 to-morrow. I am in doubt. He is. not at home. 1 stand 
 sentinel. It lies at the boUom. He was in danger of 
 being drowned. The poor fellow is beside himself. 
 What news? I shall see him on the way. Go in peace. 
 I am in earnest. I know him by sight. He knows me 
 by name. With haste. In place of that word. He went 
 to the ball in boots. They were dressed as sailors. The 
 child went on all fours. 
 
— 220 — 
 LESSOiX CCXX. 
 
 PHRASEOLOGY, PREP. AND ADV. NOUNS. 
 
 Para ciraa, — baixo, — diante, 
 
 — tras. 
 Para entao, para 6ulra v£z. 
 Para casa, — fora, — dentro. 
 Porventiira, — costume, — ci- 
 
 ma. 
 Por me*do, — am6r, — fav6r, 
 
 — isso. 
 
 Above, below, before, behind. 
 
 By then, next time. 
 
 Home, out, in. 
 
 By chance, — custom, above. 
 
 For fear, — love, by favor, 
 therefore. 
 
 Vou para cima. Vamos para baixo. Va ma is para 
 diante. Mais para trazl Esta para sair para fora. Sem 
 tomar por isso o litulo. livro esta Id em cima. Muilo 
 perto. Hontem d^ tarde. Honlem pela manha. Depois 
 d'amanha. Antes d'hdntem. Ha muito tempo. Por rae- 
 tades. So por este meio. Amanha pela manha. Mais 
 adiante. Antes mais que menos. Para entao jd teremos 
 acabado a obra. Os cabellos atados por trdz. Por essa 
 rasao. Vamos para casa. Anda para diante. Tenho-o por 
 ignordnte. Nao o tenho pordoido. Passe por Id. So por so. 
 
 I am going up stairs. They are going down. He is 
 out. They will go out. I went yesterday morning. He will 
 return to morrow morning. I consider them mad. Go 
 more that way. Further back. 1 must go home. At last, 
 he went in. The man is very near. For fear. 1 believe 
 them mad. He considers me ignorant. For the same 
 reason. For want of space. On account of indisposition. 
 The boy is up stairs. Go on. Above the water. By chance, 
 he fell into the water. 
 
221 
 
 LESSON CCXXL 
 
 PHRASEOLOGY. CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 Assim assim, assi'm seja, como. 
 Ainda qtiando, ai'nda agora, de 
 
 modo que. 
 Nao so, mas tambem. 
 Nao so, mas ate: nao — senao('). 
 Com tanto que. 
 A sabe'r isso; a ser assim. 
 
 So so ; so be it; as. 
 
 Even when, but just, so that. 
 
 Not only, but also. 
 
 Not only, but even: only. 
 
 So that. 
 
 If I had known it ; that being 
 
 Assim na paz como na guerra. Assim elle queira. 
 Com tanto que. Emqudnto ao que. Pore'm comtudo 
 isso. Pelo contrdrio. Como quer que. Tanto mdis. A nao 
 ser isso, teria sido o seu amigo. Ainda agora chegou. 
 £lle residiu quasi sempre em Portugal. Fabulas rece- 
 bidas nao so pelos chronistas, mas ate pelos historia- 
 dores. Entao, muito embora. Assim como tambem decla- 
 rava. Assim se resolveu. t mais duvidoso ainda. Ca- 
 bellos espessos, posto que ja grisalhos. Escrevfa como 
 fallava. 
 
 So that he was seldom able to work. It is but 12 
 o'clock. Why so? They are not so. His leg is but so so. 
 But for him, I should have lost my life. But yet, ma- 
 dam. He will find but very few. But even kings must 
 die. May he do so to me and more also. A courtier 
 and a patron too. If, however, you cannot go. This is 
 still more doubtful. Not only praised by the people, 
 but even honoured by the king. On the contrary, I shall 
 remain at home. As he also promised. I should not go, 
 knowing this. The man wrute as he spoke. Even when 
 I went away, he was not satisfied. The thief ought ne- 
 vertheless to be punished. So that he remained. 
 
— 222 — 
 LESSON CCXXII. 
 
 NOUNS REQUIRING DE OR A. 
 
 M£io, fav6r, honra, g6sto, pra- 
 
 zer, bondade, idea, caso. 
 Esperanca, necessidade, defen- 
 
 sao. 
 Consequencia, resolucao, cer- 
 
 leza. 
 Resist&icia, aversao, obedien- 
 
 cia. 
 
 Means, favour, honour, plea- 
 sure. 
 Hope, need, defence. 
 
 Consequence, resolution, cer- 
 tainly. 
 Resistance, aversion, obedience. 
 
 No meio de uma existencia de continuos combates. 
 pensamento de fugir. No caso de nao poder dar, etc. 
 As esperdncas de obter. A idea de ficar senhor. A ne- 
 cessidade de confiar a defensao da patria a este principe. 
 Em consequencia rf'isto. Tenha a bondade de ver. £lla 
 tomoii a resolucao de divorciar-se. Com o intento de 
 accommetter Alfonso vi. Accessao aothrono. A sua volta 
 ao Aragao. Em relacdo ao conde. Cara a cara. Amor a 
 patria. Com relacdo a situacao. Tem medo d agua? Uma 
 longa resistencia a fort una e a actividade do rei. 
 
 I have the honour to be. Have the goodness to pass 
 me the water. I am glad to have an opportunity of being 
 useful to you. The fear of being taken. The pleasure 
 of seeing you. It is time to go there. Without loss of 
 time. He had means of escaping. The result of this en- 
 terprise. The news of the invasion. A method, of doing. 
 On account of illness. Adherence to the principles of jus- 
 tice. In relation to that question. A constant inclination 
 to moderate principles. Homage to the see of Rome. A 
 lesson to the people. The only remedy for the evil. The 
 hope of assistance. The idea of leaving the country. His 
 return to Cadiz. 
 
— 223 — 
 LESSON CCXXIII. 
 
 NOUNS REQUIRING POR OR PARA. 
 
 Preces, desapego. 
 Enthusiasmo, indifferenca. 
 Predileccao, classiGcacjio. 
 Propensao, motivos, instrumen- 
 
 to. 
 Lealdade, habilidade, caridade. 
 Coadjuvacao, passeio, liber- 
 
 dade. 
 
 Prayers, resignation. 
 Enthusiasm, indifference. 
 Predilection, classification. 
 Propensity, motives, instru- 
 ment. 
 Loyalty, liability, charity. 
 Assistance, walk, liberty. 
 
 Amor pelo filho. Preces por chuva. Uma predileccao 
 por nossa patria. A classificacao dos habitantes por 
 sexos, idades e profissoes. Enthusiasmo pela musica. 
 Amor pelos homens. Indifferenca por tudo. Desapego 
 pelo mundo. Correio para Inglaterra por navios e pelos 
 paquetes. caminho para fr a cidade. A propensao para 
 a ociosidade. O amor para o filho. Lealdade para seus 
 principes. O unico meio para os destruir. Liberddde 
 para todos. progrdmma para a exposicao. A sua 
 coadjuvacao para este objecto. 
 
 There are reasons for believing. Walks for foot pas- 
 sengers. Better instruments for this. Full liberty for all 
 those who, etc. An ample theatre for ambition. Various 
 precautions for the defence. An excellent remedy for 
 tooth-ache. An advantage for a son. Grounds for hop- 
 ing. Balm for your wounds. A reason for supposing 
 me dead. Emigration for Demarara. Prayers for rain. 
 He has a predilection for port-wine. The classification 
 of the boys by ages. Enthusiasm for the drama. A sub- 
 scription for the poor sailors. The way to Camacha. 
 Love of men. 
 
— 22i — 
 LESSON CCXXIV. 
 
 NOUNS REQUIRING EM (IN, ON) ENTRE f BETWEEN J. 
 
 Desordem, prazer, inflnencia. 
 Entrada, promocao, confianQa. 
 
 Perigo, mudanca, culpa. 
 Desintelligencia, differenca, dis- 
 
 tinccao. 
 Allianca, vontade, emulagao. 
 
 Disorder, pleasure, influence. 
 
 Entrance, promotion, confi- 
 dence. 
 
 Danger, change, fault. 
 
 Misunderstanding, difference, 
 distinction. 
 
 Alliance, will, emulation. 
 
 A influencia no animo do rei. Uma desordem no 
 cstado. A entrada no poder do cdnde Derby. £l!e foi 
 moderado em epochas em. que houve perigo em o ser. 
 A promocao em honras e em lucros. A sua confianca em 
 Deus. Uma mudanca na constituicao. Como se livesse 
 culpa em executar as ordens do rei. Um tratado entre 
 os reis. A paz entre os dois inimigos. As negociacoes 
 entre os gabinetes de Ldndres e Paris. Uma allianca 
 entre os estados. Um combate centre a guarda e os pai- 
 sanos. A luta entre a humanidade e a jusliga. 
 
 The influence of this belief on the mind of the queen. 
 There is danger in being a minister of state. His pro- 
 motion in honours was very rapid. A change in the 
 government, of Spain. The communication between Lis- 
 bon and Santarem. The peace between the two nations 
 was broken. A harmony between these two souls. The 
 space between the armies. Connivance between the thieves 
 and the officers. A struggle between the king and the 
 parliament. A bad feeling between the sisters. A treaty 
 between the kings. 
 
LESSON CCXXV. 
 
 NOUNS REQUIRING COM, CONTRA, 
 
 Pacto, recGiiciliac.ao, intiaii- 
 
 dade. 
 Allianga, contacto, harmonia. 
 Com bate. 
 
 Conspiracao, suspeita. 
 Tentativa, violencia, barr&ra. 
 Queixa, reaccao, abuso. 
 
 Compact, reconciliation, inli 
 
 macy. 
 Alliance, contact, harmony. 
 Combat. 
 
 Conspiracy, suspicion. 
 Attempt, violence, barrier. 
 Complaint, reaction, shelter. 
 
 O resentimento contra o marido. Uma empreza con- 
 tra os rebeldes. Lhe ficou dentro da alma o espinho 
 da ma vontdde contra o seu successor. Uma conspiracao 
 contra o imperador. Suspeitas odiosas contra a sua vi- 
 elima. Um abuso contra os revezes da fortuna. pacto 
 do principe com o conde. Pela sua allidnca com os chris- 
 taos. De accordo com elle. Uma liicta com o rei. Desejo 
 ter conhecimento com elle. Guerras com os inimigos do rei. 
 S. Petersburgo estara em contacto com o Mar-Negro. As 
 opinioes dos seus amigos estavao ^accordo com as suas. 
 
 The reconciliation with the Emperor. An alliance with 
 the Romans. His intimacy with my brother. In imme- 
 diate contact with the king. The complaints against him. 
 They had committed violence against the people. They 
 raised barriers against the torrent. The reaction of the 
 Visigoths against the arabs. A good shelter against the 
 reverses of fortune. In harmony with the ideas. The con- 
 versation of the king with the pilgrim. In that terrible 
 combat with the Russians. This little house is a shelter 
 against the reverses of fortune. I must raise a barrier 
 against the invasion of the enemy. 
 
— 226 — 
 LESSON CCXXVI. 
 
 NOUNS REQUIRING SOBRE (ON, OVER], 
 
 Discussao, reflexoes, proposta. 
 Correspondencia, jtiizo, obser- 
 
 va^ao. 
 Influencia, estudos, supremacia. 
 Accao, conquista, pdnte, vigi- 
 
 lancia. 
 Tratado, arti'go, prestadSr, no- 
 
 ticia. 
 
 Discussion, reflections, proposal. 
 
 Correspondence, judgment, ob- 
 servation. 
 
 Influence, studies, supremac}\ 
 
 Action, conquest, bridge, vigi- 
 lance. 
 
 Treaty, article, lender, news. 
 
 Na discussao sobre o acto. Toda a correspondencia 
 sobre qualquer objecto. O nosso juizo sobre tao impor- 
 tante discussao. Algumas reflexoes sobre este assumpto. 
 Propostas a camara sobre financas. A accao sobre as for- 
 cas productivas da terra. Urn tratado sobre os limftes 
 das fronteiras. A promessa de scique sobre o Porto. As 
 nossas observacoes sobre a questao. Estudos sobre o Chris- 
 tianismo. Dois artigos sobre as moedas portuguezas. 
 £lle tinha auctoriddde superior sobre a Peninsula. Su- 
 premacia sobre os outros. Um prestador sobre penhor. 
 
 The conquests over the Spaniards. Information on all 
 necessary points. Watchfulness over this business. Our 
 correspondence on this subject. A few reflections on his 
 conduct. A powerful influence on the public mind. The 
 action of the water on the stone. A lender of money on 
 pledges. He has full supremacy over the minds of his 
 followers. Two articles on the Eastern question. The 
 general had no authority over his officers. The action 
 of the water on the ivalls of the city. My opinion on 
 this subject. 
 
— 227 — 
 LESSON CCXXVH. 
 
 ADJECTIVES WITH DE. 
 
 Acompanhado, occupado, dis- 
 
 tante. 
 Bordado, matizado, tirado. 
 Capaz, digno, rico, dependente. 
 
 Indi'gena, I'acil, privado, cego. 
 Proprio, sedento, inconsolavel. 
 
 Accompanied, busy, distant. 
 
 Bordered, decked, drawn. 
 Capable, worthy, rich, depen- 
 dent. 
 Native, easy, deprived, blind. 
 Proper, thirsting, inconsolable. 
 
 Acompanhdda de seu augusto esposo. A palmeira e 
 indigena d'estas ilhas. Plantas aromaticas proprias dos 
 climas da zona torrida. Uma roupa borddda de ouro. 
 Capaz de dirigir. Banido d'esta camara. As noticias 
 sao destituidas (V inter esse. Um tronco partido da arvore. 
 Uma idea tirdda dos livros romanos. £ digno de notar-se. 
 Sedento de vinganca. Rico de despojos. Dependente da 
 coroa. prelado suspenso do officio pastoral. Privddo 
 de ornato. 
 
 Accompanied by models. Extracted from the best 
 writers. Occupied with graver studies. Deprived of your 
 estimable society. These letters are more easy to write. 
 The imagination occupied with the principal object. 
 Inconsolable for the absence of Ulysses. A league dis- 
 tant from the sea. Cares inseparable from the throne. 
 The shepherdesses crowned with laurel. Covered with 
 confusion. He showed himself indifferent to these suc- 
 cesses. Territories covered with woods. Deprived of 
 sight. Blind with anger. Peopled with Jews. 
 
 15< 
 
228 — 
 
 LESSON CCXXVIII. 
 
 ADJECTIVES WITH PARA. 
 
 Bom, efficaz, proveitoso. 
 
 Preparado, destiuado, c6mmo- 
 do. 
 
 Essencial, litil, importante. 
 
 Necessario, obrigatorio, pre- 
 cise. 
 
 Proprio, conveniente, achado. 
 
 Salisfaclorio, sufficiente. 
 
 Good, effectual, proQlable. 
 Prepared, destined. 
 
 Essential, useful, important. 
 Necessary, binding, needful. 
 
 Proper, convenient, found. 
 Satisfactory, sufficient. 
 
 Preparado para estas eventualidades. Noticias uteis 
 para calculos e especulacoes. £ muito bom para a saude. 
 Obrigatorio para as duas partes. £sta obra era desti- 
 ndda para a instruccao do Duque. Locaes proprios para 
 ellas. Sera satisfactorio para mim participar. Essencial 
 para a dignidade do governo. Auctoridade sufficiente 
 para se declarar superior. Tempo sufficiente para re- 
 tlectir. As qualidades precisas para a paz. Um dos 
 meios mais efficdzes para consolidar. 
 
 Advantageous conditions for the inhabitants. Good 
 for him. Prepared for those who had to fight. Wood 
 good for building. Site suitable for a factory. An event 
 whose consequences were immense for the progress of 
 civilisation. Destined for the habitation. Not less im- 
 - portant for the interest. Our verse is sweet enough to 
 give all the effects. I must be prepared for these occasions. 
 This climate is very good for people with chest-disease. 
 It is satisfactory for me to say that I am pleased. The 
 most effectual means for saving him. 
 
— 229 — * 
 LESSON CCXXIX. 
 
 ADJECTIVES AND PARTICIPLES WITH POR. 
 
 Conhecido, distincto, celebre. 
 Povoado, habitado, illustre. 
 Cercado, banhado, responsavel. 
 
 Disperso, persegnido. 
 Regido, conquistddo, escolhido. 
 Singular, notavel, famdso. 
 
 Known, distinguished, famed. 
 Peopled, inhabited, famous. 
 Surrounded, bathed, responsi- 
 ble. 
 Scattered, persecuted. 
 Governed, conquered, chosen. 
 Singular, notable, famous. 
 
 Conhecida pela excellencia dos seus oleos. A Hespa- 
 nha foi povodda por duas migracoes. territorio cer- 
 cado pelo occeano. Troia foi tomdda pelos Gregos. Dis- 
 persos pelo paiz. £ssa provincia era regida por urn le- 
 gado. Urn sitio muito frequentddo pelos habitantes. Todos 
 distinctos pelo merito pessoal. Os paizes banhddos pelo 
 mar. Celebre pelo importante cargo que, etc. Roubddo 
 pelos pinilas. Favorecido por esta circumstancia. Um 
 povo singular por opinioes religiosas, Coirabra, famosa 
 por sua universidade. Epsom, notavel por suas aguas. 
 
 Sheffield, celebrated for its cutlery. Brighton, known 
 for its sea-baths. This region was inhabited by many 
 barbarous nations. The country was at last conquered 
 by Charles the Great. He was chosen as (for) successor 
 to (of J the crown. He escaped, followed by Garcia. A 
 stranger, but illustrious by blood. 1 am responsible for 
 these things. This cause aided by many others. The 
 state surrounded by the sea. Sebastopol was taken by 
 the allies'. Waterloo was famous for its battle. England 
 was peopled by various races. Caldas noted for its warm 
 baths. 
 
— 230 — 
 
 LESSON CCXXX. 
 
 ADJECTIVES WITH EM. 
 
 Env6lto, pdsto, convertido, la- 
 
 vado. 
 Dividido, interessado, attento. 
 Inexoravel, sepultado, sito. 
 Util, fiel, dexbro, usado, feliz. 
 Fundado, talhado, dlsfarcado. 
 Trans formado, trocado, sub- 
 
 mergido. 
 
 Involved, placed, converted, 
 balhed. 
 
 Divided, interested, attentive. 
 
 Inexorable, buried, situated. 
 
 Useful, faithful, clever, used. 
 
 Founded, cut out, disguised. 
 
 Transformed, changed, sub- 
 merged. 
 
 Envolto em obscura noite. Dividido em duas partes. 
 Os habitadores diversos em racas, em costumes, em lin- 
 guas. Os prisioneiros fdrao postos em liberdade. Um 
 pacote embrulhado em papel pardo. Inexoravel em me 
 eondemnar. Mais util na pratica. Fundado na impossi- 
 bilidade. Minerva transformada em Mentor. Submer- 
 gido nas profundezas do mar. Mettido em um profundo 
 silencio. Talhado na rocha viva. Juno disfarcada em 
 velha. Alguns convertidos em porcos. Vulcano lavado 
 em suor. Interessado em o enganar. Sepultado nas ruinas. 
 
 The Egyptians divided in bands. Faithful in keeping 
 a secret. So attentive in listening to all. Men dextrous 
 in the construction of ships. A king skilled in war. 
 Faithful in his alliances. Rivalry converted into pro- 
 found hate. Involved in thik darkness. These men 
 divided in two parties. The soldier was set at (in) li- 
 berty. The poor workman was bathed in sweat. The 
 soldiers were buried in the ruins of the fortress. The 
 boy was interested in finishing the work. Useful in 
 labors. 
 
231 
 
 LESSON GGXXXI. 
 
 ADJECTIVES WITH COM. 
 
 Coberto(M, cego, contente, sa- 
 
 tisfeito. 
 Compativel, tratavel, parallelo. 
 Associado, identificado, raislu- 
 
 rado. 
 Parecido, commensuravel. 
 Casado, inquieto, humilde. 
 Curvado, armado, conhecido. 
 
 Covered, blind, content, satis- 
 fied. 
 Compatible, tractable, parallel. 
 Associated, identified, mixed. 
 
 Like, commensurate. 
 Married, restless, humble. 
 Bent, armed. 
 
 Similhante estado nao e compativel com o progresso. 
 A Lusitania antiga acha-se associdda com Portugal. Urn 
 filho tao parecido com seu pai. Menelau era casado com 
 Helena. Curvado com o peso dos fructos. Pygmaliao 
 cego com a paixao que tinha por ella. Contente com 
 poder salvar a vida. Tratavel corn os seus visinhos. 
 Inquieto com os progressos dos christaos. Os habitantes 
 identificddos com os romanos. Os indigenas misturddos 
 com as outras racas. Armado com armas prohibidas. 
 Furioso com a resposta. 
 
 Not contented with making himself feared. The streets 
 parallel with the rivers. The sun convered with clouds. 
 Content with the wages. Charity is not compatible with 
 hatred. Punishment commensurate with crime. Good 
 and humble with all. Vineyards mixed with orchards. 
 The height known now by the name of bairro-alto. 
 Fleets laden with spoils. Madeira favoured with the best 
 climate in the world. He was associated with the count 
 in that undertaking. They were in time mixed with the 
 invaders. The street was parallel with the river. 
 
 (*) Takes also de with the thing is external «coberto de 
 trapos. 
 
232 
 
 LESSON CCXXXII. 
 
 VERBS REQUIRING DE, OF. 
 
 Dispor, deixar, goslar, provar, 
 roorre'r. 
 
 Lembrar-se, esquec6r-se, au- 
 sentar-se. 
 
 Precisar, aproveitar-se, depen- 
 ded. 
 
 Desesperar, cessar, sair, vir, 
 privar-se. 
 
 Dispose, leave, like, taste, try, 
 
 die. 
 ftemember, forget, absent-self. 
 
 Want, avail-self, depend. 
 
 Despair, cease, go out, deprive, 
 come. 
 
 Disponha do seu criado. Deixemo-uos de cumprimen- 
 tos. Nao gosto de tantas ceremonias. Morro de sede. 
 Lembra-se d'issol Gosta de queijo? Esquecl-me do seu 
 nome. Ruderico se a possou da coroa. Preciso das minhas 
 botas. Aproveitdr-me-hei do sea offerecimento. £lle e 
 applaudido de toda a gente. Nao se me da d'isso. fille 
 ausenta-se da minha casa. Ella apeia-se do cavallo. Isto 
 ndsce da sua negligencia. Accordo d'um sonho. £lla 
 cora de vergonha. Estou encantddo d'isto. Isto nao de- 
 pende de mini. Sustenta se de trigo. fille foge do perigo. 
 
 I remember this. He has forgotten the name. He does 
 not like such forms. We like beef. I want a room. I 
 shall avail myself o/'your offer. He icept for joy. He 
 fled for fear. I come from Lisbon. Overcome by pain. 
 They absented themselves from the house. I jumped off 
 the horse. What do you like to drink at dinner? This 
 filled him with indignation. Forgetful of the obliga- 
 tions contracted by the promise made to Alphonso. Try 
 them both. He enjoys good health. I am persuaded of 
 the contrary. Using the power. It is composed of ten. 
 
— 233 — 
 LESSON CCXXX1IL 
 
 VERBS REQUIRING SOBRE, UPON, 
 
 P6r, recair, lancar, arrojar. 
 Conversdr, tomar, disuutar, de- 
 
 liberar. 
 Apertar,vigjar, discordar, cha- 
 
 mar. 
 Distinguir, metter. 
 Luctar. 
 Dividfr. 
 
 Put, fall, throw, hurl. 
 Converse, lake, dispute, deli- 
 berate. 
 Tighten, watch, disagree, call. 
 
 Distinguish, put. 
 
 Struggle. 
 
 Divide. 
 
 Conversou sobre differentes materias. £lle delibera 
 sobre isto. Pondo sobre o hombro a cruz vermelha. 
 £sta accusacao pesa sobre a memoria de Henrique. 
 Lancar uma censura severa sobre as leis. Discordamos 
 sobre os meios. Arrojei-me sobre elle. As suspeitas ti- 
 nhao recaido sobre o homem. Uma monarchia repartida 
 entre os tres filhos. A cidade fechada entre a baliia e 
 o occeano. Apertado entre cabecos ingremes. Ha pouca 
 differenca entre estas palavras. Chamdr a attencao pu- 
 blica sobre este acto. Nao podendo tomdr sobre si. 
 
 Struggling between remorse and love. They came to 
 consult him on almost all subjects. Reflecting on this. 
 The invisible world exercises an immense influence over 
 us. 1 am not able to take upon myself the expense. 
 The sword raised above the head. Dividing amongst 
 themselves the provinces of the Roman Empire. He 
 threw himself on the foe. Suspicions have fallen upon 
 him as the murderer of the Count. He took the blame 
 upon himself. Putting on his shoulder the poor old 
 man, he left the city. There is much difference between 
 the languages of Spain and Portugal. The village is 
 shut in between the river and the mountain , I'll sleep 
 on that. 
 
— 234 — 
 LESSON CCXXXIV. 
 
 VERBS REQUIRING ATE, TO; CONTRA, AGAINST. 
 
 Chegar, ir, pelejar, levar. 
 Alcangar. 
 
 Marchar c6ntra, votar, defen- 
 der. 
 Murmurar, peccar, protestar. 
 Declamar, defender. 
 
 Reach, go, war, carry. 
 
 Attain. 
 
 March, vote, defend. 
 
 Murmur, sin, protest. 
 Declaim, defend. 
 
 A devastacao chegou ate os districtos da Idanha. 
 Vou ate Coimbra. Alexandre foi ate a India. £ neces- 
 sario pelejar ate veneer. Levava ate mil soldados. Mar- 
 chou contra o rei. £lles votarao contra o projecto. As 
 folhas franc ezas alcancao ate 2 de Marco. £lle partiu 
 para o Oriente. Nao tern rasao para murmurar contra 
 o amo. bosque chega ate o mar. A Providencia al- 
 canca ate' as avezinhas. Pecca contra Deus. £ile defende 
 a causa da liberdade contra os tyrannos. O orador de- 
 clamou contra a guerra. 
 
 The English papers come down to the 16 th of May. 
 The General set off for North America. The pupils had 
 no reason to murmur against the teacher. We must 
 fight till we win. Julius Caesar went as far as the river 
 Thames. The rebels marched against the emperor. The 
 president declaimed against the terms of the peace. 
 Hofer defended the cause of liberty against the tyran. 
 The sad destruction reached to the very gates of the 
 city. He sins against God in telling lies. He set out 
 for Balaclava in the "Steamer. He must vote against the 
 measure. The rebels marched against the queen. 
 
— 235 — 
 LESSON CCXXXV. 
 
 VERBS REQUIRING POR, FOR, BY. 
 
 Esperar, designar, trabalhar. 
 Pagar, dar, agradecer, trocar. 
 Pedir, perguntar, levar. 
 Ir, haver, adoptar, tomar. 
 A rriscar, tomar, pugnar, passar. 
 Vigiar, acudir, substituir. 
 
 Hope, designate, work. 
 Pay, give, thank, change. 
 Beg, ask or enquire, carry 
 Go, held, adopt, take. 
 Risk, take, fight, pass. 
 Watch, help, substitute. 
 
 Esperepor mim. Quanto devo pagdr por isso? Quanta 
 pe'de por semana? A noite irei por sua casa. Espe'ra 
 elle pela resp6sta? Estou por isso. Fclqo por isso. Per- 
 guntei pela saude de V. S.\ Comeca por queimar isto. 
 V. S. a passou pela minha casa? Deita-se por terra. A 
 Galliza era regida por diversos condes. Tendo por fron- 
 teira. Arriscdndo a vida pela monarchia. £lla vigidva 
 pela seguranca da casa. Ir pelo mar. Quanto leva pela 
 passagem? Dar-lhe-hei tres patacas por estes. Fico-lhe 
 agradecido por esta visita. 
 
 He waits for us. How much have we to pay for the 
 horses? How much does he ask a month? To morrow 
 I shall call at your house. He helps me. To substitute 
 one expression for another. He must wait for an an- 
 swer. He called at his house. Give him a dollar for 
 the dog. He risked his life for the country. He will 
 throw himself on the ground. You must watch for the 
 safety of the ship. To fight for the laws. We may begin 
 by examining this question. Praising him for the re- 
 solution. He designated him by this little. The love he 
 felt for Egilona. He passes for a good man. The fool 
 was acting to amuse the mob. 
 
— 236 — 
 LESSON CCXXXVI. 
 
 VERBS REQUIRING EM, IN, INTO, ON. 
 
 Entrar, admittir, converter. 
 
 Empenhar-se, situar, influir. 
 
 Deitar, dividir, residir, con- 
 verter, acbar. 
 
 Ganhar, introduzir, envolver, 
 consistfr. 
 
 Escrever, viver, folgar, en- 
 contrar. 
 
 Enter, admit to, convert into. 
 Engage in, situate, influence. 
 Throw in, on; divide, reside, 
 
 find. 
 Gain, introduce, involve. 
 
 Write, live, rejoice, meet. 
 
 Entremos n'e'sta mata. Veja no seu relogio. Perco 
 n'l'sso. Deite o cha nas chicaras. Ganho n'tsso um dia. 
 Esta cm casa. Consinto n'tsso. Nao posso dormir cm 
 terra. Traduza isto cm lnglez. Deu comsigo no chao. 
 Dei no pensamento do auctor. Isto ha de dar-lhe na 
 cabeca. Anda cm corpo. Esta em pe. Eslou em duvida. 
 Nao esta em perigo. O velho esta na cama. Portugal 
 abunda em vinhos. Convenho na proposta. Elle se des- 
 faz em lagrimas. Pegou n'um pau. Falhou na empreza. 
 Caiu no chao. Estamos no campo. 
 
 He entered the town. He beat John in the race. He 
 writes in good language. They enter into disputes. He 
 had been introduced into the court. Involved in the 
 struggle with Henry. The man seized a stick. He en- 
 gaged in an enterprise. He throws wood on the fire. He 
 write with his oxen hand in the sand. Admitted to the 
 court of the king. His actions lie buried in profound 
 darkness. A monastery situated in Burgundy. A monk 
 influenced the affairs. To live in peace. He resided in 
 Portugal. The merchant rejoices in traffic. I shall be 
 at home. It consists in forming a new kingdom. 
 
— 237 — 
 LESSON CCXXXVII. 
 
 VERBS REQUIRING A, TO, AT. 
 
 Prohibfr, pertencer, dar, refe- 
 
 rir, mandar. 
 De.sagrad.ir, custar, bater, va- 
 
 ler. 
 Conceder, entregar, apear-se, 
 
 Jevar. 
 Voltar, ir, dirigir-se, unir-se. 
 
 Forbid, belong, give, refer, 
 send. 
 
 Displease, cost, knock, to va- 
 lue. 
 
 Concede, deliver, alight, carry. 
 
 Go, return, address, unite. 
 
 Principia-se a segar os trigos. Perguntemos ao co- 
 cheiro. Conduza o senhdr ao seu quarto. Chegado ao 
 logar. A ser assim. Estou as ordens de V. S. a . £lle 
 asptra a fama. navio se dirige ao porto. A lenha se 
 reduz a cinzas. ftlle cede aos seus rogos. Opponho-me 
 a isso. Elle falta a sua palavra. £lle se entrega ao pra- 
 zer. Indo por sitio a Santarem. Igual sorte coube a 
 Lisboa. A infanta foi entregue a Raymundo. Prohi- 
 bindo essas viagens aos hespanhoes. Voltando a Mau- 
 ritania. £sta pertence a viuva do conde. 
 
 This displeases the old prince. These triumphs cost 
 the Sarracens rivers of blood. He dresses in the English 
 mode. I go to Lisbon. He applies to study. He laid 
 siege to Santarem. When do you set sail? Take this to 
 the gentleman. I want to go to the opera. Take me to 
 the bridge. They knock at the door. Can you send it 
 for me to n.° 10? He withdraws his shoulders from the 
 work. Exposed to the sun. A people given to fishing. 
 In order to resist misfortunes. Carried to the last point. 
 Deliver this letter to the gentleman. 
 
— 238 — 
 LESSON CCXXXVIII. 
 
 VERBS REQUIRING COM, WITH. 
 
 Honrar, eslar, fallar, vestir. 
 
 Morrer, tremer, alegrar-se. 
 
 Conlrastar, congracar, concor- 
 dat 
 
 Ter, calcnlar, cumprir, corape- 
 tir. 
 
 Tratar, casar, alliar-se, ligar. 
 
 Confundir, occupar, acabar. 
 
 Honour, be, speak, dress. 
 Die, tremble, to rejoice. 
 Contrast, ingratiate, agree. 
 
 Have, calculate on, discharge, 
 
 compete. 
 Treat, marry, ally, bind. 
 Confound, busy, have done. 
 
 H6nre-me com as suas ordens. Estou com muita fome. 
 Com quem falla V. S. a ? Morro com calma. Tremendo 
 com frfo. £ste painel contrasta com a abundancia. Irei 
 ter com V. S. a a boca da noite. Queremos fazer com 
 elle contas. fille esta com capote. Cumprirei com o pro- 
 mettido. Esta com defluxo. fclle trata-me com rigor. 
 Nao posso competir com elle. Disputei com elle acerca 
 d'isso. £lle araeacou-o com sua vinganca. Nao cumpre 
 com o seu dever. Atinou com o caminho. Occupado 
 com guerras. Sua filha casara com Moniz. 
 
 He will honour them with his commands. He is very 
 hungry. With whom will you speak? The boy is trem- 
 bling ivith cold. Can I speak with the lady? Let us 
 have done with this. He will fulfil his promise. The 
 king threatens her with his vengeance. The soldier 
 discharges his duty. His aunt is married to Mr. P. I 
 am glad if it. They disputed with the king. She has 
 caught cold. My teachers treats me with kindness. I 
 agree with him in this. Marrying Alice. He calculated 
 on war. I am dying with heat. 
 
— 239 — 
 LESSON CCXXX1X. 
 
 VERBS REQUIRING PARA, FOR, TO, TOWARDS, IN ORDER TO. 
 
 Ir, voltar, partir, vir. 
 Buscar, faltar. 
 Olhar, estar, servfr. 
 Deitar, tender, deixar, reser- 
 
 var. 
 Armar, prestar, tirar. 
 Avancar, contribuir. 
 
 To go to, return, set out, come. 
 
 Search, fail. 
 
 Look, be, serve. 
 
 Throw, tend, leave, reserve. 
 
 Prepare, be good, draw. 
 Advance, contribute. 
 
 Olhe para mim. Deitemos os olhos para estes cam- 
 pos. Volte mos para casa. Vou para a escola. A que horas 
 parte o vapor para Londres? fintre para a lancha. O 
 quarto delta para a rua. Isto nao presta para nada. 
 Eu emigrei de Portugal para Inglaterra. Os chefes ti- 
 nhao avancddo para Castella. Armddo para a conquista. 
 Os reis buscdvao-n'o para juiz das suas contendas. Vim 
 para te ver, Estd para o nascente. Estou para partir. 
 Vdi para meia noite*. Eu tirarei para mim. So faltou 
 um Stentor pdra tornar a scena completa. 
 
 Look this way. Look ye? He cast his eyes on these 
 fields. He returned home. The boy is going to school. 
 At what o'clock does the coach go to Lisbon? He came 
 to see him. I am about to write. Bodies tend to the 
 centre. Will you stay for dinner? We shall leave for 
 another opportunity. I have written to England. We 
 reserve for the conclusion of this article. It contributes 
 to the discovery of truth. He came to see you. The 
 window of my room looks on the street. The clock is 
 good for nothing. I am about to set off. When does 
 the French steamer start for Tencriffe? 
 
— 210 — 
 LESSON CCXL. 
 
 VERBS INCLUDING PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 Almocar, jantar, cear. 
 
 Vestir, cal^jlr. 
 
 Fallar, agradecer, aproveitar. 
 
 Subir. 
 
 Mergulhar. 
 
 Aproveitar, ajustar, roubar. 
 
 Breakfast on, dine on, sup on. 
 
 Put on, put on (boots)* 
 
 Speak of, thank for, avail of. 
 
 Go up. 
 
 Dive for. 
 
 Profit by, agree for, rob of. 
 
 Falldmos artes, poesfa, politics . Vestirei a minha 
 casaca nova. Quer cal^dr sapatos? Eu vesti este habilo 
 para isso. O velho franciscano subiu os degraus do alta>. 
 Fallou-se litteratura. que quer V. S. a almopdr? Nunca 
 calcou esporas. £lles cdlcao-\he muito bem. Quer almo- 
 car 6\os?Eujantarei\ite\\aLamanha. fillectfdwpcixe. Hei. 
 de vestir as minhas calcas novas. O meu amigo fdlla-me 
 politica? homem mergulha perolas. Aproveitei essa 
 occasiao para... Muito agradeco a sua bondade. Ajus- 
 tdndo a passagem em quatro mil reis por cada pessoa. 
 
 These men are fishing for pearls. I shall breakfast 
 on beef and bread. He will put on his new coat. I bar- 
 gained for the passage at four shillings each person. 
 They spoke of art, poetry and history. The never put on 
 spurs. The old sailor dined on ducks and green pease. 
 I shall avail myself of this opportunity. The marquiz 
 went up the steps of the throne. I thank you for your 
 politeness. 
 
 (•) These verbs govern the noun without an intervening pre- 
 position u almocar ovos" to breakfast on eggs. 
 
— 241 — 
 LESSON CCXLI. 
 
 INTERJECTIONS. 
 
 Quieto ! caliida ! 
 
 Ah ! a page! safa! 
 
 Ora bem ! ora esta ! 6ra essa ! 
 
 Ai de vos! 
 
 Pois bem ! p6is nao ! bem ! 
 
 Ora veja ! asneira ! vai bonito ! 
 
 Softly ! hush ! 
 
 Ah ! away ! off! 
 
 Very well! good! capital! 
 
 Woe to you ! 
 
 Well! of course! well! 
 
 Only see ! nonsense ! very fine ! 
 
 Oh desgracado de mim! De joelhos! Ai de nos! Oh! 
 es tu, meu pobre Claudio? Ah! senhor, acudi-me! Pais 
 nao! «Hum!» exclamou Fr. Joao, dando aos hombros. 
 Que tall mas veja. Ora, grdgas a Deus, foi-se! Deus 
 me perdoe! Se morreu, paciencia! Louvado seja Deus! 
 Famoso! Toma sentido! Deus o permilta! Misericordia ! 
 Yalha-me Deus! Optimo! Obrigadissimo ! Toda a san- 
 tissima noite! Juslo! Deus nos acuda ! Mas, avie-se! 
 Asneira! Almas bentas, valei-me! Nada de gracas! 
 Juslamente! Ah, muito bem! Que admiracao! 
 
 I never closed an eye the whole blessed night! Blessed 
 spirits, save me. Bless me, what's the matter? God 
 bless me! Really! Lord preserve us! Lord help me! 
 Of course! Exactly so. Very good! Capital! That's a 
 good one! Oh, the rogue! Come on! Come along! No 
 doubt! Take care! Certainly. It is a pity! Help! Help! 
 By no means! Why not? We are lost! God's will be 
 done! Certainly not. Thank God. Famous! It can't be 
 helped! Undoubtedly! Well then, speak out' 0, yes, 
 Sir. Off! Out! Go away! 
 
KH 
 
 1G 
 
 
m M 
 
 ■ 
 
 m 
 
 fflpwH 
 
 ii 
 
 LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 
 
 iiiiiiiiiiiniiiuiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiii 
 
 003 184 493 9 
 
 • m 
 
 mm 
 
 mm 
 
 ilH 
 
 m 
 
 mm 
 
 \m 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 m 
 
 mmmffl 
 
 1 
 
 mm 
 
 m 
 
 ran 
 
 Ml 
 
 ■ 
 
 an 
 
 ■1 
 
 HB 
 
 !»